2I have traveled through time and become a beast tamer, and the campus belle serves me by bathing me

after being reborn I unexpectedly discovered that I had become the last remaining bright Holy Dragon Emperor not only can I control the weather at will but I also become infinitely stronger when bathed in sunlight however even though I possess such top tier talent I am still regarded as the most worthless pet by others in this world where Beast taming is revered dragon-like creatures are not well known by the public they all think of me as nothing more than a cute four-legged snake completely la

cking the strength to resist demons even the poop scooping official who summoned me has this mindset however she is a proper wealthy woman who insists on using various Elixir and facial cleansers to cleanse and nourish me every day today is the day when the school holds the Awakening Beast space event and Yeo is holding me in the middle of the line in front of the line is an ancient and heavy stone monument with a palm print on it to test the level of the Beast Space chapter 109 shocked old men

really same time scientific research institute a couple of dignified looking old men with white hair that at this moment was concentrating on constantly manipulating the instrument in his hand and his mouth was still chanting God bless we must successfully purify the blood crystal stone this time so that our Yen hang children and grandchildren can enjoy millions of blessings said only to see that the instrument flashed out a light that shot towards a crystal covered in Black gas inside the instr

ument several old men were also concentrating quietly waiting for the results D D D D D D D D D an Abrupt voice rang out throughout the lab what's that noise whose phone is ringing an old man wondered it's nothing I guess it's just a call from one of the students wait and see an old man calmly said then directly hung up the phone without even looking at it and then several people continued to concentrate on the movements within the instrument and as they watched the moment the light hit the crys

tal there was indeed less black gas in the Crystal and that instantly caused them to cheer as a result there were also some crystals that did not in any way react at once they became lost again another shot and some of the crystals were a little less black it caused them to cheer again one more shot and the crystals don't respond again the atmosphere became low again the crowd unbelieving in shooting a shot this moment all the crystals did not have any reaction anymore the black gas as if it alr

eady had antibodies after continuing to fire a few more rounds and making sure that the blood crystals wouldn't have any more reactions several of the older men let out size alas this experiment has failed again and this apparatus will have to continue to be adjusted TSK even this one instrument still can't solve the black gas it's hard to get o it's a long road ahead come on well I really don't know if I'll be able to see blood crystals that aren't encased in Black in my lifetime and at that mo

ment the phone rang once more at once this ignited several did not succeed in developing the ability to purify the blood crystal stone instrument the anger of the old men let's see which student it is that keeps calling later to give him more homework after answering his questions this one can like to ask questions so reward him hard ug hurry up and get through and continue to work on what's wrong with the instrument after you answer well indeed this time we are not far from success we can alrea

dy purify the black Chi of a blood crystal stone twice I believe that in the near future we will be able to successfully purify the blood crystal stone said crowd wistfully looked at the future with hopeful eyes while an old man answered the call without looking at his cell phone out of habit hello who ha the phone's working shanet you're not dead a puzzled voice came from the other end of the phone what do you mean suxy you curse me to death chenl heard the voice behind the phone clearly and hi

s voice lifted up a bit as he said haaha just kidding it's fine since you're fine I'm relieved but why didn't you answer my call just now Grand Elder Sue Wy was puzzled I just called you seven or eight times and you never answered what's going on Shay it's just just doing research on the instruments say what you have to say fart what you have to say I'm tell telling you this time in our Research Institute the effectiveness of the instrument has been elevated he can evolve away the black Chi cont

ained within the blood crystal stone a full two times you should know what that means right Chen's tone was mixed with excitement and even carried a strong sense of Pride the other whired old men after hearing chenl say this they couldn't help but have a smile on their lips straightening his back with pride on his face whats your research institute has developed an instrument that can purify the black gas twice that's also fantastic well why don't you mustn't this come and be celebrated Chen Lee

said happily hearing this suoi on the other end of the opposite side couldn't help but cover the honeyed smile that was just about to unfurl with her hand outlining her chin after thinking about it for a moment though he decided it would be better for him to reveal this fact himself it's not good to let that kid jongin get a kick out of this [ __ ] you have to let him get a kick out of it too let's see how shocked these old men will be when they find out the news but I'll have to blow it up a b

it to shock them even more and keep the old men from answering my calls half the time just like that suxy laughed softly and organized his words chanle in fact I'll tell you a secret the blood crystal stone purification that you've been studying I've already got a little girl's Imperial Beast settled here easily purifying a large swath of blood crystals the 1 0000 blood crystal stones for that Imperial Beast only took 10 minutes to finish exceptionally easy and each piece is Flawless without any

black gas moment there was silence in the air and several of the old men whose brains seem to have stopped thinking looked at each other in dismay and think about the possibilities of this in your head in fact their first reaction was that it was impossible this was because as the national Research Institute they had continuously developed various potions and genius Treasures that allowed Imperial beasts to rapidly increase their cultivation levels over the years that they had been carried out

for the blood crystal stone they are also Special Care research for many years various extreme means had also been utilized none of which could completely obliterate the black gas inside as a result this tells them that there is already a method of purification and it's not something that has been researched by scientific research institutes in other countries rather a little girl's Imperial Beast however they also had to believe this one fact after all they were also aware that suoy although qu

ite a modest at times was still as a grand Elder after all it's not usually easy to just make jokes like that what's more suoy should have known that this was a Target they were going to spend their entire lives on a lightning point for them there's no way that would be a joke so that means that what suuki said is true someone had really worked out how to purify blood crystals and it was the perfect purification kind you can also directly evolve a 1,000 blood Crystals at once chapter 110 doing e

verything to assist hegemony realm eth order hey hey hey Moses Moses Chan Li speak up why are you silent it's not like something happened again right hey hey hey suxy voice kept coming out of the cell phone it was as if they were beating a drum and each beat of the drum hit them directly in the gut the blood crystals were purified just like that the old men felt something dreamy this program that they had been working on for over a decade and even just now we struggling to see the light of day i

t always feels a bit dreamy like a dream when the result has already been done by someone else but it's a good thing after all it's our Dragon Kingdom's people who possess the power to purify this Blood crystal stone after all and it's also a good thing to have completed this project a few years or even a dozen years earlier than we were able to shenl also revealed an easy smile at this moment comforting and the several old men were all thly relieved upon hearing these words and the atmosphere i

nstantly became lighter yeah I have to say that girl's Imperial Beast is really something it can actually purify the black Chi inside the blood crystal stone tsk tskk tsk how powerful this light attribute must be I remember the old men in the lighthouse country using their so-called Holy Angels of light over there couldn't even get rid of this Blackness hahaha I seem to remember that it's still the Holy Light angels of the Mythic realm and I want to laugh when I think of what they said before th

at they could 100% purify away the blood crystals and at the end of the day they didn't react to anything yeah not as good as our instruments hahahaha listening to the words of the several old men suuki also smiled heartily then he seemed to have thought of something also urged all right don't reminisce hurry up and organize your blood crystal stones Jung Chan is already on his way to your scientific research institute he's probably going to be here soon just give it to him directly when you guy

s finish packing then and try to purify the blood crystal stone for that little girl tomorrow so that she can cultivate hard and raise her realm hahaha good we'll pack up here so that little girl can raise her realm as much as possible the Imperial Beast even has such a strong light attribute so I'm sure the talent isn't too low in the future it is estimated to be another Fierce General who can face the foreign races chenl laughed out loud suuki also laughed yes this girl is highly talented in 2

or 3 days time she broke through from the peak of the Monarch realm to the fifth stage of the hegemonic Lord realm and that breath is still solid and incomparable it's not a pot of medicine this is good this girl is powerful I believe that with the help of this pile of blood crystal stones from our scientific research institute she will definitely be able to elevate her realm even faster and when the time comes she will easily easily annihilate that gang of Dog Days chenl clapped his hands and

said happily suxy continued to smile and replied yes well without further Ado I'll have everyone pack up their things now and gather out all the blood crystal stones so that girl can have a painful onetime cultivation chenl said and then he hadn't said anything yet already found that another group of old men had opened all kinds of instruments and started to take out the blood crystal stones inside one by one and organized them that made him chuckle as well it seemed the big guys were looking fo

rward to it sue also nodded and hung up the phone after hanging up the phone chenl also instantly rushed down together to organize the blood crystal stones and at the same time he called and instructed the various purchasing Personnel underneath to start purchasing blood crystal stones in large quantities he's in a hurry and these things yo and subai did not know the two of them are still having a good time at the moment the Yia also took a special bath because she practiced sword play in the af

ternoon and worked out very hard subai enjoyed another wave of massage and so the night passed early morning dawn setting sun rose slowly and the warm sunlight Shone straight down subai is very self-aware decisively ran to the balcony began to bask in the rising Sunset now the numerous blood crystal stones had also been on the verge of being reduced to a small piece through and through after a night of storm inhalation subai predicted it was about right an hour in the sun now would be almost jus

t right in 2 days it was all absorbed the absorption rate is okay for this realm right now subai felt this energy in his body right now and opened the system panel his current realm had come to the peak of the seventh stage of the overlord realm with just a little bit more energy missing he would be able to completely arrive at the eighth stage of the overlord realm thinking of this subai couldn't help but grin in thought at this current rate it's estimated that after Jang Chen brings over a lar

ge portion of blood crystal stones today he'll be able to break through to the totem realm tomorrow I'm really looking forward to what it will be like to break through to the totem realm at that time at that time it will only be two big steps away from the myth realm it's really getting close yaah subai was looking forward to that scene then subai glanced at the time on his cell phone now there was still an hour before yo woke up in the morning good there's no danger of that racer start it was e

stimated that one would be able to reach the eth stage of the overlord realm after this hour of sunlight not bad not bad chapter 111 there's a Tipping Point little White's limit after a few moments without realizing it subai had already been brushing his wrappers for an hour feeling his body's energy and breaking through to the next realm once again that is to say the hegemony realm 8th order primary it was only then that subai reacted to the fact that he had already been watching the Snapchat f

or an hour he shook his head and then turned on Jitterbug quietly waiting for Yia to get up the morning Bell also rang slowly and it was time for the students to start running again at this moment before Yia could get up subai heard a somewhat urgent knocking sound coming from the door without thinking I knew it was that girl Jang schwanger who had come well don't knock don't knock get up yio who was lying on her back on the bed let out a confused sound and then stretched hard on the bed and ope

ned her beautiful eyes removed his pajamas and changed into normal clothes yio was also calm opening the door first before turning her head towards the washroom sister yo here I come as soon as the door opened a young and beautiful girl excitedly pounced over as it turned out there was no one directly behind the door for her to pounce on and nearly fall to the floor Jang schwanger braced herself and didn't let herself fall and when she raised her head she saw subai staring silently above her hea

d but why does that look seem like it feels like you're looking at a [ __ ] good morning white Ginger schwanger smiled awkwardly in greeting and stood up from the ground clapping her hands then looking around after seeing yio who was brushing her teeth Jang schwanger instantly entered a state of excitement again dancing around with her hands sister yio guess what realm I'm already in now what realm is it yio brushed her teeth and said vaguely Jang schwanger immediately said with a proud face aft

er using the blood crystal stone little white version you gave me yesterday after I used it on my nine-tailed Spirit cat that night I've already broken through to the fourth stage of the Monarch realm today it only took one night to break through a large realm this Blood crystal stone with no side effects is really too strong the more Jang schwanger spoke the happier she became but she suddenly thought of something and said with some regret it's just a Pity that my family's nine-tailed Spirit ca

t only seems to be able to withstand 100 50 blood crystal stones at one time putting in one more it seems to be particularly difficult otherwise if 200 g were to go together I'd probably be able to reach The King's Realm in the middle of the fourth order by now today hey your nine-tailed Spirit cat can only withstand 150 blood crystal stones Yia side rinsed her mouth and settled for brushing her teeth wondering it seemed as if not all Imperial beasts were able to absorb so much blood crystal sto

ne energy at once like little white even Jang schwanger Imperial Beast could only absorb 100 50 of them at once so where was Sha's limit Yia thought on this side Jang schwanger who was standing in the doorway also nodded in confusion yeah my nine-tailed Spirit cat can only withstand 150 pills at once so what your little white can withstand a few at a time a uh no yea glanced at the pile of blood crystal stones that had not been put away right next to the bed because they had already been amortiz

ed and replied what don't know Jong schwanger was puzzled what do you mean Jang wer followed yia's eyes and looked underground the result was a glance at a clump of Simply uncountable piles of blood crystal stones on the ground she was silent in that moment and there was something about her that didn't want to talk is this all a onetime amount for little white Jang schwanger said with some uncertainty Yia nodded frankly even as she washed her face well shabai seems to have experienced all 2,000

or more blood crystals and it doesn't seem to be his Pole Line they all made it through can afford at least two 0000 now JN schwanger was completely taught originally she had just come to a great realization yesterday understanding why yia's sisters Imperial Beast had cultivated so quickly it turned out that it was so fast because it had the ability to purify the blood crystal stone she was still confident at that time if one begged sister Yia to help her collect blood crystal stones only half t

he amount would be needed then if she could have blood crystal stones even like this then she guessed that she could be so fast and as a result After experiencing this situation now Jang schwanger knew that this situation also had to spell out the talent of Defending beasts saw without Talent it's all for not 2,000 blood Crystal blocks of blood crystals can be absorbed with ease and are not the limit it was estimated that if she wanted her nine-tailed Spirit cat to come she would probably have a

big stomach and die violently on the spot that's scene e Jong schwanger winced and shook her head all right packing is done let's go yo reached out her hand and shook the shoulder of Jang schwanger who was still in the midst of fantasizing ah good Jang schwanger woke up from her fantasy State then nodded her head the duo just walked on their way to the cafeteria Jong schwanger seemed to have thought of something and interjected again sister y ya say what level of cultivation have you reached to

day eh it's not much higher it's only up to the early eighth stage of the overlord realm Yeo laughed I guess if I work hard I'll be able to reach the totem realm tonight at this moment JN schwanger had the good sense to shut up and the silence was deafening she was afraid to speak at all fearful in saying something and hearing something even more World shattering from y Ya's sister side she really couldn't take that kind of blow it seemed that the fourth stage of the realm of the Monarch she sti

ll had a long way to go sister yya was simply like a gigantic Mountain that could not be overstepped at all ah but Jang schwanger suddenly thought of something recently she also brushed up on the so-called Pope son of the Lighthouse State who was jumping on shik's feet it was particularly rampant but the realm was only at the third stage of The King's Realm and it might as well be at the fourth stage today her own current cultivation should be about the same as the other party and later on she m

ade an effort to directly help sister Yia take it down easily ho ho ho ho very good sister Yia I can't solve it I still can't solve you a Westerner wait and sit down for me straight away thinking about it Jong schwanger had something to strive for and arrived at the restaurant eating is much more energizing chapter 112 a group of little black men continue training again familiar time familiar place yio and Jang schwanger had already skillfully sat in their usual places quietly waiting for Jang C

hen to descend suai on the other hand cly lay on yia's shoulder and looked at the novel the cell phone was then directly transported in the air with ch and presented in front of Subi's eyes freeing his hands to Perfection subai looked at the contents of the novel with a smug smile and thought to himself and then yio and Jang schwanger were also discussing some cultivation matters with gusto at the moment sister ya how did you feel about the sword technique you practiced yesterday I feel that the

hammer I practiced is quite powerful very handy and perfect Jang schwang rested her face and laughed ah my word in the area of Sword Play your father taught you quite well with a lot of detail that and it should be because of his laws as well as his Imperial Beast skill he could also concentrate unconsciously the I learned all kinds of Sword techniques at once it's just that sometimes the strength tends to be 10 times bigger and smaller at once or I still don't have complete control over this b

ody's power y waved her hand and said Jang schwanger also nodded normal with that cultivation speed of yours you'll break through at least two or three great steps a day five or six great steps definitely not so good at holding the power steady all at once only trying to hold it as long as possible without destroying the buildings and stuff aha y ya nodded her head with deep feeling then wondered say why hasn't your father come yet now that the time is up again he won't go to do justice again ri

ght ha Jang schwanger glanced at her cell phone the time had indeed come when it was time for class the bell rang at the same time signifying that it was time it's about time the instructor should come to class however the familiar figure still didn't appear at the door Jang schwanger felt as if she was about to spit out a mouthful of Old Blood she didn't even know what to say at this moment what was her unreliable old man up to again I seem to have been too busy to go back to the Villa yesterda

y and then I've had another all nighter until now in the morning still not coming to class procrastination procrastination habit huh but Uncle Jang Chen probably won't be in trouble he was fine yesterday he just went to help get blood crystal stone resources I guess it's because of that y ya comforted Jang schwanger nodded slightly alas it should be I hope nothing happens this one day or two really doesn't let people worry the other members were also talking and wondering where instructor junen

had gone again did you go back to Justice and oversleep just as they were discussing the next second a voice came from the doorway as well you little hacks I'm only 2 and 1/2 minutes late and you think I'm going somewhere to enjoy myself again don't you only to see that Jong chin had his hands behind his back and slowly walked above the podium saying I'm still alive and well don't think I'll be late all the time oh unless it's some special accident I'm usually not late well well well oversleepin

g is also a special accident the people on stage nodded their heads yio also smiled look your father is is fine he's still fine aha Jang schwanger nodded and after Jong Chan stood on the stage he also drifted towards yio with a glance after checking that yia's realm had come to the early eighth stage of the overlord realm he couldn't help but feel a Tremor in his heart with the help of the blood crystal stone this rate of enhancement was indeed fast if we add the pile of blood crystal stones col

lected yesterday for Yeo junin no longer dared to imagine what point yia's realm would come to tomorrow it's probably just at least a totem realm hit on the contrary Jung Chen glanced at his daughter and at once he brightened up and nodded slightly thinking crap schwanger is at the fourth stage of The King's Realm at this point the cultivation speed is surprisingly this fast as well not bad not bad the blood crystal stone thing is really quite good and this girl yio is really good too after info

rming him of this secret he was willing to share the blood crystals directly with his daughter as well the gesture was genuine and touched him to the core after all the purified blood crystal stone had no side effects from cultivating with it this resulted in being able to allow the Imperial beasts to rapidly increase their cultivation to a great portion of their degree if every day the amount of blood crystal stones that arrived at the limit were used for cultivation one day was estimated to be

able to match someone else's cultivation progress for a month or even several months it could be said to be an extremely useful artifact and yet yio was willing to take some out and Sh share it with her daughter you can see how kind his heart is so after Jang Chan heard the news yesterday the V also immediately after collecting and scraping the blood crystals from the scientific research institute he also specially motivated to go all over the magic Capital also spent his own money to harvest a

batch of blood crystal stones to repay this girl's kindness that's not to say he collected a large batch over this morning just as the fair was opening resulting in a 2 and 1 half minute tardiness however it still couldn't be delivered to this girl yzy ya now looking at the ey rolling look of the crowd on the stage Jang Chen had to wait until class was over he then recovered his face and said come on let's go to the clearing we'll be training as usual this morning we'll work on your abilities f

or a few days and then we'll start working on the Imperial beasts and how you work with them and how to use your cold weapons with your own Imperial beasts to launch an attack on the Fay yes the crowd replied chapter 113 10,000 amounts of blood Crystal Stones it's just cool to have a national package under Jang Chen's command soon everyone was back in the clearing over there Jun Chan also did the same as he did yesterday and gave a cold Shout the countless shadowy doppelgangers then slowly appea

red in front of everyone's eyes soon thereafter all of them entered the cultivation space again and walked to where they belonged starting to get excited he waved the weapon in his hand and practiced this is the kind of scene that everyone feels a very special feeling whether it's the first time they see it or the second time they see it subai did the same and he had some curiosity as he looked at this doppelganger that all had the same Aura making it completely impossible to tell who was real a

nd who was fake I wonder if these doppelgangers can send out without damage no subai suddenly thought of this law called The Law of Illusion it's only the unfolding field that has everyone mesmerized in droves but it seems to work subai pondered that he had two doppelgangers that could emit strength and likewise it was a cultivation that one could not figure out whether it was true or not pairing it with this so-called law of Illusion might be a strange trick when the time came just like that un

der sub's gaze yio held her sword in her hand and began to seriously study and practiced hard on her swordsmanship again from from the rawness of a move it quickly shifted to proficiency then became sharp and offensive sub all watched and couldn't help but secretly nod his head this nin did work quite hard and her Enlightenment seemed to be exceptionally high and then look at others who are also struggling but a move is also slipping for half a day and only slowly turning to proficiency the two

sides are simply not on the same level not bad for the indentured servant I got this shoveling is good good good a few hours later yel waved The Sword in her hand her face reflect the blazing sun was written with seriousness slash stab Point Pierce all sorts of moves were now at her fingertips thoroughly taking the art of the sword stepping into the initiation stop this morning's lesson ends here Jung chin suddenly said as he lay in the center of the field suddenly all the doppelgangers stopped

and became motionless and then everyone just walked out from the illusion after hearing the end of the morning's training yea couldn't help but wiped the sweat from her forehead and gasped in a small voice needless to say a morning of hard work and study was indeed tougher Yi ya never stopped at all she had only practiced for an hour or two yesterday and hadn't felt it yet but now she was really feeling how tired she was but after feeling the sword he was holding in his hand tremble yia's mind a

lso floated with all sorts of Sword moves and she couldn't help but smile hard work pays off in the end yel moved her fingers and threw the sword directly towards the sky then used her Chi to defend it the sword flew directly into the hilt of the placing rack at this time Jang schwanger also put down her hammer and ran over with a gasp FW sister yo you're done how do you feel now that I've been practicing all morning I'm really exhausted by this Hammer learning all sorts of hammering techniques

that it's really hard to carry such a heavy Hammer hahaha who asked you to learn the hammer the fruit you planted yourself even if it's bitter you have to swallow it Yeo laughed hearing this Jang schwanger instantly looked sad alas it's really tiring but it's okay he tiring although tiring but you can't tell I feel like I'm getting a kick out of using the hammer and the feeling of swinging hard really makes you feel good I'm going to use this Hammer to smash all over the world in the future and

when I face a beast tide I'll just go straight down with a hammer and flatten those alien beasts and they won't even have a chance to react saying that JN schwanger had just fantasized about the future and wanted to excitedly tell yio about it and at this time Jong Chen also said as usual all right class is over every everyone leave the venue after paying their props oh yeah ye ya you stay for a bit no one else should stay at those words Jang schwanger instantly rolled her eyes all right sister

y ya that old man my father is calling you again I guess it's about the cultivation resources so I'll leave first or people will still think I'm making things special well okay I'll share some of it with you then y ya nodded Roger that I'll go out immediately Jong schwanger Spirit was suddenly lifted and he instantly rushed out of the clearing this made Jong Chen who had walked over to hear the news amused and looked at his daughter who ran to the door on her ass Jang Chen smiled and walked over

to eio First continuing to set up a mute formation is purr usual then another ring was pulled out of thin air from his Imperial Beast space all right girl in here are the blood crystals I scavenged for you yesterday from various places there should be about 13 458 blood crystals in there it should be enough to last you a day or two two or three I'll go back later and gather more for you you just need to make it work saying that jungchan added another sentence that should be enough right if it's

not enough I'll expedite it at noon and go out and purchase it for you enough is enough yel looked at the ring with a dumbfounded expression the amount of blood crystal stones inside it was simply a mountain of blood crystal stones all of which were blood crystal stones as far as the eye could see with this amount I guess it's enough for a white person to use it for at least a week not sure where White's limits are though however Yia felt that this could be too much subai was listening to the q

uantity from the side although he couldn't see the inside of the Ring he couldn't help but sigh it's just a great feeling to have a state Charter chapter 114 field of light purification complete a little more continued droning went on Yeo and junin said their goodbyes pleasantly and quickly looking at the blood crystals contained inside the ring on his hand yio had already begun to fantasize about how to go about purifying the idea of a large wave of all of them pouring out and directly purifyin

g together should be unrealistic I guess we'll have to decontaminate in batches on an assembly line batch by batch when the time comes when they reached the door JN schwanger was also smiling and congratulating I'll first wish sister yio a breakthrough in the totem realm in advance tsk tsk tsk Awakening hasn't even been over a month and it's already going to be the realm of the totem really letting that bunch of so-called Heavenly Prides who have already been in college for a year see that guess

they're in a broken state of mind if it's okay just lucky yio said with a dimpled smile Jang schwanger also shook her head and laughed sister yio you don't have to belittle yourself you can't have one without the other you met little white and have mastered the SSS ranked Imperial Beast space Talent yourself to breakthrough so quickly and it can also be said that the two compliment each other and you can't do without one aha yo responded with a smile can she say she's an invalid shabai has neve

r practiced in his Imperial Beast space laughs it seemed that one really had to hurry up with the cultivation of Sword techniques and whatnot so that when the time came one could fight side by side with little white there was no need for shiai to work hard alone to cultivate and then when the time came to go into battle he would also go up to fight alone at the same time yeel was looking forward to it breaking through to the totem realm Not only would the Imperial beasts awaken to the laws of th

e the indentured servant is likewise shared in sharing the power of the laws held by the Imperial beast when that time came she would be able to easily navigate the laws of time using saai what would that scene look like the power of mastering time is something to look forward to when you think about it it was really her luck to meet white the two women were like that between jokes and jokes walked to the dining compartment then waited until the food was all served to make sure the door wouldn't

be opened Yia also took out a ring that was specially emptied of stored blood crystal stones and handed it to Jang schwanger schwanger na you take this Blood crystal stone and work hard on your cultivation in these few days there's still 2 days left before the college entrance exam competition you should work harder and cultivate harder and when the time comes you should strive to shine in the big competition upon hearing this Jang schwanger received the ring with an excited face and at this mo

ment her eyes were filled with gratitude as she looked at y ya oh yo sister you're so nice I love you so much don't worry I'll definitely work harder on my cultivation in these few days the I'll try to start the tournament then and I'll take sure to take second so you don't have to fight to be that first aha I believe in you y ya nodded with a smile hurry up and eat after eating we all hurry back to cultivate every second is very important now good Jang schwanger nodded her head vigorously then

began to pick up the rice in her hands with Vigor the meal went by so quickly yio and Jang Scher also returned to their respective dormitories in this way one after another quickly back in the dormitory Yia turned on the air conditioner with an excited face and then looking up at little white on his shoulder he said white are you ready ow that's a must hurry up and come I can't wait to see what the realm of totem feels like subai began to move his muscles and bones and said the cell phone had be

en thrown right onto the bed with him after receiving the response yio also immediately closed her eyes and released a piece of blood crystal stone from inside her ring a piece of blood crystal stone that was crystal clear but was shrouded by a black Aura and had a bizarre feeling was released looking at the ground at a piece of blood crystal stone that had been released this time subai decisively tried to directly unfold the light domain try to see if the light domain could easily purify this B

lood crystal stone and sure enough subai was originally in charge of the authority of light as the Holy Dragon Emperor of light the laws of light possessed were also bound to be the purest light and as soon as the domain was unfolded the blood crystals that the domain touched the black gas on top of the blood crystal stone then dissipated into dust seeing this suai revealed A Satisfied smile it seemed that now he didn't have to waste any more time at all injecting energy piece by piece in that c

ase it would be much more convenient to purify the blood crystal stone in the future and there was absolutely no need to be afraid of how large an amount one would have to purify at once a direct field expansion will solve all of them yio also saw this world shaking scene seeing how easily B had purified the blood crystal stones that were slowly being released from her ring and ye ya also noticed is that for everyone that came out one was instantly purified there is no cool down or delay this ma

y G unable to help but increased the dosage and began to slowly raise up to speed and that speed is nothing to write home about all of them were instantly purified by subai just like that Yia speed also began to slow down and in the end there were still 2 to 3,000 blood crystal stones left Yia chose to directly release them all at once and even then subai was purified in the zero 25 seconds instantly after the blood crystals were released in a single moment more than 10 0000 pieces of blood crys

tal stones were completely purified in this way minute by minute yea couldn't help but take out her cell phone and take a look 12:00 almost just 2 or 3 minutes past that's over 10 000000 blood crystals for good yea couldn't help but feel a little dreamy originally she was ready to get 10 or 20 minutes by then wait until the evening to start actively working on it but it looks like now then after class and lunch until now it's only been about half an hour then the nap is usually over at 2:00 p.m.

that means means there's still 2 hours to go it would allow little white to carry out his cultivation with Reckless abandon then with the aid of so many blood crystal stones Yia felt that it wasn't an impossible thing to directly break through to the totem realm at noon thinking about it an excited look surfaced on yia's pretty face and she looked at shiai with an expectant gaze Yia didn't deliberately try to retrieve the blood crystal stones and just pile up 10 000000 of them on the floor besi

de the bed and she was sitting on the bed not to mention that 10 0000 lessons were in a complete release and the amount really wasn't that great it directly spread over the entire ground and there were even some that could directly be on the verge of surging to yia's bed but well that's acceptable so now it's up to White subai thus struck out amidst yia's gaze he directly chose to try and absorb the amount of nearly 10 000000 blood crystal stones into his body all at once chapter 115 breakthroug

h totem Guardian God ancient dragon language moment this 10 0000 or so blood crystal stone energy scrambled to Surge into subai softer and smaller body feeling it the energy that surged in plummeted in his body subai also did feel a bit of high intensity in the past a thousand or 2,000 blood crystal stones were actually really considered to be stuffing for his body increased energy is enough similar to sunbathing and now after 10 0000 of them came in although subai could feel the pressure it was

n't much with that he absorbed silently the 10 0000 lessons that brought energy the current him absorbed almost 1 hour of energy which was equivalent to the previous rate of 5 hours of absorption under normal circumstances plus with the added benefit of the midday sunlight now the cultivation speed was even faster subai felt that his realm was Rising crazily the middle of the eighth stage of the realm of the hegemony late eighth order of the realm of the hegemony the peak of the eth stage of the

realm of the hegemony broke through early 9th stage of the realm of the hegemony the middle of the ninth stage of the realm of the hegemony late ninth stage of the realm of the hegemony the peak of the ninth stage of the realm of the hegemony it took an hour and a half for suai to have reached the top yel also stood up straight at this moment and glanced at her cell phone 130 there was still half an hour left until well class started and little White's realm had just broken through to the peak

of the ninth stage of the overlord realm Yia clenched her hands into fists quietly waiting for that scene to come in the meantime he sent a cell phone message telling kongwang to go to the training room by herself first later don't come over and knock on the door and disturb White's practice subai also made it a point to speed up the rate of energy absorption at this moment not hesitating to make the energy consumption of the blood crystal stone deplete even faster soon the time came to 150 the

realm of the totem Guardian God become at this moment subai snapped his eyes open and suddenly his body was unconsciously expanding as if to unfold the dragon's body at the same time at the moment of the realm breakthrough subai also heard the long lost system sound ding congratulations to the honorable Holy Dragon Emperor of light for breaking through the realm of totem rewarding you with the ancient dragon language which can understand your language regardless of any species and sometimes spea

king can work wonders the moment he saw this reward item subai instantly operated it stop in ancient dragon language a voice filled with Majesty resounded in the room suddenly the dragon's body stopped expanding and slowly changed back to its original form feel your body the new Power subai unconsciously revealed a smile not bad as for the body words in this room normal life it still doesn't need to be that big that would be a bad way to sleep it's so striking watching this system rewarded ancie

nt dragon language was also finally waiting for him it's been a really long time since I've seen the system though I don't know why a few days ago it started automatically retweeting silently without making a sound he was still relieved to hear the sound of reward suddenly now on subai side he was sensing the changes in his body Yia did the same and was sensing the changes in her body at the moment her brain was receiving the five laws that subai had shared with her they are respectively the law

of chaos the law of time the law of light the law of Illusion and the law of flame quietly feeling the individual rules and functions of these Five Laws transmitted by the brain y's CPU was about to be dry bured and the whole person was somewhat silent what's going on here didn't they say that the realm of totems shared laws didn't sh I only have one law of time why are there four more laws in your head does it mean that breaking through to the totem realm is by one get four free no if that was

the case it would have been a big deal and the whole world would have known about it it couldn't be that she was the only special case so that means that all five laws were awakened by by yiel was deeply in a State of Shock at this moment but why did both of these latter two laws seem a little familiar to her forget it whatever now she too had the power of the law in her hands or the power of the five Great laws now at that time then the sword art the integration comprehension of the sword way

that hold the sword on the battle with xai to kill the enemy there would be no problem after receiving it ye ya opened her eyes and this opening of her eyes Yia then saw that subai was flying in the air staring straight at her face both are almost just shy of a few centimeters the genus gave yio a fright and almost fell to the ground wo [ __ ] white will you stop being so creepy scare me Yia gently soothed her heart and spat out subai also directly opened his mouth to mock hahaha you're too timi

d I'm exercising your guts come a few more times and you won't be intimidated then subai sentence instantly made GI ya free straight in place looking in front of him this little white man who flew in the air with a somewhat tiny body at this moment was mouthing a language that he didn't know what it meant but could understand y ya always had a feeling of a dream like a lifetime ago she couldn't help but confirm with some nervous nervousness little white you're able to talk now I didn't hear you

wrong just now well you definitely didn't hear it wrong suai waved his hands in a calm manner want to speak this is not a breeze make it difficult like awaken to the realm of the totem my mind directly to the inheritance of the ancient dragon language now I say the words anyone can understand that's really great little wipe my ass you don't know how long I've been waiting for you to be able to talk now that you can finally talk great so we can communicate with each other at this moment yia's moo

d was unrivaled and simply beautiful she hadn't just broken through to the totem realm and mastered the five Great laws and now white could open his mouth and talk to her this way the daily routine even if you spend it alone will never be boring again that's nice yio murmured subai also shook his head and said helplessly all right all right don't care about this what time is it now that said shouldn't we go to class or else you'll be as late as that old man Jung Chun his it seems like it does ye

opened her cell phone to take a look at the time the display screen says in big five letters two 10 points crap it seems like I just wasted a lot of time absorbing the inherited laws you shared so quickly 10 minutes have passed subai muttered then immediately took the cell phone on the bed over yel also immediately put away the blood crystal stones piled up on the ground first then hurriedly got out of bed walked toward the door saying as he did so come on come on it's over it's over it's late

it's mailed chapter 116 late the college students were shocked as a result as soon as they opened the door yo and subai saw Jang schwanger who was squatting in the doorway and swiping her cell phone Jang schwanger what kind of airplane is your kid up to subai opened his mouth to spit ai ai ai sister ye ya you guys are well have you broken through to the totem realm Jan schwanger who was still brushing the video hadn't reacted for a moment and hurriedly stood up patting her pants and inquiring th

en she took a closer look at yio and subai turned her head inside and added never mind just by looking at this unconsciously overwhelming Aura on your body I know that you've definitely broken through isn't it the totem realm that that bag broke through it's not a breeze don't underestimate your brother by suai said back while looking at the novel in his hand at this moment Jan schwanger who had just turned back and Was preparing to lead the way to the training room was puzzled and turned her he

ad to look at y ya wait sister y ya did you hear anything it seems like it's a boy spitting right next to us this ah is little white little white can talk Yeo said with a soft smile on her face hey what did you say sister y ya little B can talk Jong schwanger was shocked and instantly flicked her eyes to subai after feeling the Gaze injected over subai also grinned and confessed what isn't it pretty normal that I can talk if it's not awesome you bu bull Jang schwanger revealed a reluctant smile

Shia by sometimes I wonder if you're open learning to talk so quickly is so counterintuitive it was also fortunate that she was the one who had been thoroughly and completely used to being shocked by Yeo and subai in the past two days therefore even if the Royal Beast that hadn't been awakened for a long time could talk JN schwanger wouldn't feel too exaggerated now otherwise the old her would have been afraid that she would have to be shocked for at least a few minutes and not be able to slow d

own at all alas lowkey low key it's normal don't exaggerate too much then I'll let you see an even more exaggerated one subai laughed if this was all exaggerated when the time came for him to use all five laws together wouldn't this niece be directly scared to pee fine fine I'll wait and see Jong schwanger laughed yio on the other hand was on the side smiling as she watched the two of them fight she felt that this atmosphere was so good training room it's now 20 minutes into class A bunch of cle

ar and stupid college students sat quietly in their chairs and Jung Chen began a whitee state instructor Jung Chen do you want to make a phone call to Jang schwanger in y how come they haven't come until now this lateness is outrageous it won't be like you who also overslept against the heavens if one oversleeps then there is really some outrageous awe but there are indeed some possibilities after all instructor Jong Chen can oversleep we students normal not so much it should be normal it's impo

ssible for both people to oversleep I have a feeling that student yio and student Jean schweer should be out of something more important that's why they haven't come so late right let's just be patient and wait for a while indeed even instructor Jang Chun overslept there's nothing wrong with us as students oversleeping a bit right ha that's it and just as the gang was still sputtering originally happily listening to The People Under The Stage spitting Jan Chan is also a black face interrupting t

his group of small black people said ug okay okay I was going to leave you guys with some suspense and a sense of anticipation and see your shocked faces then and I can't believe you're all so curious so I'll tell you I already know why EO and Jang schwanger came so late crap instructor you actually hide solo food quickly say it what's the situation why could it be a breakthrough but breaking through a realm isn't so exaggerated the man on the stage wondered upon hearing this Jung Chen shook his

head revealing a smile and just wanted to speak the word report was seen coming from the doorway yio and Jang schwanger thus walked from the doorway to the top of the seats on the stage under the Gaze of the yo was also a bit embarrassed sorry hauh everyone I'm late hearing this the crowd on the stage also laughed ug it's fine it's fine we're all classmates at the training camp there's nothing wrong with it isn't it just 10 minutes late this bit of progress doesn't matter yes ye Zia student pay

more attention to your body ah don't overdo it with your cultivation you don't have the totem realm yet don't go without sleep so easily yeah it's better to get plenty of rest so you don't sleep late so what's the situation with yia's classmates are you guys late because you met something on the way here well I didn't need anything it's just about cultivation Yia saw that everyone was so curious and confessed I accidentally broke through to the totem realm at noon so I wasted some time masterin

g the power of laws and whatnot sorry about that haha the crowd the Heavenly college students fell silent the arena instantly went into a state of Silence that could literally be described as a pin drop no one's talking Jang schwanger and Jang Chen as well as subai were also delighted and happily watched the scene in front of them seeing everyone with a look of self-absorption Jong schwanger couldn't help but feel a surge of acidity and comfort finally there was someone who could feel yia's sist

er's pretentiousness just like her this [ __ ] is really catching people off guard every time as well as shocking them it made her moral heart crumble over and over again and she couldn't help but feel a lot more comfortable now that she had this group of college students shocked with her chapter 117 it's too curly can't stand it the training room was silent it was only after a long while that the crowd finally slowed down from the tremendous information Yeo had brought it was also at this time

that they carefully began to feel the aura that yia's body was inadvertently emitting and the breath which had been so completely different from theirs the if they had said that they could still accept it when they were at the overlord realm in the past the aura that erupted from yia's body at that time was just someone who was slightly stronger than them but now this Aura was very different completely Elusive and mixed with Great Majesty even those who were at the peak of the Monarch realm or e

ven reached the overlord realm felt suffocated through and through after all above the totem is an existence that can grasp the laws therefore the overlord realm to the totem realm was a powerful Watershed and any totem realm could actually use the laws to kill the existences below the realm in seconds then after thoroughly confirming that yio had reached the realm of totem the crowd also let out sharp popping sounds crap Yeo you're for real this is a breakthrough to the totem realm what realm w

as it 2 days ago I remember that you were only at the first stage of the overlord realm 2 days ago is this cultivation speed really that fast it's even faster than the speed at which a monarch realm breaks through to the overlord realm against the heavens SSS class Royal Beast space Talent terrifying as it is abstract all I can say is that big brother Jang Chang and Big Brother White Knight didn't lose unfairly this speed of cultivation it's now at the totem realm I originally thought that it on

ly took big brother Jang Chung 3 or 4 days to step into the early third stage of the hegemony realm was already enough but as a result y ya I can only say that it's no wonder that he broke through to the hegemony realm so quickly definitely not a bad loss just this totem Realms cultivation once it comes out Big Brother Jong Chang and Big Brother White Knight are probably going to kneel down in despair once the laws of Time come out who dares to dog bark and it is true after carefully confirming

yunk cultivation Jong chenk body instantly softened he already felt that he had suffocated it was completely impossible for him to have any hope of surpassing EA originally after his defeat two days ago he had made a special plan to cultivate and by the way he had entrusted someone to purchase a large batch of heavenly materials and Earthly Treasures let the Imperial beasts step up their efforts to get into a state of cultivation and the effect was really good the two Imperial beasts cultivating

together brought about considerable gains and in two or 3 days he had broken through a large realm thinking of this Jong Chang couldn't help but bite his teeth he had thought that the speed of breaking through a large realm in these two or 3 days would probably be enough to be able to kill yio in seconds in the next Grand competition take the first as it turned out it seemed that yio was still skillful after all this Shadow Reaper words that the cultivation speed was absolutely the fastest were

simply farts ug a thousand words turned into a sigh Jang Chang had already given up resisting with yia's ghostlike cultivation speed how can you possibly exceed that better look at second place in the distance Holmes and after hearing the crowd shock and wailing spew junin burst out laughing all right all right now you finally realize that there's a world outside of man and a world outside of heaven right don't think you're the number one Heavenly pride of any college and just because you came

to this training camp you think you're the king of the heavens there are many people in this world who are more bullishly talented than you so it is only right to collect yourselves and try to Spur your Imperial beasts into serious cultivation to raise their own cultivation level what's more yo not only is her cultivation speed so fast and her Talent better than yours she's also more serious ious about learning the sword than you are I watched her train yesterday afternoon and this morning witho

ut any stopping for a break in the action and always practicing all kinds of techniques diligently and integrating them you should learn that Spirit too when Jang chin said that the crowd immediately stared white eyed then lowered their heads and looked at their noses apparently without any intention of trying to refute it after all what Jang Chan had said was a solid fact and yia's efforts to learn swordsmanship even now had really shocked them although they have been working out just as hard t

hey occasionally stop to take a break play on their phones and swipe through videos after all they were all Imperial Beast Masters and wasn't the whole process of refining the process just hanging up and letting the Imperial beasts upgrade and fight monsters on their own the vast majority of battles basically just need to be handed over to the Imperial beasts there's no need to personally do anything at all the guys just need to cheer from the sidelines shouldn't this kind of training be all abo

ut being able to defend yourself in critical moments and getting a better handle on your body strength no less what's more yia's talent for this kind of Imperial beasts cultivation was already so high that she could already rest on her Laurels letting everything be left to the Imperial beasts only to end up having to fight tooth and nail to train hard in swordsmanship damn it's really too curly how does this make us Earth online NPCs normal people live and after Jung Chen had finished his instru

ctions he ordered the crowd to head to the open space to cultivate as usual after getting into training mode this time it seemed that yia's Spirit drove everyone all of them didn't slack off anymore and had put in extra effort to train hard on the weapons they had at their disposal Jang Chen who was watching from the side nodded his head repeatedly it seemed that having a leader did have a good effect and so the afternoon came to a quick end with everyone's generosity after it was over yo and su

bai also habitually stood in place quietly waiting for Jung Chen's pronouncement Jung Chen stood by the side and also looked happy reminding all right all right let's go let's go there's no need to to stay today it's too late for me to go and collect the resources for your cultivation okay okay instructor let's go subai happily waved his hand and said Jung Chan was was nodding his head let's go let's go go back and don't forget to continue to cultivate hard o when you guys break through the Myth

ic realm Aha yio and subai left the clearing and went to meet up with Jang schwanger outside Jang Chan also suddenly thought of something muttered wait say why just a boy is talking G ya is not female 118 inexplicable feelings beginning of the Swing walking to the cafeteria after an afternoon of Sword training yio also had the corners of her eyes curved The Joy on her face could not be hidden at all because she already felt that she had some new understanding of swordsmanship and was very much i

n tune with it even y ya felt that she was vaguely catching an Indescribable feeling in the process of practicing sword Arts unfortunately the feeling dissipated again in a matter of moments Yia could feel that if she sees that momentary sensation her sword skills would inevitably be greatly accomplished she wasn't too discouraged though Yia firmly believed in herself and only needed to continue to work hard day in and day out to train in swordsmanship the next time the Sensation that arose she

would make sure to hold on to it at the same time suai was happily swimming around in the air and held his paws behind his head comfortably comfortable another day mixed past go back to play with the phone blowing air conditioning and then absorb absorb blood crystal stone Realm quack growth wait for 2 days we be able to burst Hammer dog day [ __ ] cultivation is really being played by you to understand with the blood crystal stone every day just lie in bed and swing right you brat Jong schwange

r couldn't help but spit out from the side subai also laughed tone it down and tone it down don't people live to swing for the fences moreover now there is a blood crystal stone not every day to rest and have fun but also what is it seriously guided the body of the chi non-stop surging by the way forget you're a damn indentured servant you're even better all you have to do is keep exploiting your Imperial beasts all the time to practice a hem what kind of words are these my nine-tailed Spirit ca

t and I have always worked hard together to cultivate okay there can't be any exploitation at all Jang schwanger retorted well well well it better be like this then you go back and hurry up and cultivate hard don't become the last place by then and get [ __ ] up by all the Gringos that way even if yio and I win first place we can't afford to lose that face subai laughed thinking of this Jang schwanger also shook her head and said confidently that X impossible if it was yesterday the day before y

esterday I might still have some fear but now I have already gained the help of you and Yea sister's blood crystal stone all I can say is that the little foreigners can be taken if they have a hand in it you guys will just wait when the time comes to see me give them through and through I'll just blow them away well well well by the time you can't fight only you will be the only one to ask the ultimate judgment on you don't say it don't say it the cafeteria is going to be here I am going to star

ve to death subai looked at the cafeteria in front of him which was gradually approaching and wiped the corner of his mouth with some anticipation yo was on the side also listening to the conversation between the two with a smile on her face not having any words she wanted to insert just enough to listen to these two talk was enough and anyway there was a lot of road ahead and her road with white wouldn't be that short with that the two women and the dragon opened the door and stepped into the b

ox seemed that because junin already knew the reason why subai would definitely break through to become the totem realm at noon this time the entire box has long been prepared a wide range of food can be said to be countless the entire box is filled with a thick it's Rich various kinds of Aroma look at the large table of food in front of you sub's tears unconsciously float out of the corners of his mouth yo and Jang schwanger looked at the table of food similarly drooling be nice make way there'

s one last table of food here a voice came out out from behind the two men and the dragon subai looked back to see a waitress carrying a meal with a variety of meals they are also in the coming and these dishes have been stacked on top of other dishes the whole table was stacked up like a stack of four or five layers of food okay serving is done have a nice meal and then if you feel like you don't have enough Midway through the meal press the button on the wall again and we'll continue serving a

t that time L mang who was at the very center of the waiters pointed to a red button on the wall and smiled subai also nodded repeatedly okay okay have a heart have a heart go down let's get ready to eat aha after hearing sub's Imperial Beast speech this time lumang also revealed an astonished look but it didn't say much and quietly left the box together with the waiters for a while the entire box was left with just two women and a dragon looking at the food in front of them all of them showed s

alivating eyes in the next second subai moved violently and took the lead to go up and take a big bite immediately afterward the two women also nonchalantly stepped forward to pick up their Chopsticks and began to eat it only took about 10 minutes for the a large table with several layers of food stacked on top of each other was eaten by subai and yuo two people who had just broken through the realm and desperately needed to replenish their energy Jang schwanger and the nine-tailed Spirit cat th

at had just been summoned were also on the sidelines at the moment covering their stomachs and letting out sounds of enjoyment no way I am full you two keep eating or you guys can eat a little bit like a Hungry Ghost this stomach of mine if I keep eating I'm afraid that I'll just prop it up here well well well you said wait a moment to serve you don't eat I have not eaten at all fullet hungry for an afternoon fortunately breakthrough to the realm of totem also don't need any energy to maintain t

he body or else high and low starve to death on the training ground subai intentionally looked at just eaten meat leftover plate said yio is also the same the sun rice is simply not enough to eat a half an hour after dinner yo and subai finally touched up their stomachs with a face of enjoyment and let out A Satisfied burp let's go eat and drink enough go back to your own homes and find your own moms subai used his last ounce of strength to fly onto yia's shoulder and said he couldn't really eat

anymore even brace to the point where he had little strength left to fly and the meal did fill him up a little yio fortunately learned from the experience of the last time so this time he didn't eat too much but ate a 7 to 8% full so now still able to stand up straight and walk Jong schwanger watching from the sidelines couldn't help but remind be careful to go a bit ha you two don't fall don't worry about this it's something that can't possibly exist subai leaned over his shoulder and said con

fidently so very good the two women and one Dragon were thus separated in the cafeteria box all that was left were dinner plates that nearly filled the entire table and many that were piled on the floor unattended and quietly waiting for someone to clean them up after returning to the room for Yeo and subai who had now broken through to the totem Guardian God Realm that sense of urgency had dissipated a little and wasn't as tense as it had been before and with the help of the blood crystal stone

s it was enough for the normal equivalent of swinging cultivation y ya also doesn't really want to take the initiative to cultivate that what Shuan ancient scripture rodning can indeed take the initiative to let him cultivate without sleeping and the speed is also quite fast but compared to the total amount of 10 0000 or so blood crystals this was just to drop in the bucket just like this in the general environment Under the Influence y ya also chose to swing open the pendulum it's not just a pe

ndulum punch punch punch chapter 119 the heaven Pride competition begins bedroom and this time because of the fact that the cards had already been shown the 10,000 blood crystal stones within the interstice were not put away yo didn't need to do much subai could start absorbing the energy of these 10 000000 blood crystal stones in one go enjoying the energy of the blood crystal stone subai happily laid down on the bed and played with his cell phone when yea saw this scene she couldn't help but h

old her forehead helplessly saai is really by he has become a net addict boy a every day simply in addition to play the phone is to play the phone however Yia was okay on second thought after all although Shai was playing with his cell phone but that's better than sleeping like a corpse every day lying in one place all the time without moving what the hell come and rest subai lay on the bed with a puzzled look at yio who stood by the bedside and fell into contemplation again making a puzzled sou

nd yio also reacted Ed and laughed fine fine I'm coming 2 Days Later morning dawn the sun rises and the whole continent is rened by the setting sun today is a beautiful day the no one college in Magic City at this time or more appropriately the whole of Magic City was in a boil at this time on this day there are all kinds of streams of light flashing through the air in the entire magic capital and there are also all kinds of huge things and Imperial beasts flying in the air the day was a day whe

n all kinds of lights flashed in the air in the whole Magic C Capital the whole piece the Magic City suddenly people come and go joyful because they know that today is the final day of the national higher education competition and at this time of the day even the next few days will decide the winner who is the top of the college entrance exam the world's recognized Son Of Heaven if it was in the past all the people would not be so happy as today after all every time the dragon kingdom was basica

lly ranked more in the middle in this great competition there was even a time when a Heavenly Pride that the whole country was extremely looking forward to was directly and easily solved by a kimchi country's Heavenly Pride that was ranked at the back of the Mirage Tower and barely made it to the finals but this time the situation was different this time the dragon Kingdom had an existence like Yia it only took 7 days to break through to the Monarch realm and break the record of being the number

one in the world as well as exceeding the speed by a few times why can't such a being take first place though there are still concerns that the Pope's son in the Land of Lights has also made a push to in only a few days time the peak of the realm of the commander had caught up and had sent out a video provoking him to break through to the fifth stage of the realm of the King when he was sitting on his old man's exclusive Mount the sky devouring flying dragon it still raises some concerns that t

his one will continue the history of previous years every time everyone's most favored being just drops the ball at the end of the key and gets beaten by the other team because of today's special circumstances the entire Magic City Schools chose to take a week's vacation except for the magic cities no one high school their faces were now filled with excited smiles and then they sat on top of the spectator seats with an excited look on their faces even if they don't take a vacation they don't hav

e any complaints after all to be able to see in reality the seniors and Sisters of the top Imperial Beast Masters a generation above them summoning their respective Imperial beasts in the stands and engaging in a good duel it was still very meaningful to them who were also going to summon their Imperial beasts and awaken their spatial talents a year later this would also deepen their desire to study hard and be more clueless about summoning Imperial beasts after all as a talent from the number o

ne college in Magic City all of his parents genes were basically first class Beast riding Geniuses that's all on top of a spectacularly Grand huge Square centered around a huge central circle the Outer Circle was encompassed with a variety of students and the circle in the center is separated by a transparent Invisible Shield so that the players can wly play out their full strength fighting inside but also has enough space to perform and there is also the protection of the energy Shield accordin

g to the propaganda the defense of this energy Shield could not be breached by even a single strike made by a totem paragod realm and after all the students were excited and thly admitted tap tap tap a high heeled shoe sounded from the school's radio numerous students drifted their eyes to the center of the stage the only to see a gorgeous person in high heels and along long flowing dress appear in front of the crowd the she took a step to the center of the stage with a smile on her face first h

e spun around and smiled at the students who were on the field and eventually laughing at a camera recording video Welcome to this annual National heavens pric competition Dragon Kingdom main stage I'm the host of this contest Wang Xin and I'll be the one to show you the rules of this contest as we all know the contest was conducted mainly because of the different abilities of the Imperial beasts and all too often students were breaking through the Tower of Illusion the it could easily result in

some Imperial beasts although their cultivation level is higher than the other party it will be slower to resolve and so on and so forth in a variety of situations and the heavens Pride competition was not just a solution to this matter it was also a way to show everyone the strength of each Year's Heaven pride and the Order of this duel starts with the speed rankings in the tower of Illusion with the 10th and Ninth Place teams playing against each other no eight and no seven play each other an

d so on up to second and first place playing each other while the Winner's bracket then moves on to challenge the losers bracket from the previous tier and then finally second in first place to determine who is the final Heavens Pride ranking then I officially announced that the heavens Pride competition has begun and after after the hosts words the live broadcast had long since revealed this one many nison have seen this scene at once it boiled over and began to talk excitedly rubbing their fis

ts ready to see the true strength of all the heaven Pride here it comes here it comes the game is finally going to start TMD I've been suffocating myself waiting for the past few days frantically spewing all sorts of keyboard warriors on the internet I really do not know what foreign people have to lick our country good people beautiful voice sweet ye do not go to lick children go to Li a white skin really speechless plus one but also thieves arrogant variety of hair video the bottom of a bunch

of little fairies shells that worship directly to me to see vomit to pull I can only say that Yeo is Invincible this time it will surely be able to take down that so-called Pope sun with ease don't milk it this kind of thing is not certain we also don't know yia's real cultivation nowadays these days yo and her Imperial beasts are probably in seclusion all the time so we can only look forward to it silently yeah but I don't know if our country has stepped in to help yio cultivate and provide her

with resources that Pope's son probably gave a lot of resources genius Treasures that's why he broke through so fast these days yes but in this current situation the country will definitely step in after all yio is so gifted if she doesn't pull it together quickly I'm afraid that something will easily happen alas see it's useless to discuss it anymore I hope EA can bring us a big surprise chapter 120 the the Tournament begins sakur nation's plan and at this moment the special players box at the

bottom of the stadium yo and subai sitting alone in a compartment with a larger TV were there is also a one-sided mirror of special material due to tempered glass you can directly through the glass close to see the other players fighting situation in doing so it also allows everyone to analyze the situation and skills of each opponent and after hearing that the order of competition this time around was surprising is to challenge one by one from top to bottom and it's not like other countries op

ted to have the skywriters draw straws for the sake of heat and uncertainty instead it's a straightup second place first place matchup at the start subai also nodded with satisfaction and smiled it's a good thing we don't have to draw straws to decide our next round opponents or else we'd expect the game to be stinky and long if I can't Crush that one crazy bouncing wh- skinn pig from the lighthouse Kingdom at the first opportunity I'm going to be pissed off breaking through a Monarch's realm ev

ery day and just resting there having a good time if you didn't no you'd think it was the Mythic realm breaking through a realm every day yes white is right when the time comes you go up there and just killed the Royal Beast the son of the pope of that Lighthouse Kingdom or whatever it is in seconds I've also watched his jitterbugs he's really too arrogant and rampant y ya also said with some exasperation then she also revealed an evil smile but he shouldn't be able to imagine that we've already

broken through to the totem realm and I've endured humiliation Just For Today see when my old lady goes up then after you defeat him sha I will ruthlessly taunt him taunt him back it's really too pretentious sha by you must dry crush him understand eh okay okay don't worry I definitely killed him in seconds with ease definitely not more than a second well I guess it can be solved in a second subai wiped his forehead the non-existent sweat and sincerely confirmed say are all girls this devious w

hen they smile just now subai felt as if he had seen the devil Lighthouse stay exclusive box a young man with a somewhat pale face lying on a sofa was watching this game through a one-sided window and hearing the rules of the game after listening to what the host said he said with a smile on his face I'm still satisfied with this from the dragon Nation letting me go up later so that I can fight directly with the girl called yio in the first place good good this way the game will become interesti

ng I really do not know this gang of dragon country people blowing to get the illusion of the tower first a weak advanced breakthrough to the realm of the king of what is good to blow the it's just luck I didn't even use my full strength at all that's why I went to fight at the peak of the realm of the commander don't you think so Uncle Chan the youth smiled and looked to the side at an indifferent hard-faced Uncle Chan and said Uncle Chan also shook his head and said little young Master you mus

t not take the enemy lightly even though you've hidden a wave of Realms over the past week and have broken through to the eighth stage of the Monarch realm but the other side is also absolutely not to be underestimated and the Gang of old men in the dragon kingdom are also treacherous and definitely gave that girl a lot of resources the it's estimated that the realm is similar to yours so don't get cocky and misbehave well don't worry Uncle Chan I won't be as brainless and arrogant as in the vid

eo that kind of person can't survive in any world I'm well prepared for the time when I'll make easy work of that girl the or even make it so that her Imperial beasts can no longer exert their power to save her from having to come back and jump on her feet when the time comes this time I will prove to that I am definitely the most suitable successor to the pope and the best the youth had an indifferent face a look of mastering everything in a tent tiny gain to first place the Imperial Beast so s

mall small strip it is estimated to be a snake that no one wants the spirit system the provocation to me still simply do not dare to send a message on the internet it is estimated to be just like that Uncle Chen just watch how I'll use the dusty Dragon Emperor to clean her up she must not have thought that I've already reached the early eth stage of the Monarch realm okay okay okay it's up to you Uncle Chen smiled helplessly and shook his head Sakura Nation exclusive box a relatively lwd looking

fat man with a fat face and garlic nose sat on the sofa looking at the moderator's introductory look he had a demented look on his face and was full of smiles nor have I heard the rules so carefully ye sing please don't get too caught up in the female sex His Highness the emperor has said that as long as you can get the top five this time there will be a great deal of beautiful girls from any country or whatever one of the mean-spirited skinny guy standing next to the fat guy patted his ass and

after the fat man heard what he said he instantly revealed an evil smile pingjun is serious about this this is true His Highness the emperor said that because of the matter of discharging sewage last month the honor and reputation of the people of my cherry blossom Kingdom has been greatly damaged so this time it is imperative that we take a good ranking in this Heaven pry competition when the time comes we'll help you publicize and package it and then make a full effort to pretend to easily ki

ll some Marine Xenomorphs that have mutated because of the sewage so that the public won't care so much well well Yosi Yosi that's a good way to do it punung Jun just watch and see how I'm going to take the top five with ease just that little dragon girl in 10th place it's just the early stage of the ninth order of the realm of commanders and now a week has passed and it's estimated that it's only the second or third order of the realm of kings and I have already reached the peak of the third st

age of the realm of the Monarch I believe that even if that Pope's son from The Lighthouse kingdom comes I guess I'll be able to touch it saying that as if fatty suddenly thought of something as if he had he first waved his hand and originated a soundproof aray prop inside this room then hamen haod and laughed hey Pung Jun what do you think it would be like if I easily defeated the dragon Kingdom girl in front of everyone and accidentally Let the Flames of the volcano Beast touch her clothes put

ting her in a state of disrepair oh broken State H ha Hey Ye Sayang I realize you're quite vicious sometimes this one I feel can be a it can also make more people from more countries notice this Duel of yours when that time comes you will definitely be able to attract a certain amount of attention as well as heat the Thin Man heatedly laughed fatty also nodded in satisfaction right I am simply a genius when the time comes I'll pretend to go up and apologize cover her body with my clothes and per

haps even make this Dragon Kingdom girl fall in love with me it looks like a very kawhai girl too it sure tastes good that's it just like that two obscene laughs came up from time to time from the exclusive box of soron Nation on the center of the ring in the gym after half an hour at this moment it was also time for the first fight to begin the match is about to begin the two sides are Jang schwanger from the dragon Kingdom and yersin from the cherry blossom Kingdom that is the 10th Place versu

s The Ninth Place contest who will the two sides really be the deer in the headlights we'll see if the people of the Dragon Kingdom will easily take out the people of the sakur Kingdom with ease or vice versa the host held the microphones laugh the words came out and the pop-ups were in a crescendo at the moment go Ginger twins make sure to [ __ ] up sakur dog don't let your opponent have any chance to take the last place plus one although I'm not too optimistic about Jung schwanger but I just h

ope that she really other cannot be beaten does not matter afraid of fear cannot get the top three is also fine but Sakura dog must be dryr if really dry through let the other side arrogance then it will be bad yes Jang schwanger should be able to hold it but it's fine even if Jang schwanger can't hold it we still have y no need to panic that's true but the thought of s coronation that son of a [ __ ] getting all over me if I win what to do cool it incense it pray it while the pop-ups were discu

ssing Jang schwanger and Yin made their debut one after another the two just walked to the center of the Battle Ring it caused the crowd of students to cheer as the game was finally about to begin and Jang schwanger had also always been a student of the magic City's first college which was their senior sister and that's how everyone rushed to cheer for kongwang air Jang schwanger also smiled and waved to the students in The Stance to show that she heard them while Sakura Nation Zin was looking a

t this voluptuous looking youthful Maiden in front of him with an infatuated face not only did she look good but she seemed to have a very good heart as well that's good that's good ye session nodded Darkly the host Wang XI n also stepped into the middle of the duo and opened his mouth with a smile the match is about to begin may I ask if you two have any words you would like to give to each other student ye say x i n may I ask if you have any words you would like to send to your opponent Jang s

chwanger well it's nothing all I can say is that Jang schwangeren is a very kind and pretty girl and she's definitely especially popular in our Sakura country so I'll be sure to go easy on her this time around and I hope that when Jang schwanger student loses at that time she won't blame my fault on Sakura country our Sakura country is a very good country and I hereby sincerely hope that Jang Schwaner will come to visit Sakura country in the future ye session's face had some timidity and some sh

yness to it da as if he sincerely hoped that Jang schwanger would visit the cherry blossom Country and this word out not only is Jong schwanger face changed even the side of the host Wang xen have some can't strain all want to vomit but luckily she was professionally trained and immediately contracted her look back and the pop-ups blew up I drop good boy cherry blossom country small life are so Shameless don't you want to vomit when you hear this kind of words it's disgusting [ __ ] it's so malo

dorous I can't stand it a big carving to wake him up it's too much of a dream diabetic ones go away and don't let this little day be a hint of sweetness here we go here we go I have a UTI I'll go first I really don't know what kind of [ __ ] face he has to say this let's see what Jang schwanger says we must [ __ ] this little life to death and this side of the host Wang xien finally after taking a few deep breaths reluctantly continued to show a smile and turned the microphone towards Jang schwa

nger and laughed student Jang schwanger ye sessions words have been said do you have anything you want to say in response to him the word fell and silence greeted them as well it was only a moment later that Jang schwanger lifted her already gloomy face and took the microphone as soon as she could and said in 5 minutes I'll send you to your tits and if I can't do that I'll go see my tits at once this one sentence triggered all the students and the crowd present the host also looked at Jang schwa

nger next to her with a surprised face wanting to think that the other party would be so daring since such words are spoken it was important to realize that the national Heavens Pride competition was basically something something that could attract widespread attention all over the world this live broadcast will be translated by the world that means it's not just the tens and hundreds of millions of people in the country who are watching right now but there are also countless people from other c

ountries who are staring at the screen right now so just now the host also already wanted to scold the Sakura Nation but because of this situation she could only hold back hard and this kind of words from Jong schwanger was indeed a bit too arrogant but it was also really relieving after all this is the kind of taunting trash talk you just have to say straight up at game like this it doesn't matter if we lose or win we're all watching for fun everyone just needs to use their best effort respect

for the enemy is to use your best effort as a result you are still shady and say that you will release the water which is purely disgusting ye sessions face likewise turned dark after hearing Jang schwanger words he didn't expect the dragon Nation to be so insensitive obviously the realm must be much worse but as a result he had to be tough talking wanting to be a hero in this kind of aspect it seems like it's time to show this little girl who the real boss is or else she's really letting others

think she's a sick cat with no temper then the host seeing that the fire was almost ready also leaned back and headed for the door of the shield and after walking to the door Wang xen also waved his hand and said the match is about to begin please summon your respective Imperial beasts the words fell Jang schwanger and ye session could not wait to quickly summon their own Imperial beasts chapter 121 exploding and killing soron Nation Dead or Alive Jang schwanger right I will definitely make you

pay for what you just said volcano Beast come out ye session Sid summoned out a huge hideous faed teeth bearing gigantic ape with an angry face and its body is wrapped in layers of hot magma and the magma is still churning outside his body as if it were alive it looks oppressive all over will I pay the price you'll know if you try nine-tailed Spirit Cat come out saying that what Jang schwanger summoned then was a cat with a slender figure in graceful movements and demeanor the only behind them

there were nine large Tails growing in a constant wagging motion it was a stark contrast to the huge Apes of massive size on the other side when ye session saw this scene he also let out a cold laugh is this your Imperial Beast just this how dare you speak harshly I'll make you pay for this in a minute volcano Beast get on slap that so-called nine-tailed Spirit cat to death for me squeak the volcanic Beast stood up upright slapped its chest twice roared twice and ran straight towards the nine-ta

iled Spirit cat on its hands and knees hph if I don't give you some color you really think you're something Jung schwanger similarly snorted coldly and said niled Spirit cat give me a chance to tear that monkey's body apart the nine-tailed Spirit cat also elegantly licked her paw looking at the huge beast in front of her she shook her head disdainfully and then she also rushed up hahaha don't make fantasies let me tell you my volcano Beast is the peak of the Third Realm of the Monarch realm it's

time for you to think about how you're going to beg me for Mercy later or I'm not going to let my volcano behemoth show any Mercy ye sessionin laughed out loud and the next instant the volcano Beast and the nine-tailed Spirit cat were getting closer and closer and then they met straight on there was no such thing as a magical sparring match on the field nor was there any punches thrown by you or me only the volcano Behemoth first threw a swift punch with the Flames covering his hand in the dire

ction of the ninetail spirit cat and the ninetail spirit cat nimbly dodged the Fatal punch then flipped over and instantly moved to the volcano BEAST's waist pused the fist that the volcano Beast was swinging violently Frozen Place ye session who was standing next to him had a bad feeling when he saw this only his volcanic Beast slowly lowering its head looked at its own body and and at that moment the volcano BEAST's body also reacted and had begun to crack up it turned into chunks of broken pi

eces blood spurting out of it the volcano Beast looked at the nine-tailed Spirit cat licking its paws on the side with a shocked expression before collapsing to the ground with a resigned look on its face the moment he fell his entire body completely lost its sent of gravity and turned into a broken piece seeing this scene ye session's face changed subsequently it seemed that because of the death of the contracted Imperial Beast his face suddenly turned pale wo Yin uncontrollably spewed out a mo

uthful of blood from and then kneeled on the ground strong strongly supporting himself with his hands apparently there was no resistance left seeing that the opponent was so unbeatable Jong schwanger also smiled disdainfully next time don't yell here if you don't have the strength you can't afford to mess with your an me what's there to call the peak of the third rank of the realm of the Monarch I didn't even say anything about the early fifth rank of the sword of the Monarch what you're at the

fifth stage of the Monarch realm ye session's eyes revealed shock as he muttered impossible impossible did you Dragon Nation people eat some kind of auxiliary type Elixir to make their Imperial beasts rapidly increase their cultivation just because this is your dragon nation's home turf so you want to P ye sessions words were not yet finished Jang schwanger had then gone up and kicked him to the ground then used her Chi to completely stomp his head after doing all these things Jang schwanger cal

mly patted her hand where so much nonsense can't fight is can't fight have to put here to find excuses okay send you to see your two milk I also finished the task with that JN schwanger walked out of the dueling stage without caring about the shock and dumbfounded of the host Wang x i n and at this moment it wasn't just the host who was shocked and unable to speak the students present there were also pop-ups that couldn't say anything and the popup even all just appeared to have a blank space ev

eryone was in deep thought after seeing this scene their brains all went into overdrive and droves even the sarabellum is shriveling up and there's something a little too dramatic about this situation holy crap what the hell is this kongwang a directly killing that Sakura nation's little life in seconds not only did the Imperial beasts give direct kills but Jan schwanger even killed people directly this is too awesome and fierce isn't it it's cool to watch I knew that Jang schwanger could say th

e words to send him to see the da milk naturally she has her reasoning I didn't expect to really keep the appointment so well and personally send him to see The Dowager milk well well well comfortable it's a shame I didn't record the screen just now I can't I must play this part over and over again it's so relieving plus one upstairs you're not alone this yin's face at a glance I know it's not a good person Jung schwanger is really for the people to kill kill gooda alas but I don't know Jang sch

wanger will not because of this matter something happened ah this kind of put the enemy country's Pride to kill is the Sakura country absolutely will be angry Shay what's there to be afraid of cherry blossom country is just a shrimp Soldier and public opinion over there hasn't even been dealt with yet sneaky sewage discharges caused the Marine xenomorph infection to become stronger and his daddy Lighthouse nation is having a good time interrogating them so how could they have so much time to wan

t to deal with ginger twin also haaha and it's a stal made on the field at the moment the host Wang Xin also obviously hasn't experienced this kind of scene before this kind of directly killed the Sakura kingdoms Heavenly Pride right in front of a large crowd it's really so Fierce it's unheard of just then the doorway to the ring was slowly opened once again several men in special garments with expressionless faces were holding some collection of instruments the quickly the volcano Behemoth and

leaf color X en Court shattered cover on the field were collected then quickly left the scene again looking at the ground that had been scrubbed Snow White by something unknown as well as even the gas in the air could no longer be smelled as if nothing had just happened host Wang xen felt something dreamy and then a sound came from her headset this brought a smile to her face as well adjusting her mood and taking the microphone there's just been some minor mishaps but it's fine no need to worry

everyone the match will be held as usual here's the next group the eighth and Seventh Place matchup chapter 122 preparing for the start wait and see ye GI and suai separate box both of them at the moment were watching the others in temply wanted to see if there was any interesting drama going on it's like that scene with the ginger twins as a result the last match where Kong schwanger killed her opponent in seconds was just an exception everyone simply didn't dare to beat their opponents to deat

h like Jang schwanger even how much they loed each other but this is not a situation that anyone can learn so the rest of the match was a bit tame basically just the opponents pulling on each other like poke you can make the Imperial beasts frantically attacking each other because they had all learned about the other party's illusion Tower images in advance they all had various protective measures a fight takes half an hour if not an hour or more it was only then that the winner was decided this

constant pulling and punching subai sat on the sofa and watched but also could not help but turn his head directly to brush up the Jitterbug The King's Realm hit still doesn't ring true for him not as many special effects quite pointless not as good as a pretty girl y x ya similarly looked at it and then returned her gaze she used to look forward to this kind of scene but now that she had reached this realm she suddenly felt a bit tasteless after all the GU sparring on stage myself and little w

hite had surpassed the other party by at least two great Realms in the past two days of constant training coupled with the 20 0000 to 30 0000 blood crystal stones the junin had found her and little White's cultivation levels had now come to the late fourth stage of the totem Guardian God Realm today it would even be possible to directly reach the fifth order of the totem Guardian God Realm and there really wasn't much to see in this kind of duel at The King's Realm so now then just wait quietly

for the end of these confites then quickly pinch that so-called jumped up clown the son of the pope of the lighthouse Kingdom just like Jung schwanger pinched Yashin the popups did the same posting frantic statements it's so boring it's like playing house I want to see eel fight with that stupid bird whiteskin pig plus one these guys are playing two carefully full of holes no real Combat experience at all so boring yes but it's normal upstairs you have to think about it people have only been awa

kened for 2 weeks of the Imperial Beast ah there is no practical experience normal I don't care I want to see eia's fight with the Pope's sun in flames it's too arrogant I feel that Yia can be just like Jang schwanger directly sanctioning the other party and making them mute it's like this JN schwanger has brought about a miracle her realm has suddenly risen so quickly I think hiia should also have no problem taking it easily indeed after all Jang schwanger early stage of the realm of commanders

was able to upgrade to the fifth stage of the realm of monarchs like the Pope's son Yia can definitely upgrade as well I think the country should have stepped in that Pope sun in the lighthouse country could have broken through so fast and we in the dragon country could also definitely have something special so it made Jang schwanger cultivation rise so fast the I think that yo should be able to improve faster after a morning of bouts the whist blew at the end of the final round the results of

the sixth and fifth place races are also in eventually there were fourth and third place left along with second and first place finishers who hadn't started fighting yet the matches in the morning field ended and Yeo and subay yond toward the offside entrance and it hadn't been long since I'd walked to the door subai then looked over and saw that Jang schwanger the living treasure was speeding towards this place like a monkey the point is that she was running and yelling at the same time sister

y ya little whoohoo I'm exhausted subai couldn't help but feel a little embarrassed even after glancing at the people passing by who all flick their eyes to him and Yeo it's also good to know that in this being an exclusive private room under the stadium there's only a few security guards for housekeeping or normal patrols no normal casuals will be allowed in so still don't worry too much and Jang schwanger this time came up on the impatience a face of excitement as if to hold back a few hours o

f words are cathartic said crap sister y ya did you see that my my performance today was unbeatable that sakur dog was directly blown up by my punch it's really arrogant to death I don't know where he got such an arrogant backbone I guess he was scared to death when he heard my cultivation before he died haaha saying that Jang schwanger raised her eyebrows with a smug expression and looked at subai down next to her how about little white isn't this wave of mine extraordinarily extraordinarily ha

ndsome see I told you that with you and sister Yia funding me with blood crystal stones I definitely won't fail the two of you aha H not bad not bad barely catching up with our little wave of Tailwinds subai nodded on his side originally he was the one who wanted to make a move to kill this Sora doggy too bad it's not a lottery mechanic or one against the other but even so subai also all had a better way originally he was thinking that he was planning to go directly to use the chaos laws to infu

se energy into the Sakura Nation when the KN was deep and calm when the people of the cherry blossom Kingdom go back in 10 days or so they'll start to feel as if they're covered in Death By A Thousand Cuts and then they'll die a violent death it can be mistaken for the fact that the chi isn't running that way you don't have to worry about public opinion yet and giving the dragon a headache is just perfect but now that Jang schwanger had actually been killed on site it didn't matter as for the Po

p's son look at that arrogance we'll see if we want to use that method when the time comes after all people didn't do anything inhumane so if it's too arrogant let's take out the Imperial beasts first I'll get some more chaos energy in there and decimate it hey hey hey hey this girl wasn't going to be like that kind of killer just finished killing his Imperial beasts but it turns out that his opening paragraph really gave me goosebumps it's so disgusting the really think he's not going to shake

out on the internet with all the stuff he's done and pretending to be innocent there is really giving me the pukes saying that JN schwanger made an expression of pinching her neck to vomit haaha this kind of person is just too arrogant just like that pope of the lighthouse Kingdom who announces his cult culation to the whole world every day as if he thinks he's the Real Genius Like Yeo and I is there an urgency to release our cultivation on the internet people it's better to be calm and quiet su

bai pretended and Yeo chimed in with a smile indeed that sort of thing is fine when you think about it but actually mostly I'd rather see the shocked expression on the other side of the scene the kind of person who thinks he's in control of all Realms and is about the same as me and then easily blows me away only to actually realize as soon as he starts sparring that the two of us aren't even on the same level well well well you two play like this right really Insidious really bad ah when that P

ope's son comes to pair up with you guys then I guess he's going to cry out directly Jang schwanger patted her chest and said luckily I'm not a match for you guys otherwise I guess I'd have to suffer old age chapter 123 beginning to fight against each other putting harsh words in each other's mouths the time soon came to afternoon it's also the one that everyone has been flocking to with the most anticipation and and the most much anticipated because who the number one Heavenly Pride of the whol

e country in the world and even the globe was was about to be revealed here it wasn't just the dragon Kingdom the live stream was going crazy at the moment with a steady stream of nisin the same is true for all of our friends abroad the anticipation is building for the afternoon broadcast which will be a deer in the headlights is it finally finally coming the most anticipated episode waiting for the fourth place after the third place fight it's going to be Yeo and the PO Sun session yio is aweso

me cheer up take the number one spot straight away and remove the title of Eternal second the spell is finally going to be lifted at this moment I've been waiting for 7 years do you know what I've been through these seven years it's coming this time we finally don't need to return the money I have a hunch that the first place in this hand are definitely easy ya no need to think I already know the outcome of this battle with my eyes closed Jang schwanger original realm of Commander the early stag

e of the ninth order are able to reach the fifth order of the realm of the monarchs I don't even dare to imagine how Yia start in the realm of the kingk realm to the current realm can lose ah how can I lose this one I want to write a book [ __ ] don't milk it don't milk it worry about it for a while ah I'm afraid that Unicon will give y xia milk no more then it will be embarrassing seems to know that it's going to be another first and second place Showdown soon everyone was looking at themselves

and this time the third and fourth place finishers didn't play such a drawn out game as they used to with the others in front of them all of them through and through had their Imperial beasts exerting all their strength trying to find ways to defeat their opponents as quickly as possible show your highlights it would be easier to make some name for themselves and when they became famous their status as Imperial Beast Masters would be more appetizing and it was because of the full power that bot

h sides had been utilizing with one side's imperial beast making a mistake the other side seized the opportunity to give a swift defeat the game was also over just before the 30 minute Mark the scene also came down to the second place challenging the first first place subai and yio were lying on the box and a knock came from outside the door at the moment signaling that it was time for both sides to go on subai and yio also smiled at each other yio stood up and subai flew onto Yo's shoulder righ

t after him with that the one man in the dragon walked out of the box and finally out of the door under the gym entered the clearing where the dueling match was taking place the atmosphere at the moment was also pushed to a climax after yio and subai appeared everyone was cheering Yo's name goddess ya sheer up make sure you get first place that Pope's son is too rampant you must Target them ruthlessly and fling your face at them yea senior sister put your mind at ease don't hold too much pressur

e I'm sure you'll be able to get first place Punch and Judy [ __ ] the Lighthouse State take first place listening overhead shouts came from all directions from the stadium it would be a lie to say it wasn't shocking subai only felt that his body was now on fire and he was simply filled with power all over I can't wait to do it all to that Pope's son Imperial beast and blow him up that kind of shouting really gets the blood pumping Yeo was similarly infected by the scope of the voice and was als

o a little flushed and excited the face of the Pope's son the youth who had emerged from the passageway on the other side was not so calm he listened to the deafening cries though some of them were infected but the key these people called was not him rather it was that opponent of his ye ya this caused a hint of jealousy to arise in the youth's heart as well but then he thought about it people are m Shan wait until they will wait in full view of this and still open the state of the life broadcas

t if yel Was Defeated then this large group of fans would probably be shouting out their names in droves by then yo right wait I'll make you fall to the altar the youth sneered then collected his expression and walked to the center with a calm face yio and subai followed suit and walked to the center of the Ring Wang x i n still holding the microphone smilingly handed the microphone to Yia the first place winner belonging to their dragon country and took the lead excuse me student y ya in a mome

nt you're going to fight against your opponent ye do you have anything you want to say to him receiving the microphone yeel looked at the youth in front of her who had been shading her in terms of short videos and instead of mocking she said calmly and seriously yeah right I'm going to blow you away in this one the short sentence was full of dominance and arrogance it led to a lot of talk crap yio is bullish how confident does one have to be to say something like this just as soon as these words

came out I knew that yea's realm shouldn't be at the fifth step of the Monarch realm it's definitely seven or eight steps upwards steady steady completely steady Yeo is aware that the so-called Pope son's realm is at the fifth stage of the realm of the Monarch and since you can still say such things if you know it's definitely fifth order up take it take it take it this one's a sure win indicates contrast chapter 124 putting on a hard word confident ye on the field the youth on the side ye afte

r hearing such arrogant and presumptuous words from yea the quarters of his mouth also involuntarily Rose revealing a smile that no one could detect and he thought Yeo you've really fallen into my plan I'm sure you wouldn't have guessed that I'm not at the fifth rank of The King's Realm but at the early eighth rank of the kingk realm right it may be true that your cultivation is a little higher than the fifth rank primary of the realm of the Monarch but there is absolutely no way that you can su

rpass my Realm of the Monarch the early e rank just wait what awaits you is destined to be nothing but failure see how I will shatter all your pride in full view of everyone laugh to your hearts content now and yes side was entering fantasy time in his mind Wang xen asked as he waited until Yia finished speaking and also the microphone was handed to ye interrupting his fantasies may I ask after listening to yunk words ye student do you have any words that you would like to deliver to your oppone

nt before the match as the words fell ye also smiled confidently and took over the microphone staring straight at yio feigning seriousness for yoan's words about wanting to Blow Me Away easily I also gladly accept them hoping to be really blown away and I hereby express my hope that yeya will use your full strength but don't take the initiative to let go of the sea just because you might think that my cultivation level is lower than yours all I can say is that my true cultivation level might not

be what you think it is of course I will also use my full strength to fight you what's the saying the respect for your enemy is to use your full strength on him so yeas can let go of your hands as much as you like have your Imperial beasts used their full power without a hint of Mercy ye this side of the microphone and forget about it however he did not notice in the slightest the odd expressions of y ya and subai on the side are all young guys so wild these days too young I really don't want t

o use my full power but my opponent keeps actively asking me to use my full power he he subai sighed in the air and waved his hands to look at yel yel listened to the other party still talking about something that told him not to show any mercy and Please Release his full strength to fight him there was some forced laughter as well and when she finally met kaku's eyes she could only smile and Nod since the other party wanted to ow a beating so badly he had no choice but to fulfill his wish and t

he microphone hadn't been taken away before the game started yio also asked confirmative once more do you really want my Imperial Beast to use its full strength what kind of talk is that ye Fain some anger I said use your full power to defeat me if you don't use your full power I'll look down down on you and look down on Dragon Nation people for the rest of my life said ye nodding Darkly at his own wave of acting waiting for a moment it was estimated that yya would have her Imperial Beast use it

s full strength to hit him in a split second he would let y ya know what it meant that there were people beyond the sky and people beyond the sky his Dusty Dragon Emperor could definitely make that so-called Imperial Beast pay and at the moment the pop-ups were thrilled to hear the Declarations of the two good fellow this Lighthouse Nation Pope's son it doesn't look like he's at all either there's a good show to watch today CH y ya even said that doesn't he still not understand I really don't kn

ow where his fifth rank of the realm of the Monarch comes from in terms of confidence I don't feel right this [ __ ] of the Pope son of the lighthouse kingdom is probably keeping his hand in the game I feel like he's reporting a fake cultivation take a look crap upstairs you don't want a profet ah if something really happens I must knife you to death calm down calm down you guys are really exaggerating be calm about everything everything I don't think it's a big problem okay guys a little sleepy

so without further Ado I'm going to turn off my phone and go take a nap until I get up and read the results Jang Chang number one college watching the live TV feed in front of me G mtaa who was sitting in the principal's office at the moment raised her eyebrows and decisively he threw aside the cell phone of the matching yoi girl who was still in the game she gently propped up her face and sat down intending to prepare for a good duel between y ya the baby from her school and ye the son of the

pope of this Lighthouse country looking at yia's face G mow also couldn't help but murmur this girl doesn't know how her cultivation is now but taking this little Pope's son should be a breeze looking at the skepticism on the pop-up screen G mow smiled disdainfully thinking of earlier y x Ya's Imperial Beast shall bu the giant dragonize appearance and this Pope son begs for his full strength I'm afraid that if I let it out one tail can directly instantly second the other Imperial beast and I'm s

till using my full strength interesting G mtow looked at the screen with interest wanting to see how Yia would finish her opponent off and this live broadcast didn't just have G mtow watching Grand Elder Su Wy as well as Chen Li Jang Chen and a group of college students as well as the various groups and families that had previously contacted Yia at the moment all of them have been watching this live broadcast after all this one is very critical although Jang Chen suoy and bunch of college studen

ts already knew the final result of this one but they couldn't help but want to watch this one live after all this kind of drama of pretending to be a pig and eating a tiger and with the other party being extremely arrogant was their favorite to watch and after making sure that both sides are finished with their vows the host also silently retreated to the edge of the defense Shield then waved his hand will both players please summon the Imperial beasts as the words fell ye also smiled confident

ly at this moment and the corners of his mouth couldn't stop Rising yo please remember my words don't let go of the water oh come out Dusty Dragon Emperor having said that a mighty and Majestic dragon with a huge Rock wrapped around its body appeared its giant tail was wagging and its two dragon pupils radiated endless Majesty as soon as they appeared two pairs of huge wings were waving Non-Stop and a powerful Aura came out blowing towards yio and subai it looks Majestic and indeed full subai lo

oked on with a bored face the one that appeared in front of him physically looked huge and making power could be bullish but one look at the other party's breath it was like an ant that would die with a gentle pinch is this sure he wants to give it his all it feels a bit uninspiring and subai thought on this side the moment the dusty Dragon Emperor appeared on yes side he waved his hand and decisively ordered Dusty Dragon Emperor unmake your full strength and show them how powerful you are at th

at instant the dusty Dragon Emperor's two dragon pupils looked coldly at the duo of subai and yio after determining that both of his targets were relative ly small he instantly knew how to strike unbidden its wings stirred sending itself into the air followed by a violent Ambush launched an attack on the duo chapter 125 the battle ends in seconds watching the dusty Dragon Emperor whose breath was like that of an ant fly towards him if it wasn't for that driven wind subai wouldn't even be able to

feel the presence of the dusty Dragon Emperor subai and Yeo you looked at me and I looked at you not knowing what to do what to do this cultivation is really ridiculously low subai was even a bit embarrassed to make a move with the midday cultivation he had all but broken through to the sixth stage of the totem Guardian God Realm facing this existence that was only at the eighth stage of The King's Realm he was really feeling too much of a bully never mind it's better to apply a little power in

a small way looking at the dusty Dragon Emperor who was already about to rush to his face with arrogance and condescension written all over it subai decided it was better to make some kind of gesture thinking that subai gently stretched out one of his fingers or should I say claws used to fend off the dusty Dragon Emperor in front of him honestly subai felt that he had really used all his strength in narrowing down and utilizing the power he had but practical everyone was seeing yia's Imperial

Beast using one more finger to try to withstand the dusty Dragon Emperor's Onslaught their cerebellums are shriveling up I've seen Bulls asterisk asterisk tea but not this much Bulls asterisk asterisk te it's a real battle big brother not coming over to play facing the same type of Imperial Beast how do you still use a finger to resist it is over this is too much ye at the side saw the other party's delayed movement and finally tried to resist his Dusty Dragon Emperor with one finger he even wan

ted to shout to the heavens the corners of his mouth going up to the sky prepare to pop the champagne early it seemed like his plan had really worked making the other party mistakenly think that he was at the Monarch realm the early fifth stage and then the realm might be a little higher than your own and you want to play this kind of todry maneuver but he didn't know that that but his realm was the realm of a monarch the early stage of the eighth rank yio no matter what it is absolutely impossi

ble for your seven days of cultivation to step out of the Monarch realm even if your cultivation level is really that much higher than mine being at the ninth level of The King's Realm with my Dusty Dragon Emperor dive I can still injure your Imperial Beast then take the fight easily and all these thoughts happened in a flash of lightning just as yes side was thinking beautifully reality however hit him very hard only to see the dusty Dragon Emperor's huge body rushed toward subai at the sight o

f this little Imperial beast in front of him although it was filled with a great Majesty that caused it to have some slight trembling but thanks to the indentured servants orders and the fact that the other party had only one small claw outstretched the dusty Dragon Emperor was also disdainful spreading his two pairs of wings and stabbing up and the end result is the dusty Dragon Emperor felt himself being split in half one could simply say that he had been cut alive it seemed to the dusty Drago

n Emperor before he died that the claws that this other party had extended completely indestructible no force can destroy it or bend it it's simply horrible as hell holding on to fear the dusty Dragon Emperor was thus completely split up by one of Subi's small claws the two halves of the dusty Dragon Emperor's Flesh and Blood fell straight to the ground there was no more movement and because subai had long ago learned the lesson of Jang schwanger being splattered with blood decisively beside him

self also planted a shield composed of the flame law only one claw remained on the outside fending off the onslaught of the dusty Dragon Emperor this would allow both the remaining body of the dusty Dragon Emperor to rush over and be sliced in half again it allowed the Flesh and Blood to rest perfectly in front of him even being roasted without having to Splatter on him and he didn't have to smell the FedEd blood and wait for it the charred meat if you bring a little more seasoning over it's per

fect suai side thought prettily and for a Time the arena fell silent with shouts and chants everyone has fallen into a state of contemplation the pop-ups not long afterward were more of a big explosion crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap crap what the hell this just gave that Lighthouse Kingdom Pope son's Imperial Beast a second yia's Imperial Beast also used only one claw to fend off the attack and cut the

opponent in half this is too fantastic is there anyone who can tell me if it's true upstairs I just jumped off the building and tried it out it hurts is true yea this Imperial Beast did directly pinch that what's it called Dusty Dragon Emperor's Imperial Beast to death with only one finger cow pokes cow pokes all I can say is horrible as hell look at it I've been told to tell you not to panic not to panic y ya definitely came prepared wouldn't it be easy to kill the son of the pope of a small Li

ghthouse Nation comfortable licking the Lighthouse kingdoms Pope son's person to speak the dusty Dragon Emperor is nothing Aria's Imperial Beast only needs to extend a single claw to easily destroy him too strong yia's Imperial Beast is really strong to the point of Suffocation but does anyone know what species it is it feels like I've never seen it before ah I'm planning to contract it for my third Imperial Beast I don't know yia's Imperial Beast seems to be an unknown type of Imperial Beast th

e circumstances are unknown but it did draw for her it's the type of Imperial Beast that has a appeared before but it's also very strong hahaha barbecue Feast I guess it's some kind of strong defense type skill on the other side of the River City Academy G MTA was also a bit dumbfounded after seeing Yia shabai settle the battle so quickly originally her thoughts were that white would be able to knock out her opponent very quickly indeed but I didn't expect it to be so fast it's not even a level

and it was a bit too abstract to settle the opponent with a single claw wanting to achieve this kind of Spike G mow could only say that it was definitely Beyond a great realm to be able to do so that meant that little white was definitely at the overlord realm now yo this niece's Talent could truly be a monster it wasn't just G mow who s so various other local Clans and groups have fallen into wailing regretting that he didn't take yo down in the first place yio also shook her head helplessly th

e entire time looking at ye who had fallen into a dazed deadfaced state all he could say was that he tried very hard to warn his opponent before the game unfortunately the other party was unbelieving and kept letting by use his full strength as a result it now seemed as though shabai hadn't seemingly utilized his full strength it was estimated that if he used his full strength the opponent's small body could even be killed in direct seconds as well and it's not as simple as just one dead Imperia

l Beast anymore and at the moment in seeing the scene so bloody the host Wang Xin n was also a bit cautious as he walked onto the stage dodging the blood that splattered onto the floor it was a little nauseating but the result on the field was fantastic and very comforting she walked to the center and announced the results of this competition with a beaming smile chapter 126 first place winners bracket I declare the second place versus first place match yea achieves the final Victory entering th

e winner bracket match OHA at these words the arena erupted in deafening cheers first place first place in the dragon Kingdom yea did it and they waited waited seven whole years this kind of thing is exhilarating pleasing although right now yio wasn't the first place yet it was just the Winner's bracket but with this hand the dusty Dragon Emperor's ability to solo the pope son of the lighthouse Kingdom in a second the first place can already be said to belong to the dragon Kingdom completely it

couldn't be that just by the winner of that third and fourth place fight the main cultivation was only at the peak of the fourth stage of the realm of The Sovereign King come to fight and win a single move can kill a monarch realm early fifth stage existence right isn't that Pure Fantasy and just over here yo and subai were already playing playfully conducting a postmatch interview on the side he had also lost his dreams his face was pale and he looked at the flooded blue sky with a look of Desp

air he tried to suck on a lighthouse Nation specialty but as a result his hands kept shaking it won't light at all it's over everything is over the dusty Dragon Emperor is dead Ya's mind kept wandering to the sentence he still hadn't figured out what the hell y xia's Imperial Beast was until now why just stretch out his finger his Dusty Dragon Emperor was obediently cut in half like that even the roasted Dragon Meat landed beside him this feeling was really too desperate now he finally knows who

the real clown is originally he had thought that he could easily take this woman from the dragon Kingdom then took the first and kept prompting the other team to use their full power before the game as it turned out it now seemed that he had only hastened the death of the dusty Dragon Emperor by doing so even if it was the ultimate cause he hated why did the other party's realm break through so quickly what kind of hang-up did gioh have on to break through so fast looking at the way this second

killed his Dusty Dragon Emperor it was estimated that at least the fifth order of the realm of the hegemonic Lords was hitting the bottom upwards you didn't even dare to imagine how terrifying yia's true cultivation would be really the more I think about it the more hilarious he looked at that time when he reminded the other guy to use all Earth and yes side was in agony wandering about the postmatch interviews on stage have also been terminated Yow didn't taunt the other party too much after a

ll the person himself was still here this kind of face sticking and opening up a big thing yel was still prepared not to do it because she also knows that bad taunts are actually the best taunts and with that the afternoon session is over and that's it for today the losers bracket finals begin tomorrow the winners bracket finals will Begin Again the day after to continue that means you don't have to come tomorrow it was a very pleasant thing to do subai and Yia both walked towards the door in jo

y and as the doorway was about to leave this dueling Arena subai also flexed his fingers and flicked his a chaotic energy that was perfectly integrated into the light suddenly entered y body smoothly and began the countdown in a month's time this so-called son of the Pope will die a violent death after all you have to cut the grass to get rid of the roots having killed someone's Imperial Beast the dusty Dragon Emperor and not even being able to participate in the losers bracket next which means

that ya went straight to being the bottom nine that kind of thing that kind of Pride that spreads from the bones of a son of the pope of the Lighthouse State and definitely not letting go of this one to prevent the other side from doing something small in the future sorry subai can only say goodbye to him however as soon as we left the dueling Arena subai and yya and met at the door waiting for a long time Jean schwanger excitedly hovering and rubbing her small hands as soon as he saw subai come

out Jong schwanger then directly leaned over and fiercely patted subai back in excitement [ __ ] white that wave was simply awesome easily [ __ ] that arrogant Lighthouse Nations Pope son to death and now they're all still inside shutting themselves up hahaha low profile you do not look at who I am have said your white brother for this kind of thing absolutely light and easy to take the pinch and also take the pinch than you subai proudly raised his eyebrows and said look at you [ __ ] a sakur

country ghost blood can splatter on you if it wasn't for the protection of chi I guess I wouldn't even want to be near you right now haaha accident okay don't care about so many details La that time did a little angry accidentally came a big wave J ER scratched her head and laughed still have to be you that ye I'm going to die laughing that he Imperial Beast died that expression with the death of their own before Jang schwanger could finish her words the door opened again and this time the prota

gonist behind the door is ye whom Jang schwanger is discussing this caused Jang schwanger to instantly close her own double mouth and not say a word and after ye walked out he saw that yo and subai were both there he smiled back then stood up straight and serious yio I have to say you're an admirable opponent I'm the one who lost this time thank you for that and for making me realize that I should never be so proud and arrogant as to think before the battlefield how smart I am after I go back I

will definitely work hard on my closed door cultivation and find another Imperial Beast again and in the future if we still meet I hope I can surpass you and your Imperial Beast saying that ye also bowed to yio and subai and then walked quickly towards another place with big strides it's really a sense of attitude that pulls it all Al together this wave of good attitude all to subai are whole embarrassed subai couldn't help but claw and scratch his nose could he say you've only got a month to li

ve also go back and repick a royal Beast for a good Retreat I'm just afraid that I'll hurry back to enjoy a little more of the blessings and then go away with no regrets Jang schwanger and Yia were also looking at each other at the moment not knowing what to say never mind what the hell anyway I really had to laugh at the way he kept taunting you before the match talking about how he was going to make use your full power to it's really too interesting Jong schwanger laughed out loud subai was al

so a bit taught and nodded indeed he is going to live the whole life you are not aware of how hard it was for me to hold my laughter at that time haaha all right since the competition is over now let's go back to the training ground my father is still waiting for you guys to continue and start training Jang schwanger laughed subai and yel also open their mouths wide at the same time sending out Soul tortures ha do we have to go back and continue you training now after today's competition yeah yo

u'd think being in first place you'd have to put in some extra work today good good good the voices of the two women and the dragon slowly pulled away leaving only the trailing sound and in the corner where the two women and one Dragon didn't pay much attention a janitor silently observed the back of the two women and one Dragon then thoughtfully he glanced his Viewpoint towards ye who was walking towards the box with a forlorn look on his face chapter 127 something is not right and the conspira

cy is great gradually unfolding the moment subai seemed to sense something and turned his head violently to look back but he didn't see any Silhouettes when Yeo saw that shiai had been looking back she was also a bit puzzled shiai what's wrong nothing I just seemed to sense a dark Aura within this Stadium facility but when I turned around it was fleeting I guess it ran away subai shook his head and waved his hand when the words fell Jang schwanger had some doubts and shock really this is the mos

t central part of the devil's Capital with count City slaughtering Guardian Gods as well as totem quasi Divine mirrors and even mythical existence is suppressing here how dare those Abyssal [ __ ] come here well although I don't know why they D to appear here but that aura is something I've always remembered and I can confirm that it just appeared here subai nodded and said seriously now that the realm has been raised and also presumably because of the bloodline Instinct and also because of faci

ng that so-called god of the black octopus straight on before the the current subai was able to easily detect the of evil Aura of the Abyss he was sure that just now the abyss was watching them from the Shadows his then wouldn't they be staring at us from the gym right now so what should we do Jan schwanger looked around and whispered somewhat ye zoh heard at this moment also suddenly felt some coldness in his body this Abyss people have now chased to the magic Capital she and seai had seen the

tactics in the juning school before directly summoning a deity over if it wasn't for having the help of the illusion Tower Masters Talisman I guess she and white had collapsed together long ago on the morning of that high school day as a result now that he had come to Mordor to take shelter the other party had dared to go directly to the center of the Mordor Stadium how bold does that have to be subai also shook his head calmly casually utilizing the laws of Illusion to lay the soundproofing arr

ay used by Jung Chen around him it's okay don't panic now let's hurry up and run to your dad J Chen let's see what he has to say he should have a lot of ghost ideas and have a way to work it out if he really wants to just kill us right here and now I guess we don't even have to talk now we're on the ground and now they probably think we haven't noticed them hiding in a dark corner and stealing a laugh and when the time comes we'll just find a corner to hide in well that's also true let's go now

that you say that shallia by I feel like the corridors of this box are weirdly creepy without any people at all Jang schwanger spat yio also nodded hurry up and go by the time the other party realizes something is wrong it will already be too late aha go suai said once the two women and the dragon had completely left the gym a shadow emerged from the wall and then disappeared again training room the crowd was looking bored as they swiped their cell phones and chatted with people nearby as well a

s bragging with Jung Chen Yeezy Yao that Imperial Beast is really will pretend ah obviously can directly casually use a little bit of gas on the other side what is called Dusty Dragon Emperor be dry dead the as it turned out he favored just one finger it's so damaging hahaha it's okay I think it's quite normal after all that stupid bird Lighthouse Tower son has been letting e xia's Imperial beasts use their full power in the opening rounds of the game and then it all started and had to shiver th

ere and really [ __ ] I'm going to laugh my ass off difficult clam this wave is really too awkward the whole time is looking for death his father came probably cannot save him I am directly and silently closed his eyes for him too funny but then again instructor in the morning we haven't even asked you yet when did your daughter Jang schwanger TMD directly pop up to the realm of the monarch king the early stage of the fifth order to go off looking at this cultivation speed it's possible that by

the time the training camp is over we won't even be as good as your daughter Chen Pang sat on the side and suddenly let out a fatal question insai as soon as these words came out the crowd turned their gazes towards Jong Chen they also wanted to know how exactly they could cultivate so fast it's really horrible too Jung Chen also coughed and laughed low key lowkey my daughter has always been this fast in cultivation you guys just wait to be surpassed when the time comes ye Z will be number one a

nd my daughter will be number two you training camps are the third fourth and fifth from the Heavenly sons who have been training for a year from college [ __ ] this is too demonic John schwinger's cultivation speed is also unrivaled alas it's also fortunate that there's yio in front of me as a forewarning so I didn't have too much trouble accepting it White Knight who had long been relieved on the side said after seeing that yo really won the first place Jong Chang also completely relieved hims

elf on the side and smiled bitterly plus one it seems that we are really old and our cultivation speed is completely unable to match that of these youngsters of theirs okay okay don't be so emo you bunch of [ __ ] hurry up and work hard on your cultivation is the way to go let me tell you yo and Jang schwanger even if they are so talented they have never put down their cultivation these days they have persevered every day to accompany the Imperial Beast to practice all night as well as trying to

learn the cold weapon technology do not care too much about others the Heavenly way to be attentive first try to think hard about yourselves so that the imperial beasts can work hard to cultivate every day has not been done Jang Chen persuaded and at that moment there was a commotion from the doorway yo and Jang schwanger and subai walked in from the doorway everyone also instantly came out of their emo States one by one and all stood up and laughed y ya is good taking the first place the first

place that has always belonged to our Dragon Kingdom unfortunately yeah last year originally both big brother White Knight and Big Brother Jong Chang were favorites to win the title it turned out that it still hadn't defeated a special type of mutant lizard Imperial beast from an Argonaut that suddenly burst up that year and it was particularly ferocious yeah that lizard is too exaggerated I really don't know ah how did that contract Master make him quiet this time z ya student this is a comple

te Exorcism of everyone's fart demon ah right taking out the second place with absolute seconds will definitely boost the cultivation morale of our Dragon country Youth and the advantage may be on on our side next and the crowd was happy and Jong Chan was smiling from the sidelines even though he had killed the Pope's son the Imperial beast of the lighthouse Kingdom but it didn't matter at all as long as that Pope realized yia's terrifying Talent it was naturally impossible for him to dare to ma

ke a move against him one can only eat this dumb loss or else they will definitely be sanctioned by their real Pope he then noticed yio and Jan schweer making special glances at themselves again and again this made Jong Chen instantly realize that something bad had occur heard and turned to the crowd you guys keep chatting I have some things to talk to fellow student yio and Jang schwanger chapter 128 conspiracy layout silent observations of the Shadows left the training room Jan Chan also walke

d to the entrance Corridor with Jong schwanger as well as Yeo and subai with a serious face through the hallway and into another special room the moment he entered subai just wanted to subconsciously set up a sound proofing array but suddenly thought that the rightful owner was right in front of him he was also slowly withdrawing his impatient in hand not noticing this detail jungchan waved his hand as he entered the door and a soundproof formation laid out by the laws of Illusion was thus laid

down this soundproofing array doesn't just isolate sound and even if the people outside entered the formation without a word they would be detected by him and then only hear what he had woven in advance say is something wrong or are you worried that there might be a problem over at the tournament Jong Chan was the first to ask but Jang Chen thought about it should not be a race the after all the race was only a small thing as we all saw if it wasn't something special then it must have said so ri

ght where it was so it definitely wasn't right Yeo also brw words and calmly said there was no problem with the match except that after the match I walked to the door with Jang schwanger and Shia originally chatting well but white suddenly sensed a disturbance of dark energy in the corridor which meant that the abyss had appeared here we suspect that it's the abyss hiding on that side of the gym and it's even possible that they've now tracked us to this side of the training grounds and and that

they never actually disappeared but have been waiting for an opportunity to do so yes those disgusting bugs never disappeared presumably followed us here wanting to continue to find a parasite to disgust us for a sneak attack subai also interjected at this time and said actually I just came over here before I could say that that aura reappeared when we were completely out of the gym it was like a sendoff for us only I didn't say anything about it so as not to start a fight now that he's there I

can sense that he's not following us he should still be in the gy and as soon as he's able to surface and is close enough for me to observe him directly the of course I can see him directly now that I've launched my search but as usual I'm afraid of spooking him so I'm not actively watching after saying that yo and Jang schwanger had their pupils widened this meaning of sha that is to say that the black shadow was actually observing them non-stop at all times there is indeed something unimaginab

le about this situation if white didn't have the skill to recognize this dark energy maybe one day the other side will suddenly launch an attack and it will directly cause serious losses Jang Chan also frowned at this moment realizing that this time it didn't seem simple according to indeed sha by's description the gang from the abyss came and went without a trace very good at hiding yourself so that meant that the other side the abyss and even the gang of foreign beasts hidden behind the star S

ky 10,000 races had already set up a drag net is even the Mordor Center ready to start mounting in operation little white are you sure that the aura is from the abyss it couldn't be any of the darknesses that made you think otherwise Jong Chan asked in confirmation subai couldn't help but roll his eyes nonsense didn't lousy fight with you the aura that came out of the dead body of that juning City Lord I've always remembered it inside my head it's just that when I came here I didn't intentionall

y probe I thought that Mordor was the safest place to be and that there was no way I'd let someone from the abyss in as a result good Lord if it weren't for this time when I broke through to the realm of the totem and perceived them more deep ly in that moment I felt their mood swings and maybe we're still buried in our drums waiting for them to dig a hole for us to jump into jongchan rubbed his chin pondered for a moment and questioned if it's true then things can still be saved after all we're

no joke in the magic Capital we can pull in compest Totem Guardian deities totem Paragon deities in a matter of minutes you didn't let the other side realize you found them did you that must not have made the other side realize you think that you are a assured of my business that I have long used the laws of Illusion there that unless you have an illusion law that can't be soundproofed at all there's no way that the other party won't be able to discover it subai said in a showdown after all the

skills are people's skills anyway and jungchan is his own person so it's okay to talk about this point however when subai said this Jang schwanger and Jang Chen sarahellen shriveled their heads have exhibited a huge question mark wait what are you saying you're applying the law of Illusion so the other party can't even know what are you saying you come and make that clearer what exactly does that mean jongchan was a bit shocked and wanted to stand up but it still made him hold back and he could

n't help but let out a fatal question he seemed to have thought of something but he didn't dare say it Jang schwanger was similarly a bit puzzled but looking at his father's current situation of triggering lines like this she already vaguely already knew something but it was too late to stop it she could only close her eyes familiarly and shed a clear tear is it coming again and when subai saw that the other party had actually left this moment of pretense to himself he was also delightfully unfo

rgiving saying nothing just using the illusion law I learned from your side ah that law of yours is quite simple I learned it at a glance and then I can skillfully use it what's wrong the moment the truth is told often people are extremely distressed Jan Chan had fallen into complete silence subai a perverted Imperial Beast that had already mastered the time laws of the Mahayana realm from the overlord realm it's exaggerated and perverted enough on its own as a result he was now being told that

in seeing others use their laws he could directly Master them what's that supposed to mean you want to die this is too much even if he had witnessed countless Geniuses born out of countless countries with Decades of experience but he couldn't help the silence this Imperial Beast of Yow was really too terrifying it would have to have saved several galaxies in his last life to awaken the SSS spatial talent in this life no the SSS spatial Talent didn't matter it also has to be a function of purifyi

ng blood crystals the talent was so high Awakening the laws of time at the overlord realm outrageous chapter 129 the plan is complete do you want revenge for a moment the atmosphere of the scene instantly fell into silence Jang schwanger also covered her mouth and eyes forcing herself not to let her tears fall it's still this familiar pretentious flavor it's really overwhelming this time it's even bigger seeing the opponent use a law you can just steal the opponent's law over this kind of skill

that's too much isn't it Jang schwanger couldn't stand it at all she felt as if her eyes were smothered in lemon juice can't help but shed tears of Envy sister yia's sby is too anticlimactic she really wanted it at the same time Yia couldn't help but had the corners of her mouth twitch as she heard these pretentious remarks from Shai that's a really good excuse for white to figure out how to play the game in the past two days even when she was hearing about how it was possible to directly Master

the five Great laws as soon as she reached the totem Guardian God Realm and in in fact there wasn't just one law that was directly mastered in the beginning the law of time instead he had directly mastered the three great laws and she was also genuinely shocked when the chaos laws possessed such an effect yel was also 10,000 times more grateful that she had Acquired shiai and ginger Chen after maintaining his contemplative pose on the toilet for a while had also slowed down from his shock it's

okay it's a good thing what's learned this time around shouldn't be too shocking the next time Jung chin secretly thought in his head more over when he said it to Grand Elder suoi that old dang he could probably see the other party shocked and comical expression as well well no loss so that means you're going to call a few people from the Mythic realm over and together we'll go straight to wipe out that Abyss subai said when he saw that Junction seemed to have slowed down pay attention a little

bit how that that energy of this person hidden behind the realm is quite High I feel that it's at least an existence of the realm of the totem quasi god otherwise you guys would have already discovered it Jung also said thoughtfully Mythic realm it's fine now that youve said so then I'll call one over after all Mythic mirror isn't a rotten cabbage that you can just strike out if you want to then I'll call a few more of the totem Paragon realm just in case that should be enough of a setup to take

that Abyss down well well well in that case it should be enough then you go quickly when you're done in a while you weat send a message to Yia and then we'll come out together to look for that one good comrade of the Abyss that's hiding in our place subai laughed Jung Chan also nodded good but you guys have to be careful don't show your cracks try to walk in the crowd and don't let the other party notice that they'd been discovered I'll be right there after saying that Jong Chan stood up opened

the door and then directly disappeared Into Thin Air this speed looked at yo and subai secretly nodded not bad seems like it should be coupled with time to chat all at once letun go letun hurry back to the dormatory later that little mouse hiding in the shadows will probably be eliminated subashan made a lazy was and said yio also nodded her head and smiled yes the other party definitely doesn't know or even can't believe that they've been discovered we'll go back and fix it right away thanks t

o shiai if it wasn't for Shai maybe we would still be in the dark now and then one day it would give us a sudden attack causing death without any human ability to resist at all Jang schwanger also patted her chest somewhat after the robbery yeel also nodded with deep feelings according to Shia's words the totem paragod realm is indeed terrifying as as long as we want to sneak attack us it is easy to kill us instantly I just don't know why they haven't made a move yet could it be that they are af

raid that shouldn't be the case either after killing them in seconds they just run and be done with it I don't know maybe not very good at attacking or maybe it wants to kill us in a plan and get out in one piece subai spread his hands anyway what the hell in an hour or two he'll probably be saying goodbye to the world Also let's go letun go back to the dormatory ye laughed we still have to celebrate when we get back after we kill this Abyssal person we'll go out and have a big meal aha okay let

's go let's go back to the dormatory and wait for my father's good news Jang schwanger stood up the two women and the dragon left the small room in the special Corridor in silence only when he was walking away subai touched his chin and said somewhat doubtfully did he forget something how come it feels like it seems a bit wrong to just leave the training room directly like this Jim a special box in the Lighthouse State Leaf slumped on the couch with a disheveled look on his face scratching his h

air and wondering what to do the Butler on the side Uncle Chen also shook his head helplessly young master don't beat yourself up too much if you can't beat them you can't beat them normally the other party's realm is obviously far more than just exceeding You by one or two orders it is normal for the dusty Dragon Emperor to be accidentally killed by the other party and His Highness the pope also called and told me to persuade you and surprisingly he has already reached the eighth rank of the re

alm of the Monarch then the Imperial beasts with your cultivation it's enough to repick one or two Imperial beasts and then make a new contract to start cultivating and the chi from your body will be shared to the other party as well it's just that the first few days will be a bit more difficult after saying that ye also nodded helplessly things have come to this it can only be like this in the future I must cultivate hard and strive to surpass yio as early as possible Uncle Chen just retire I w

ant to be alone Uncle Chan also nodded slightly all right I'll retire young Master think about it yourself bang Uncle chin slowly walked towards the door and closed it for a while the Box only left ye alone quietly watching through the one-sided glass window the situation in the dueling Arena it's been cleaned up now all the remnants of his Dusty Dragon Emperor corpse were also nowhere to be seen to think that he had been taunting sakur nation's little life in the morning not only were the Imper

ial beasts dead and dying but even the people were dead and dying the results turned their heads to themselves it's just fortunate he didn't die without a body and that he has a chance to rise again he'll be back ye thought indignantly in his heart however just then a voice abruptly rang out in the unoccupied space you want revenge chapter 130 parasitic success conspiracy whom who what kind of person is here come out hearing the strange movement y dang instantly got energized immediately he stoo

d up and looked wearily around the perimeter fence in all directions his first thought was that someone was trying to plot against him at this stage after all he had already told Uncle Chen to go out and his Imperial Beast had also just fallen into death the other side of this is probably prepared why is there something strange about this line though before y see could understand that voice continued to ReSound within this box don't you care who I am I'm asking you do you want revenge I can give

you that Revenge hph joke I don't even have a royal Beast anymore how can I take revenge and this is the capital of the Dragon Kingdom How can there be a chance for Revenge ye laughed coldly and finally looked around the circle and even the fence without finding any Silhouettes he said and look at the way you are now late to appear I guess it's just a rat hiding in the shadows don't put a sight here to open your mouth have any real material to show directly don't play this kind of trickery just

kill me directly if you want to kill me don't think of saying that I colluded with the foreigners and that's why I was killed there's no way I'm going to do it after you finished disdainfully he sat straight down on the couch with a dead pan look on his face haah interesting interesting I don't really like to play schemes since you want to take a look at my true colors let's do it as the words fell a humanoid figure made of Shadows walked out of the wall out of nowhere and stepped in front of y

e the darkness wrapped around his body made it completely impossible to see his figure at all just like a mist and at the sight of the true face of this Mist ye was instantly shocked by a Tremor of at this time he also realized that this was definitely not a conspiracy by the dragon Kingdom people but the real people had come saying are you from the abyss not bad I am precisely the person of the Abyss to tell you the truth my cultivation is the peak of the ninth order of the realm of the totem q

uasi gods and I am about to set foot on that step to ascend to the god stage and achieve the myth the black object laughed out loud then he turned his head with maniacal eyes looking straight at Y and said kid do you believe now that I can't help you get your revenge unbelievable ha the black mistbody wondered yeang laughed you said that your cultivation is only at the totem quasi Divine Realm which is indeed very strong outside but like I said this is the capital of the Dragon Kingdom they have

countless mythological mirrors that are suppressing not to mention the totem paragod realm isn't it easy to crush you I don't want to find death with you just after y's words fell the black mist body laughed even more wildly hahahahaha the countless myths of suppression jokes that depends on whether they can defend themselves against our attack let alone the dragon Kingdom even if you are you Lighthouse Kingdom the myths on the surface are all just their shadowy doppelgangers all toys what do y

ou mean by that me and the Mythic Imperial Beast masters of the lighthouse Kingdom see each other practically every day ye queried hearing that the black mist body smiled even more victoriously looking a little weird in the atmosphere of this box where the lighting was a little subdued da forget it you're a kid in a low realm it's normal that you don't know these secrets and I don't really want to talk nonsense with you either I can only tell you that the dragon Kingdom there's no way there's a

Mythic Beast Master here right now the will come when you join us and together we will fulfill your great plan of Revenge uh join how do I join ye frowned he wanted to refuse but the situation at hand he was defenseless and definitely unable to face this totem paragod realm Powerhouse so it's just a matter of trying installing for a while hph how do I join in all you need to do is cooperate and open your mouth the black mist body grunted and laughed he saw that there was no one next to him eithe

r and that he was still some distance from the door even if he went out with that the venue now probably couldn't have saved him with that kind of janitorial staff one can only take one step at a time so ye opened his mouth at once the black mist gave no time for a reaction the with lightning speed it turned into a mist and rushed directly into y's mouth he just wanted to cover his mouth but it was too late then he felt a sharp pain coming from his brain and he lost Consciousness opening his eye

s once more y eyes was already like a different person a frantic excited look filled his pupils g g g finally I found a suitable body that is willing to parasitize it's still weirdly uncomfortable to stay in walls and Corners every day Leaf excitedly stretched the limbs of this new body and the smile on his face simply wouldn't stop yo right lucky Talent is good and you've acquired a good Imperial Beast it's just a Pity that you've been targeted by me I'm not that City Lord trash suram J you mus

t not be able to imagine that I'm dressed as the opponent you defeated when I pay you a visit at that time I'll give you a fatal blow I don't know whether you can block it or not can your bodyguard who is at the peak of the totem Paragon realm like me be able to block it chapter 131 doubtful the law of light proves itself he revealed an evil smile and looked around seeing that the premises he was now in were the safest without anyone else as well he too sat down decisively and began to adjust pr

epare to accommodate your Chi perfectly into this body let this body be perfected and its power better mastered after all he had just begun to master this body and his body was still relatively unaccustomed to the this powerful force just as he was struggling to draw in the energy of this body unbeknownst to me the other side Jang Chan and the grand Elder as well as y ya subai Jang schwanger bong and a few of his followers the crowd was already on their way to kill him in a hurry little white ca

n you sense where he is right now Grand Elder suxy stroked his chin and said subai also nodded now that I've reached the totem Guardian God Realm I've been able to easily detect all the Demonic creatures in a few hundred miles around none of them Escape me at all but it's just so easy to spook them it's fine it's fine I'm not afraid of spooking snakes just don't worry these don't matter with our great General bong in place Mythic realm Royal Beast Master no evil can escape sui's mouth was blosso

ming with joy this yia's Imperial Beast saai really has something a even if even the Demonic creatures of the Abyss or demonic Chi are not current it would be able to directly sense that the other party had appeared and know exactly the approximate location of the other party this function is simply an invincible detection instrument wait a moment and finish off this totem quasi Divine realm demonic creature it's okay to ask if you can scout out the entire magic Capital again bong also looked at

subai in amazement after hearing that he had this function this means of being able to detect demons at will is a very important one indeed after all the current blue star possessed countless in order to want to live forever and break through to a higher realm asshols in this world for the abyss to use but due to that special Aura which was hidden by those Starry Sky 10,000 races it was difficult to discover if it was easy to spot there was absolutely no way anyone would dare to be a Lackey of

the Abyss they also did all sorts of methods to not be able to detect it but it was kind of interesting that there was already a presence like that right in front of them now and there were people in the crowd who upon hearing what subai said raised their hands in a hurry and wondered this function won't be wrong are you sure you can tell if that possessed person will be a demon a Lackey of the Abyss don't get it wrong and kill Innocents indiscriminately when the time comes sub was also happy an

d as a result he carefully scanned the person who asked the question and just wanted to answer why don't I help you to see if you will be able to distinguish the wrong one as a result there was a moment of creepiness only to see he penetrated through the light into the person who asked this question his brain was circled and turned by countless black gas it seems that the brain of this totem quasi god realm can't really be discovered without a closer look at the first moment subai did not call o

ut loud either but carefully recognized the other few strangers following behind and when the crowd saw subai fall into silence they couldn't help but have some dark shakes of their heads while eel stood out and smiled affirming don't worry white will never recognize a mistake I'm willing to vouch for him fine fine it better not be misrecognized the youth who had asked the question couldn't help but outline a smile at the corner of his mouth at this moment after seeing the Imperial beast called

little white fall into silence now actually trying to round up his partner then just in time although a Mythic level Imperial Beast Master existed not knowing that two totem Paragons of the ninth peak of the ninth rank it should be easy to surround and kill you yio Al lone and a royal Beast right and they said they could easily detect demons but it seems that's all there is to it that guy Focus was probably too arrogant to get caught unlike me a bit of caution and a random bit of painstaking man

euvering easily blended into the human hierarchy and as soon as his thoughts came to him he felt a great layer of light coming towards him the moment this light shone he immediately felt a sharp pain coming from all over his body it's the nasty light but why did this one hurt so much he couldn't help but grown out in pain and at this moment subai who had cast The Law of light exclaimed come on he's one of the demons and possessed by onew as the words fell out the crowd was caught up in a situati

on where the CPU was running at Breakneck speed and there was some hesitation after all the youth in front of them was their fighting partner all along fighting together to kill the enemy and had even saved the life of one of them as for bone who was on the side after hearing sub's words without the slightest hesitation a long spear appeared in his hand out of thin air the decisive direct throw went through the youth's body and as soon as his torso was penetrated his body fell to his knees and b

ecame a massive holes countless black Chi like a deflated ball scrambled out of the body but when they tried to escape and disperse in the air they were blocked in by a burst of Shining Light and were unable to break through at all when bong saw this scene a smile could not help but appear on his cold face it seems that there really is something to this Imperial Beast he took a big step forward then recited an incantation and all of a sudden this streak of black gas dissipated dissipated into th

e air the shock in the hearts of the crowd however did not subside for a long time chapter 132 solved the Demonic creature by one get one free big chapter 2 and one in particular the three other newcomers who were somewhat hesitant to come to the totem paragot: seeing this Imperial beast called shiai of Yia seemingly restraining the Thin Man from Breaking Free in an instant and then a shot to the body by white Fong the group of people first stared white-eyed at bone first and then turned their g

azes to subai the crowd was white-eyed there was only one thought in their minds now crap brother you really have this kind of function this is a direct live demonstration take another look at the bodies of former life and death comrades in arms all they can say is yuck after all with the facts plainly laid out here they could only sigh at How Deeply the other party had hidden themselves without the slightest crack at all this being who has killed countless Starry Knights totem paragod realm sur

prisingly he also ended up being unable to resist the temptation to become stronger presented by that group of Starry Sky vanguards from the abyss and turned into an undercover agent let's just say it's really still too hard to find out who's undercover without this testing feature not to mention that this kind of totem quasi god realm existence was a good hand at internalizing their Aura and no wonder just now this demonic creature would ask that kind of question to hit his own people in the fa

ce emotionally playing here lights out afraid that you've been found out you're asking to test in advance to make sure you're not really good at it aren't you and on the other side yo Jang schwanger there was also the grand Elder and Jang Chen as well who had their eyes widened in shock at this moment they who were intuitively facing the real situation were also considered to completely understand the horror of little white this kind doesn't just detect who the demons are in the first place more

over it seemed the ability to directly restrict the movement of a totem quasi god realm Powerhouse just now was simply strong to the point of being perverted one must know that the other party was an existence of the totem quasi god realm which was a full span of a great realm and even then it's straightforward to spot and control in the first place this kind of talent and skill is as terrifying as it is seeing that the atmosphere had gone cold everyone was staring at themselves dumbfounded suba

i wiggled his paw and laughed okay okay no need to look at me brother knows brother is very handsome but brother is just a legend please don't be so obsessed with me haaha well well well don't look don't look a totem paragod realm laughed and then his tone carried some apologies your name is seai isn't it I'm sorry ha we didn't have the first time when you said just now to take down this demonic creature it's me who failed your trust if it weren't for General bong I'm afraid that this demonic cr

eature would still have escaped from here not knowing where it would continue to find parasites to host the scourge of the Earth when this was said the other two people also lowered their heads and slightly apologized as they chimed in the same goes for Jong Chen subai also laughed I'm fine after all the Demonic creature is dead after all even if you guys didn't make a move I can still hold out for a little while longer wait until the other party's demonic Chi starts to overflow and you guys mak

e a move and doesn't this happen to have General by phone right here so you guys can ask him if he's okay too by also said coldly from behind go back and practice a thousand extra laps of running per person and reflect on yourself yes the three of them and also Jang Chen answered this time it was true their mistake and it was also good that bong helped out otherwise any failure to stop is a liability and prone to accidents and Sue Wy a civil official who only possessed the realm of the totem Gua

rdian God didn't have much responsibility on the other hand he had been nodding his head in satisfaction at suai from the side the more he really looked at this Imperial Beast the more satisfied he was and he couldn't wait till after the elimination so he asked directly oh white may I ask you to eliminate the Demonic creature hidden in the gymnasium when the time comes and after that can you help Scout all the demons left in the magic Capital don't worry about spooking the snakes and making them

run away early or anything with great General by fo a mythical great Imperial Beast Master no evil can escape good since you're not afraid of spooking the snakes then of course you can subai nodded if the Mythic realm makes a move then solving them should be a breeze I think think well well well by the time it's resolved General bong has a reward he has specially brought you a quantity of 50 00 blood crystal stone scavenged from The Starry Sky 10,000 races o Su Wy grinned and said crap 50 00000

0 pills bullish great General by is bullish subai looked at bone with astonished eyes bone also said lightly there is no need to be polite it's just a matter of doing it by hand the current situation is still to quickly eliminate the demons from the state is the right thing to do aha punch punch punch let's speed up our Pace then I can already feel that it's getting closer to him speaking of this subai was already feeling full of motivation now told you earlier this single completion will have 5

0 0000 blood crystal stones in his pocket then he would have long ago stopped brushing the jitterbugs and rushed straight over but it's okay it's not too late let's just get rid of all the demons while it's still afternoon take the night off to swing for the fences subai thought Darkly inside the exclusive box of the Lighthouse State Yan sat on the sofa with a look of enjoyment on his face then seemed to have completed some kind of ritual making him comfortable he opened his blood red filed pupi

ls and let out a deep breath not bad the adaptability of this body is still quite high it's done in a few minutes with that ye stood up and began to move his muscles Yeo wait right now you're probably still happily celebrating and eating you'd never have guessed that I'd have lurked on this person's body by now when the time comes for me of the totem parag got realm to come up and deal you a fatal blow how should you face it and at the moment the front door there came a knock at the door at once

ye alertly touched his eyes with his hands and changed his pupil color back to Blue then slowly making his way toward the door he asked who young Master it's me you're Uncle Chen Uncle Chan's voice came from behind the door he entered the scene for a second and opened the door with a smile so it's Uncle Chen come in well young Master looks like you are currently thinking about it with this look Uncle Chen looked at he was no longer the dead mom face and couldn't help but laugh and say ye nodded

well Uncle Chan I've thought it over there's always nothing difficult in the big world I'm sure I'll go back and cultivate hard and sooner or later I'll get my revenge on Yia one day well well well young master has finally grown up Uncle Chan touched his eyes with hot tears and laughed then let's hurry up and try to get you back to Lighthouse country tonight that won't do I want to eat a bowl of beef noodles in the dragon Kingdom before I leave ye smiled happily and said how could he leave with

out sending yio and that Imperial Beast to their deaths with his own eyes beef noodles Uncle Chan was puzzled but he didn't think much of it since young Master wants to eat before he leaves then he can eat before he leaves and at that moment there was another knock at the door whom who's here again he turned his head to look at the doorway in confusion and there was no sound of response coming from the door seeing this Uncle Chan also smiled and walked forward to open the door young Master is fi

ne the dragon Kingdom can be safe unlike the light house Kingdom there aren't that many killers trying to kill us there's no need to be so Vigilant I guess it's just the cleaning wanting to come and clean up the hygiene the words fell and as soon as the door was opened Uncle Chen then only saw endless light coming from outside the door instantly blinding him and began to feel pain all over his body without allowing a single moment of reaction time at all the person was covered in light and illum

inated no one is visible at all at the sight of the light coming from outside the door and pouring into the room filling the interior of the box with light the ye who was originally still caught up in infinite beautiful fantasies his smiling face also suddenly changed cursing a dark curse of damnation ye already knew that he had been discovered though he didn't know how but this was a bad situation now and when he was just about to unleash the gifts of his race to escape he then felt the light a

s if it had been bestowed with activity directly locking to fix his body firmly unable to move thus he was unable to use the secret method to escape what is this thing face changed wildly at this moment he was completely aware that something was wrong the the original look that was still slightly calm had become somewhat alarmed he wanted to struggle to get out of the confines of the light as a result he realized the horrifying fact that it was impossible to struggle away and that the light was

penetrating his skin and surging into his newly adapted body thereby this also led to making some of that freshly adapted demonic chi in his body also fleeing madly the this also caused his body to start becoming more and more powerless and he simply lost all hope of escaping and the door opened completely at that moment and a bunch of people all rushed in and started restraining him the possibility of letting it manage to move or even try to escape was completely cut off and then he only vaguel

y heard these people rushing and shouting something about rushing doing it Invincible awesome actually by one get one free or something haven't had a chance to spit yet he was then directly pierced through the head by a rushing Lance ye just died straight away falling into a pool of blood before he died his mind was filled with doubt wondering why he had been discovered and why does it say by one get one free when it's obviously just him could it be that this pig of a friend called Uncle Chan ha

s been found out it shouldn't be he's hiding it well even if this Lighthouse nation's body might be hiding its kind but the other side shouldn't have taken it altogether either with his racial superiority The Hiding skills he had mastered it was reasonably impossible to be easily detected and at the end of the day his eyes widened as he saw saw the Caster of the light behind the door finally walking in and the first person at the front turned out to be Yeo and her Imperial Beast that he had been

trying to kill and that Imperial BEAST's mouth was gaping as countless rays of light restricting the Demonic creature erupted from his mouth how is that possible light attribute could it really be that yea's Imperial Beast helped find him in other words yea's Imperial beasts were not only extremely perverse in terms of their talent for cultivation and also have exclusive parasitic bodies that conf find their race this this this this this must be relayed out this message the Demonic creature in

Ya's body hurriedly tried to relay the message trying to get the others of its kind to hurry up and escape from this place not sacrificing their lives for nothing but he suddenly realized that this past has always been even under the blockade of the Mythic realm the special information of their racial skills that could be sent out at this moment it was surprising that they were all shielded through and through by the Light emitted by this Imperial Beast no it's not how is this possible it's only

the totem Guardian in God Realm in the district the Demonic creature roared madly inside trying his best despite the fact that this body was now riddled with holes in the end it could only be seen as a direct result of by Fone walking over and crushing his head and reciting a spell damn it didn't finish the job after all holding regrets and indignation ye died and seeing that both of the Demonic creatures in the battlefield were dead through and through and that there was no longer any trace of

demonic shei reacting in their bodies subai also stretched comfortably and laughed done easy to to hold I didn't think that coming over to catch this demon would be a by one get one free giving two demons with a pretty high burst rate not bad hahaha the explosion rate is really high this is considered a worthwhile trip capturing a totem paragod realm and a totem Guardian God's demon Jong chin laughed after seeing that the Demonic creature was finally killed his heart dropped a stone not as much

of a lift as before I'm afraid that the demons in this gym will simply escape and do wrong out there that would be a good way to go up to the door and get rid of it but if it would put some innocent people In Harm's Way and it still shouldn't be done the crowd also let go of their hanging Hearts after all this was a school gymnasium of sorts and a large totem quasi Divine realm demonic being existed in their school who's going to believe that it's straight up scary to talk about it a smile appe

ared on the corner of Bang's mouth after he saw that the Demonic creature had been completely annihilated the eyes that looked at subai were filled with admiration this one imperial Beast was full of spirituality in his eyes having only just been born less than a month in this world it's amazing how much you can learn and understand them and speak their language the talent is still so high what a highly promising Imperial Beast unheard of it has to be allowed to develop properly so go back and j

ust fight some more alien blood crystals back and the rest of the crowd on the sidelines were just about to start discussing it at this time subai opened his eyes again and laughed let's go let's not talk for a while I've found the whereabouts of the other demons so if there's anything we can talk about directly on the road I have to say the magical creatures of Mordor are a bit beyond my imagination saying that subai pulled yia's sleeve and stretched out his paw to point forward yio also realiz

ed what was going on and couldn't help but roll her eyes and start walking towards the door leading the way for the people behind her in front with that the crowd continued on their way to find the other demons chapter 133 all the demons are resolved more contracted Imperial beasts P how is it possible it's impossible a frost Lance generated by cold ice pierced into a man's head and the Man's eyes were filled with disbelief before he died I don't know why I've obviously been hiding well and have

n't given away any of my scent every day at 996 in normal life except every week eat individual supplements and why would this be noticed why it was found few easy peasy it's still this kind of small monsters at the beginning stage of the totem Guardian God Realm that are good to fight there's no need for general b foam to make a move at all a totem Paragon God Realm stroked the beard on his chin and laughed the others couldn't help but roll their eyes can the big man not be here in Versailles a

lso the mirror of the totem demon is good to fight but it was true that basically this parasitic Beast was relatively easy to deal with for those present apart from Jang schwanger she was helpless to this kind of scene and could only watch silently also beware that some of the magical creatures May fight back none of them have a chance to fight back but it's still a handful to guard against it could simply be said that she was Weak and Powerless but as the realm of the king she was also desperat

e just like like this he witnessed sister Yia rise from the Monarch realm to the overlord realm and then to the totem realm and she was still thinking about how she could arrive at the overlord realm quickly damn it after seeing another demonic creature die again subai also laughed quickly continue to resolve after this batch is resolved then go to the next place after all the demons in the next place are resolved through and through pretty much all the parasitic demons in the entire magic Capit

al will be dead when these words came out the crowd breathed a sigh of relief and Reve red Smiles which was considered to have finally seen the dawn this time the tide of demonic creatures had really made them suffer ruthlessly it's really just distributed all over Mordor deep forests stinky ditches and Bridge holes offices buildings restaurants internet cafes the hiding places of these demons are only what you can think of not what you can't think of and it's simply terrifying as hell after hea

ring this happy news Jang schwanger said with some happiness woohooo it's finally time to get rid of all the parasitic demons in Mordor I really didn't expect Mordor to have so many parasitic demons and they're also basically all at the overlord totem realm which is a bit scary it messed up her chances of getting any shots at all Jun Chen nodded approvingly as well his face somewhat grave it's really out of the blue this time we have Unearthed so many totem Realms hiding in the magic Capital def

initely preparing for some great conspiracy preparing for an opportunity to and then they all went out to take us down in one Fell Swoop luckily we had white with us it's possible to detect all of their locations with ease otherwise things would probably be bad if there were still some remnants Left Alive to deliver the message yes thanks to the fact that shiai was there he was able to easily find their location and break their plots one by one suuki also chuckled and said if it weren't for litt

le white Mordor might have suffered that summoning spell attack just like Jung Chang did I can't even imagine what kind of monsters can be summoned by the blood sacrifices of so many totem Realms and now that the demons had pretty much been eliminated the crowd had let go of their hearts and the atmosphere had become relaxed they all looked towards the biggest contributor this time which was subai shaaya why are you so bullish if I had this one imperial Beast of yours I would directly offer it u

p every day and I wouldn't want any other Imperial beasts a totemic quasi god realm kindl looking man laughed the crowd shined in yeah yeah yeah kpes just with this ability of buys it's really easy to take in the same realm I don't think that fighting more than one is a problem with five or six Imperial beasts on the other side saai reckons that he can even hang the opposite side up and fight think about it just with that ability to cross over and imprison High realm demons there's no problem ha

nging dozens of them that's great shall by this Imperial Beast ye girl you must take good care of him don't let him suffer a such a good Imperial Beast can't be found very often a be careful when the time comes he runs away but we have to take him in haa yeel also nodded her head vigorously looking at these Elders instructions to her she smiled like a flower and glanced at Shia by da who was on her shoulder don't worry All of You full seniors I will definitely take good care of little white and

definitely won't let him suffer any wrongdoings even as far as Contracting only one of his Imperial beasts in the future no more Contracting any other Imperial beasts when these words came out before others had time to be shocked subai had already sat up in shock from his dying sickness raising her paw she hurriedly said don't don't don't sis not so much not so much really the I don't want to be out all the time it's tiring to be out all the time I always have to recruit a little bit of minions

then let them be out when they all hit the waves I'll be out again the wouldn't that be much better then we'd watch them crunch and kill together and we' just sit in the back and quietly watch wouldn't that smell good well it seems true y yaa nodded her head with some realization this method is good all listen to you then when the time comes we'll recruit a few more Imperial beasts and watch them Quack and kill indiscriminately the others couldn't help but laugh out loud at the sound of it crap

white is really understanding knowing that if he's the only Imperial beast from now on that would definitely involve fighting monsters every day with no time to rest and with him being the one to strike all the time every day it would be absolutely exhausting haaha shiai is really lazy I can kind of see through it it's an old six Imperial Beast this idea is really going to be enjoyable but shiai don't be afraid when the time comes Yia girls realm comes up most of the Demonic creatures if you app

ly the law can actually be easily solved the when the time comes you can just let girl Yia take care of most of the demons and you can just rest in the back our Imperial beasts are all like that nice guy still well well well not bad not bad subai nodded with a receptive look Yia was shocked when she thought of this scene from the side then would it be her royal beast at that time instead white is defending her wait how does this feel a little weird never mind don't think about it don't think abo

ut it while the big guys chatted Away by phone listened to this one topic thoughtfully he couldn't help but put his eyes inside his Imperial Beast space which was filled with a bird that was covered in snow and didn't have any stray hairs and there is also a tiger with some black spots and if you look closely you can see that the Tiger's belly is a bit obviously bulging chapter 134 death of the children anger bang how to be discovered a woman was at home playing with her cell phone when suddenly

her pupils widened she slowly slid off the couch and fell to her knees then lost her light woohoo the last one solved salved salved without wasting a single moment of time it was taken well now that all the Demons of the magic Capital are dead everyone can relax and rest saying that subai withdrew his laws of light as well as the dragon Emperor's pressure that he had just exerted exhaled a breath and laughed now that his job is done the next step is already to muck around and sit on his ass and

swing for the fences then wait Ione delivered 50 000000 blood crystal stones to him gorgeous seeing that the last demonic creature was killed by subai jongchan also gave a thumbs up and noded in Praise cowardly little white an existence of the totem Guardian God Realm second stage you were able to directly give a second kill very strong very strong indeed I don't really feel anything compared to those foreign beasts that killed the illusion Tower in seconds before but now then to be able to kil

l in seconds an existence that is only a few orders of cultivation smaller than oneself and also an existence that possesses a special racial innate ability in the realm of the totem Guardian God is already very impressive plus one white is so strong awesome seeing this kind of scene I really want to give you a hard kiss on your scaly antlered head that has the name of Genius at these words the crowd fell into silence throwing their gazes at the person who had just spoken seeing that all eyes we

re turned toward him suuki also scratched his head and laughed then continued to cast Eyes Full Of Love towards subai hey hey hey hey it's fine it's fine you guys keep talking I'm just exclaiming how strong white is it's nothing you're not right su's face changed Goosebumps Rose all over his body and he couldn't help but shrink back a little shrinking behind yia's shoulders some of his body also crawled into yia's delicate back causing Yia to itch a little Yia didn't care she smiled and gently t

ouched little White's superficially soft body in order to sooth it and thought the same in her heart indeed white is so cute and handsome this smooth scales and skin I wonder what would happen if I kissed him would love to taste what it feels like alas just before the contract while stabby had not yet awakened his Spirit why did he not give a kiss let's just say it was a missed opportunity yio had some heartache just thinking about this she should have kissed more before now that it has a spirit

instead it's still still hard to get on the side at the sight of all the demons they all dissipated leaving only the Living Treasures chatting madly and happily by also nodded and spoke in a rare moment well since all the demons in the demon Capital have been eliminated I don't need to be here to help suppress them I still have things to do so I'll leave first with that by Fong directly disappeared Into Thin Air it made it instantly impossible to see a single trace of him when the other three t

otem paragod realm people saw that they similarly immediately dis appeared in place seeing by foam disappear Into Thin Air sub's mouth whitened in confusion what do you mean just leave playing the running order right drawing a big picture for Dragon ha the several people on the side were also not surprised instead they were looking at sub's open mouth Jong Chan also Shrugged and reminded shabai don't need to be surprised this is normal great General by foam he has a lot of things to do after thi

s matter is finished there are things elsewhere to call him again we have long since seen it subai on the other hand looked at Jang Chen with a silly face and said is there a possibility that I'm in shock that great General bong didn't just walk away without giving me the 50 000000 blood crystal stones that he said he would that's 50 000000 blood crystal stones why don't you just leave without giving them eh [ __ ] me right oh how did I forget about this I phon this [ __ ] it's hard not to want

to take it all by himself you wait I'm going to find him now see if I give him a punch when I see him Junction said indignantly after all it was incumbent to get the blood crystal stone and try to let little white continue to violently raise his cultivation level with that Jong Chan also disappeared Into Thin Air subai nodded in satisfaction in the next moment bong appeared in the same place looking slightly embarrassed as he threw out a ring and faintly said I forgot to give it to you just now

here are 50 000000 blood crystal stones don't forget to keep working hard on your cultivation by then if I have any other extra blood crystals I'll take them all through to you well well well this is only strong enough well in the future there is what needs things directly find me on the line I am obliged subai smiled took the ring and handed it to Yo iong also nodded slightly I hope that the next time I encounter with you your realm will reach the totem Paragon realm and you won't fail to live

up to my investment of 50 0000 blood crystal stones okay okay just don't worry this kind of small matter I can definitely take it easily s by made an okay gesture with his paw when Bon saw this the corners of his mouth Rose slightly and he disappeared again seeing Bon walking away at once everyone was also looking at each other yea glanced at the somewhat speechless Jang schwanger and said hurry up and call your old man to come back or you won't know where you're flying to Aha I'll call now and

now there is only one suuki left on the field suoi was still looking at subai with a hefty grin it made subai really kind of want to punch him in the face all right Grand Elder don't look now that everything is over let's go back to our respective homes and find our own mothers I still have to work hard on my cultivation aha good you refuel your cultivation I'll continue to tell the people below to acquire blood crystal stones Sue wxy nodded his Expressions somewhat serious when it comes down to

business he usually doesn't engage in the crazy [ __ ] with that the group said their goodbyes at a little place in Mordor that they didn't even know what it was called I can't believe that we are now outside the school and that the magic cap has been cleared of all the demons yio and subai as well as Jang schwander could only hold their foreheads and laugh bitterly looks like I had to reward myself for this one the other side Galaxy the land of the Starry Sky swirled with countless meteorites

and at that moment a huge Planet opened its eyes filled with red madness he opened his mouth somewhat angrily and his voice rolled like Heavenly Thunder just who killed my people the voice was so loud that the meteorites wherever the words went were shattered but he still wasn't very relieved his eyes were and angry as he sought out and destroyed several planets that possessed Vitality after absorbing the fear born from those planetary creatures before they died he felt slightly better chapter 1

35 contemplation the meeting of the two great Gods what had gone wrong to cause all the planted suban fighters to die deep deaths all of a sudden the giant planet was in deep thought the the entire planet also became suddenly bright and suddenly dark under his breath he's wondering what part of his arrangement went arai it's what caused most of his shadow Clan's powerful people y Warriors all of them fell in the magic capital and also all on the same day in one afternoon session not in batches i

t was obvious that the other side might just be prepared not only did several major totem paragod Realms die but more also totem Guardian Gods Overlord Realms and existences that were the most important part of the blood sacrifice also died one after another in that case then his plans would be ruined through and through this also resulted in the inability to descri them from within blue star otherwise if the plan had gone on as usual we could have had this group of humans scrambling to separate

their manpower to protect the dragon Kingdom the offensive trend on the star Fortress side will also become easier just as the giant planet was Furious the next moment a loud puzzled voice came from the distant Stars why are you so worried King of the Shadow Clan about what I can hear your angry Cries From the distant Stars it made me come here without much sleep hearing the voice the king of the Shadow Clan raised his eyes without blinking into them and sighed don't mention it it's bad news my

blood sacrifice setup failed the words fell in the next second a huge octopus covered in tentacles and the various holes inside the tentacles were filled with eyes swam over from a Starry Sky the meteorites wherever they went through were shattered if subai was here at the scene he would definitely be shocked to see this octopus because this octopus was the black octopus God that had parachuted into River City and the god of the black octopus at this moment heard the news from the king of the S

hadow Clan and his voice had some flu situations of Doubt what your blood sacrifice was destroyed how is this possible didn't you send a few extra batches of your blood sacrifice specifically because you learned my lesson and and all of them were totem Guardians in droves totems quasi Divine beings it was reasonable that this realm should be pushed across the board even in the Magic City why would this be destroyed with that gang from the dragon Kingdom inside the star Fortress all day long the

myth of trying to find ways to kill our people they logically had no time at all to go down and check to did it reveal itself the Shadow Clan King shook his head and his voice slowly returned to col and said I don't know if it's that good forget it if you know it's impossible if you reveal yourself our race is extremely loyal to us there's absolutely no way they betray that so it's unlikely to be revealed so I suspect that some special talent or imperial Beast instrument has appeared in the drag

on Kingdom that can detect the disguises of our subjects and the most crucial thing is that this unknown thing can also block out the racial Talent of my shadow plan making it surprisingly impossible for my shadow plan members to fire out messages before they die which is the most damaging Point what you Shadow plan members couldn't send a message before you died the god of the black octopus completely understood the gravity of the matter this time in that case then wouldn't it be a loss for not

hing not being able to pry out any information at all really let the people over in the dragon Kingdom study what's going on the shadowclan king nodded slightly I guess so if it's a royal Beast it's fine we can easily send some experts over to get rid of it easily but if it's an instrument that can be mass-produced then it's bad I'm afraid that by then all the human cities in Blue Star might be man with one and will no longer be able to send our subordinates to live in seclusion there anymore an

d the little buggers in the abyss will probably all be exposed through and through TSK the god of the black octopus felt a bit tricky at once and his open tentacles were writhing around smashing a number of planets and meteorites so what now should you go ahead and get that one of your men that you've arranged to have at the star fortress out of the way and going to the devil's Capital to explore see if there are any secrets if he is at the peak of the totem paragod realm he shouldn't have been

instantly secured so quickly and before he dies he can definitely send out a message and come to inform speaking of this the Shadow Clan kingk face darkened this plan I also think it could work but the point is that he's also dead and didn't send any messages before he died and then along with that was another one I sent out to hunt down the so-called genius girl of the Dragon Kingdom called what's her name anyway that SSS ranked in Imperial Beast space Talent of that totem quasi Divine realm th

en there was the insane deaths of all my Darkly inserted Clans over there through and through and I probed none of them not any living Shadows chapter 136 discussing the results must kill y x ya hunting down a talented girl from the dragon Kingdom whom wait no king of the Shadow Clan that henchman of yours the second totem Paragon is she dying on her way to hunt down The Talented girl from the dragon Kingdom and her Imperial Beast or has she already killed that so-called talented girl from the d

ragon Kingdom the god of black octopus seemed to have thought of something and said in a somewhat hurried tone and at this moment the king of the Shadow Clan seemed to have thought of something as well in this moment his face had some Epiphany and his entire planet brightened I remember it's the fact that I haven't killed the other guy before the chase are you saying that there is a possibility that it was the Imperial Beast of that talented girl from the dragon Kingdom that Unearthed and killed

all of the people of my pack the god of the black octopus nodded slightly and his tentacle turned into a hook placed on his mouth tentacle touching it as he did so yeah I don't suppose youve forgotten the picking point of my blood sacrifice earlier the Shadow Clan King nodded slightly well I have an impression of that time of yours and The Descent was quite strange as a matter of fact that so Detachment as the realm of the totem Paragons powerful cultivation should also be enough for that kind

of small City should also be able to take it easily it shouldn't be so simple to die straight away not even taking back the split the god of black octopus continued to reason yet it's strange and what's even stranger is that that picking point was placed in the city where the talented girl from the dragon kingdom was and I was going to kill her in the process but I ended up dying without even having a chance and didn't you come over at the first moment of my soul splits death and then sent that

henchman of yours after her only to have him die now as well so you say it's strange the Shadow Clan kingk expression literally brightened the more he listened and immediately afterward he remembered one of the most important points and a piece of news that had stayed with him for a long time you don't say I could really be the cause of this talented girl from Dragonland I'll tell you a secret the henchman I probed before she died had already probed her cultivation and had reached the realm of t

he totem Guardian God breaking through so quickly there's definitely some secret hidden in her body and with my man already starting to die after the message was delivered out maybe she did cause it hearing that it had reached the totem Guardian God Realm the black octopus God's tone was also somewhat shocked what she has already broken through to the totem Guardian God Realm I remember it hasn't even been born for a few months yet this kind of cultivation speed is a bit too exaggerated so it se

ems like she's the one it doesn't matter even if he kills The Wrong Enemy this kind of Genius should be killed it has to be before he grows up it is necessary to eliminate her in one Fell Swoop or else when she grows up it will definitely be very unfavorable to us the Shadow Clan King nodded and his tone became Grand this woman should be killed never let her grow up or the consequences will be unimaginable originally I had asked her to kill her that day but unfortunately she died before and it s

eems that's when the fluctuation of sending out the racial Talent message was detected by the other party This Woman's Imperial Beast should not be simple after the discovery of this Imperial Beast is estimated to understand the ensuing like radar the finding one of my people and brutally murdering all of them dead or alive not a single one left behind yes I guess that's it for so many years we've been hiding well how could an instrument that can detect it suddenly appear now I think it's this t

his woman who's messed up the God of black octopus nodded slightly yes the death of My Doppelganger is probably also a myth that their dragon kingdom is espcially protecting so the moment it appeared it couldn't even return it had already turned into ashes it's just a Pity that the doppelganger hadn't even slapped it to death directly at that time the guess I was too wild at that time thought it was okay dead spare words hearing this the Shadow Clan King nodded with deep understanding indeed you

've got to change this problem of yours every time you do it and every time you do it when you go to attack the star Fortress it's too much of a waste of time and gives the other side plenty of time to prepare and just hit and be done with it here's the thing next time I definitely won't look like this the god of black octopus said thoughtfully but then again this woman on the other side's Imperial Beast possesses the talent of probing your people so how do we cut her down to size the king of th

e Shadow plan H and haod well I've already thought of a way to do it when the time comes we'll be like this chapter 137 changing rooms and nurturing Magic City Hot Pot store bullfrog store burger store Milk Tea Store barbecue store chicken filet store crawfish store there was only what yo and subai couldn't think of not what yo and subai couldn't eat after all they still have full tens of millions of dollars in savings on hand that they haven't spent I had thought that I might have to buy a few

thousand more blood crystals when I got to Mordor and then I would have to find a way to make money Gus didn't realize that you could just ask the state for blood crystals this would be very beautiful subai took a big bite of the junk food that he hadn't eaten in days in the school cafeteria he could only eat the private customized kind of meat and it was delicious but not as good as burgers fries bullfrogs fondue and barbecue yea watched shaba eat so fiercely and likewise had some appetite for

haphazard Seafood since ascending to the realm of the totem demon she had eaten those energy meals a few times appetite has followed suit plus having broken through to the realm of the commanderin-chief you can control with abandon whether your body is willing to gain or lose weight that way y ya wouldn't have to be so concerned about whether she would become obese or not thus leading to the fact that she could frantically grab food from subai and they eat but they eat so much it also stunned Ja

ng schwanger who had accompanied the entire meal from the side watching a dragon he kept chucking meat from the hot pot and kept calling the waiter for food y ya did the same how many stores is this looking at the one man and one Dragon frantically drying rice Jang wer gulped and silently thought in her heart this man and BEAST's appetites were too exaggerated really just drying out the ingredients of several houses straight away when they were done they rushed into the next one and continued is

it really true that you have an iron stomach and don't have a hard time eating he had eaten at the first store to finish it and had been too brace to eat JN schwanger was greatly shocked and the whole person had a bit of a rhythm to be dried and silenced seeing this subai couldn't help but shake his head and laughed you're still small and normal now later on if you would Advance up your appetite will be that big too really Jang schwanger wondered subai replied as he ate that's for sure in fact

you can eat it now anyway so you won't be afraid of getting fat by the time you've eaten your stomach will be too big and it'll be hard and you'll still be able to just use your Chi to digest it and of course it's still recommended that you get on the overlord to try this way right now if you have a big stomach to hold up it's just something you can do without gaining weight well well well I'm getting close too I guess I'll be able to reach the overlord realm even after the competition ends in t

he next two days so when I come to celebrate you and sister yia's first place finish let's give it another try Jong schwanger said with some anticipation this is a really tough situation right now watching a woman and a beast stranded in front of her eating like crazy it also made a point of making all sorts of seductive noises in front of her and placed food in front of her and kept waving it around unfortunately she was too brace to eat it and these two [ __ ] things were damned back to the do

or arms subai and Yia then leisurely took stock of the 15 633 blood crystal stones that Jong Chen had delivered to him in the morning there was also the 50 000000 blood crystal stones that bong had mentioned both of the blood crystal stones directly figure conveniently being piled up together really looking at a big pile in the ring piles of blood crystal stones subai and yo simply felt safe just this amount of blood crystals even if this realm was insanely raised upwards by more than one dimens

ion there was no need to fear that the speed of cultivation would drop as a result just as a woman and a dragon fantasized not right subai suddenly voiced out looking around the circle of tiny bedroom roads is there a possibility that 50 0000 blood crystal stones plus this 15 00 amount of blood crystal stones this entire bedroom seems to simply not be able to pile up a what should we do hiss it seems like it's still true ug y ya also thought about it and was a bit distressed these past few days

just the 10 zero 00 or so thousand blood crystal stones have piled up on the bed making it almost impossible to lie down this if 50 0000 blood crystals are added up it is estimated to have a full 60 000000 blood crystals how should this be absorbed together subai nodded then lay down on the bed and stretched comfortably saying it's like this make a call and ask Jun chin he's probably back at bluar by now hurry up and have him come over to see if he can arrange another bigger room for us otherwis

e this full six 5 0000 pieces of blood crystal stones piled up together is really not easy to deal with there is not a little bit of room to accommodate I'm afraid that if all of them are released both of us will have to lie directly on the ceiling well let me make a call Yia took out her cell phone and made a call halftime yo and subai followed Jong chin a little deeper looking at the scene around him that kept going backwards suai smacked his lips a little it seemed that the internal scope of

this school was much longer than he had thought it was a bit of a long walk and it hadn't even gotten to the bottom yet and flowers and trees were even growing in the roadscape around it just outrageous after continuing to walk for some more time the two men and the dragon also arrived in front of a large luxurious and imposing Villa junin opened the fence and stepped inside to show a man and a dragon around finding that the large Villa was not only generous in size being in the shape of a detac

hed three-story house but surrounded by a broad lawn near the side of the the lawn also boasts a separate pool in the center of the property and and the fence is likewise surrounded by a small beautifully Clear Lake seeing this subai and yio also nodded frequently this Villa had to be said to be even better than the environment in which he had previously lived in junen it was also more peaceful around the Villa now compared to the previous Villa and the dormatory where he had stayed for the past

few days there wasn't any noise just the sound of birds chirping and finches chirping it also brings a sense of peace and Tranquility not bad right junin couldn't help but chuckle when he saw subai and Yia watching the Villa scene without stopping this is something that the grand Elder and I have specially conveyed for the following to rush to manufacture day and night in the past few days while you were here and after rushing to finish manufacturing we also applied a special kind of Imperial B

east the inside of the occupancy environment and the special gases of the newly built house has been all absorbed the it will be especially comforting for you and white to live in there as well crap so good subai looked up and down at the appearance of this Villa don't say it's really quite new and there was no sign of anyone living there and there were no unpleasant gases only the scent of flowers coming from the nearby woods with the windows open yio was also quite moved and very satisfied sen

ior Jung Chen is kind thank you hey it's fine it's fine in fact this was just built today originally the grand Elder and I were still preparing for you to win the championship in two days and then we'll let you be seated by the way Jong chin scratched his head and smiled as a result we both also got old and Confused forgetting that your blood crystal stone were piled up throughout the bedroom and it really wasn't too convenient for accommodation and whatnot so we let you come over to stay in the

first place it can be just built today and live directly perfect it seems that the underworld is destined by Heaven subai laughed yes you guys hurry up and go in and take a look inside we have all types of facilities ready for you as well Jang Chen took out a set of keys and handed them to Yia well you guys stay here I'm going to go and remember to set the alarm for 9:00 a.m. m tomorrow morning now that you're not on the side of the school and you don't have the school bells and the drill to re

mind you of that I'll leave first and after a few more days of practicing and cultivating for a few more days I'll take you guys out outside to face some of the city's Beast tides in real life for a while first okay bye subai and Yia wave their paws in hands to say goodbye to Jang Chen chapter 138 departure Beast tide actualization trip time wobbles by in the blink of an eye 3 days passed on this day early in the morning when the Sun sun was rising and The Morning Sun was shining the fiery red s

unlight Shone on an imperial Beast that was covered in silver white scales no if one looked closely now the silvery white scales had mutated in some of their first forms upon closer inspection one could already see the beginnings of some golden coloration in these scales some more time passed subai slowly opened his eyes and his Golden Dragon pupils flashed appearing to stand majestically ding congratulations to the Holy Dragon Emperor of light promoted to the realm of totem quasi god and about

to step into the Mythic realm system reward Holy Light forever what is Holy Light forever before subai could feel the joy of his breakthrough to Totem Paragons he looked at the system with some doubts then checking into the systems introductory content his expression turned to ecstasy after hesitating for a moment Holy Light forever with this skill that's really Invincible I guess I can do whatever I want in the future walk around the world and fight all over the world holy light forever as the

name suggests with this skill this person and this Beast will never die as long as there is light he can be resurrected indefinitely only it will be slower as the realm gets bigger and bigger but as long as there is light there will be Resurrection unless the Holy Dragon Emperor of light himself doesn't want to live otherwise no one could stop the resurrection of the Holy Dragon Emperor of light not by any means this was the bottom card of being the Holy Dragon Emperor of light subai really like

d this line of introduction the more he read it with this skill of always resurrecting then he would truly be Invincible in the world you don't have to be afraid of anyone who comes isn't this a death defying artifact after thinking about the systems hint of immediately stepping into the Mythic realm subai was about to be able to take shape and by then he would really become a human being it's simply awesome to think about and there's no telling what the Mythic realm system will reward him with

yel also opened her eyes at this time and sat up from the bed scratching her scattered hair in a days then it seemed to sense something and his face shifted to sobriety there was a shout of excitement from The Villa ah little white you broken through to the totem Paragon realm Yia excitedly got out of bed with her bare legs walking on a special section with blood crystal stones paved the large balcony hugged subai and kissed him subai while feeling herself being madly and violently shaken as wel

l as stroked as well as kissed and also could not help but let out a shaky tremulous voice said young a regular operation only no need to be so excited first put me down we're ready to get ready to pack up and head out to the training room isn't today the day the field goes to meet the Beast wave after saying that subai was finally able to free himself and hurriedly he shook off from the warm embrace subai shook his head so that he was no longer as dizzy as he had just been after all although it

was said that yia's body was quite materialistic he also quite liked it but it's just that if you're in Dragon form right now that kind of shaking really does make you dizzy it feels slightly that much harder it's better to let giio shake it all over again later after he reaches the Mythic realm trans formation type well that's it when he saw by he seemed to be shy and ran into the blood crystal stone the corners of yia's mouth Rose slightly as she smoothed out the hair beside her ears and laug

hed all right of course I know that today is the day to go and resist the Beast tide shallia by you cultivate first I'm going to get dressed we'll set off later and then I'll show you what the scene will be like when my swordsmanship is at its peak of actual combat well well well I'll wait until then I won't come to help you when it's unnecessary oh subai tone with te in lying down in the blood crystal stone scrambling to look at the Jitterbug on the phone said ye nodded her fingers gestured her

sword finger a few times and grunted just watch I will definitely let you watch my great strength haaha I can only say it's impossible you'll probably only be able to kill a few foreign beasts before resting subai continued to laugh impossible why don't we make a bet Yeo said with a twinkle in her eye subai also came to be interested in putting down cell phone asked come on come on how to bet you do not think I am afraid of you a h let's bet on which one of us kills more foreign beasts this tim

e don't forget I comprehended the law of Sword da yesterday a sword rain sword formation goes down and definitely kills all those foreign beasts without leaving a single piece of armor yio said subai also smiled disdainfully so what you sword Daw although you kill and destroy but don't forget I can too but you don't have hands to manipulate the sword just wait I'll definitely be able to surpass you by then yeel laughed with her hands on her hips subai nodded okay okay so what's the bet what if y

ou lose at that time M bet on something then let's bet on massage whoever loses will press who for an hour yio said directly without even thinking about it subai immediately smiled like a flower good this is what you said whoever loses to press an hour for the other party don't back out when the time comes oh well I can only say it's impossible when that time comes you'll be ready to take your little paw and whack my back for an hour Yia arrogantly said saying that Yia hummed a little song and p

icked out her favorite clothes the kind of clothes that were suitable for fighting in the wild and then lightweight afterwards removing his pajamas and changing into his clothes the during this time yel was also using her eyes to peek at shiai the little colorful dragon to see if he was watching the answer is no seeing as how white didn't even Peak for some reason yel felt an inexplicable feeling but couldn't tell a man and a dragon cleaned up a while later and there was a knock on the door of t

he entrance Courtyard sister y ya Shia by are you ready come out quickly the Sun is going to shine on your butt Yo and subai fought to open the door while outside the door stood the excited living treasure Jung schwanger quickly quickly sister y SCA by let's hurry up and charge it's not easy to go out and play today no need to spend all day in that dark trainer and the plaza practicing weapons after practicing for so long it's finally time for a real battle wave I'm going to try to see how many

F beasts that hammer can kill hearing that subai brightened up and laughed it can be that said ye and I bet that by then we ready to compete with each other on who killed more foreign beasts do you want to come and participate as well what's the bet Jong schwanger was curious subai directly confessed whoever loses the loser gives the winner a massage for an hour not coming Jang schwanger rolled her eyes both of you [ __ ] have already reached the ninth stage of the totem Guardian God Realm and y

ou're still thinking about this tiny Overlord Realm Of Mine by then I'm afraid that if I've killed one you've already killed hundreds of them all cough cough correction it's the totem paragod realm subai laughed die Jang schwanger said angrily haahaha subai and Yea laughed out loud chapter 139 charge the path of the giant Beast tied after walking through a quite long path of secluded Pavilions the two women and one Dragon finally walked to the meeting place it was the same open space that had be

en used to train the cold Warriors for the past few days Jun chin had long ago put on a punching bag and waited for the two to arrive with his hands on his arms and a smile in his voice you two are the ones who come the latest every time and you're stuck on time every day playing ultimate Challenge aren't you you'll be punished to death if you're late one day low key this kind of thing can't be rushed can sleep a little more definitely sleep a little more can only say that it's impossible to mis

s subai said good good good Jung Chen nodded with a smile then took another look at the cultivation on Subi's body and said with satisfaction or you'll enjoy it your cultivation has broken through to the realm of totem quasi god well this thing breakthrough is not a breeze have a hand on it strive to break through the myth directly in this one or two months subai GFF fod and said hearing that Jong Chen's expression was a little taut okay okay you're playing like that right you're not a human bei

ng are you I haven't even broken through to the Mythic realm yet and you're about to break through that said don't you have bottlenecks that is when you break through the realm even if your energy arrives but you can't feel that one feeling which causes you to just not be able to break through my family's Imperial beasts can't even feel it moreover to break through to the realm of myth is not a simple matter oh not only must the talent of the Imperial Beast Be Strong even the talent of the contr

act Master must be equally strong the two complement each other and at the same time seize the opportunity to only then can you make a breakthrough and one fell swoop or else you will remain trapped and have difficulty breaking through Jang Chen said while subai looked at Jang Chen with eyes that looked at a [ __ ] you don't think yio and I are talented is there a possibility that we've already reached this realm after spending only a month the district is just a myth it's not worth mentioning w

hen these words came out it wasn't just Jung Chen who fell into silence the many college students who stayed nearby listened to the conversation between the one man and one beast and similarly fell into silence the myth of the district is not worth mentioning is this this [ __ ] talking like a human being it was with great difficulty that they had cultivated for more than a year and it was only after rolling and crawling that they had finally climbed up to the eighth and Ninth stages of the real

m of the Monarch the more powerful ones barely reaching the first two orders of the overlord's realm you say the Mythic realm isn't hard isn't that proper Versa mobile all right all right time's up no more chatting letun go up to rock first and then talk Jong chin slowed down and smiled he knew that it was impossible for him to break through by applying the blood crystal stone because he had already stayed at the peak of the totem paragod realm for more than four whole years or so he could feel

that he had been able to step into that step and Ascend to the Divine stage but just can't catch that fit that fluttering feeling at that time jongin knew that the probability of his talent was at an end and could only try as hard as he could to find that glimmer of hope it seems that the future can only be seen in the upstarts Jan Chen thought and his hand unambiguously summoned a huge Rock subai looked up this rock was comparable the one that came to pick up him in yeeo before was more than 10

times bigger this made the apprehension in Subi's heart become relaxed not a bad trip if you look at it that way after all if you use the one rock from before it's kind of tiny for two dozen people lying on their backs then the area standing on his back it is estimated that an unsteady stand will directly fall to the ground and fall into mush it's a fall that won't kill you but it's definitely going to be exciting all right line up and go up one by one don't squeeze each other Jong chin command

ed the crowd to get on the back of of the rock one by one and this time he was even thoughtful enough to arrange chairs on the back of the rock made of those feathers and I guess what kind of secret method can be used to fix it on the back so that one can sit on the chair with confidence looking at the sky there's no fear of falling once everyone was seated in their chairs and confirmed their positions JN Chan also stood at the Forefront of The Rock's body his hands behind his back and said Rock

rise tsunami The Rock raised its head and gave a long cry lifted its head and began to fly off into the sky subai only felt his body tilted a bit but it was good that the chair was back rest like a sofa just enough that you would be dragged by the chair and after applying Chi to add more weight to your body you would not feel anything just blow the wind in your face and feel the shock of the mountainous weaving that comes from underneath this time subai wasn't as nervous as he was last time and

his mindset was still vaguely changing the current subai was fully aware of his huge cultivation level and he was able to soar freely in the air then there's no need to be afraid of flying and accidentally falling down and making mince meat at all this time we're going to H Chang to assist them in their encounter with a huge Beast hide and the onslaught over there also just happened to start at this yesterday's time like us Mordor has sent out an invitation for assistance and it just so happens

that these alien beasts haven't been slaughtered much yet so you guys can better a big dig handful of them for practicing then you was already at least are all at the peak of the Monarch realm and the hegemony realm of existence now that he had also learned the skills of various weapons he could easily allow the Imperial beasts to fight their their way through the tides of beasts while possessing the ability to protect themselves the so let's get ready to face the Beast tide in a moment you can

now let the beasts get ready to defend in advance in the space of the Imperial beasts ready to launch the attack by the way when the time comes if anyone can't carry it press this button he will make a ringing sound I still have the positioning of the button here don't try to be brave I'll come to support immediately when the button rings with that said Jung chin issued each person a button that they could press subai took the button instead of yio and carefully played with the button in his ha

nd the top of the button is covered by a glass cover which in turn clearly states what number button this is seeing this subai then stuffed it into yia's hand put it up we don't need this button anyway aha y XA nodded her head obediently and put the button into the Imperial Beast space then one person and one Dragon squeezed into a couch-like chair and cozied up to watch the scenery fly by outside the and the woods underneath waiting facing the tide of beasts chapter 140 arrival start killing Ro

ar various kinds of foreign beasts were roaring madly and the five different kinds of sounds made the crowd feel like they had come to a food market no it's literally noisier than a food market subai looked with a depressed face at the Imperial beasts that were madly roaring underneath the Rock and kind of wanted to cover his ears it's really noisy Jong Chan saw the reaction of the students after casually resolving the flying alien beasts blocking the front blocking the way he also smiled smiled

we are now over the giant Beast hide are you all ready you can now pull out your prepared weapons it's about to drop down to oh the outside of a specialized City to defend against it after Jang Chen finished speaking he ordered the rock to fly towards the high walls of the city below the college students were also boiling and roaring with excitement get ready my shot has been hot for a long time watch me take on these weak Fay in one go plus one my GN will pierce through all enemies it's awesom

e to think about my Lance has long been hot watch me stab through everything yio and Jang schwanger also watched each other at this time with some excitement in their bodies taking out the weapons that he himself had picked out over the past few days at the largest blacksmith store in Magic City be prepared to go into battle mode at anytime subai on the other hand leaned on his back with both Paws and coily looked at some foreign beasts that kept flying over only the sound of the birs chirping a

nd the look of Blackness in front of him did cause him some annoyance and irritation as well it made subai unable to help but move his mind and utilize the dragon Emperor's pressure at once under the shocked gaze of the crowd the a birdlike alien Beast that flew in the sky with a great sense of Oppression all of them fell to the ground like dumplings in a frantic manner it slammed into the various groups of alien beasts that were on the ground ready to launch an attack this scene was also notice

d by the people on the city walls who operated some special bows and crossbows and they pointed at the sky and disgust look is it reinforcements coming to support those difficult to solve airborne born beasts are all dead alas I guess so this is definitely a strong person of the totem realm coming to easily eliminate them all that's so strong it' be nice when I can have that kind of strength too don't think about it cultivate hard first get through this time then think of something else we can't

let watching fall ah now that we have the resources we'll put more effort into resisting it that's right go for it underneath the city walls there was a specialized resistance Army resisting the alien beasts on the road from charging the city Gates after all the alien beasts that came from this huge Beast tide were simply too many and the city walls simply couldn't withstand this number of alien Beasts for impact archers and longrange class Imperial beasts were also unable to completely destroy

them and it was already hard enough to resist the Imperial beasts in the air let alone having to juggle the underground as well so we can only have one group of people forcibly stand against the front forcibly stopping these foreign beasts that want to come barging in even if he had to fight for his life he would have to resist these alien beasts before the support arrived father look the support has arrived ug we don't have to be so tough anymore a youth wearing black long sleeves covered in b

lood because of the chi blocking it happily pointed at the sky and said this couldn't help but make a middle-aged man with a sword who was still hacking and slashing at the alien beasts trying to rush and raise his head along with his gaze seeing that the various types of flying alien beasts that had originally covered the sky filled with a sense of intimidation had all collapsed to the ground the he couldn't help but Smile as he even temporarily slowed down some of the foreign beasts rushing ov

er finally it's holding up ah come on we'll be easy after these few more seconds aha father we can go back to bathing right away we don't have to kill Imperial beasts here and fill our bodies with blood anymore the youth nodded vigorously The Joy on his face simply not stopping the middle-aged man also revealed a pleased smile and nodded well you've worked hard these past two days after we beat back the Beast tied together this time let's go back and have a good rest aha the youth had just finis

hed speaking when a wind swooped over and he instantly cried out in shock father look out pussed a stabbing sound into the body rang out and blood spurted out of that body and onto the youth's face the youth's face was filled with stupefaction and disbelief chapter 141 beginning to defend the city the fiery college students from the reflection of the youth's pupils a leopard shaped Imperial Beast could be seen as if it was a ghost having flown in front of his father at this moment he was just ab

out to warn but realized it was too late blood had splattered his face that he hadn't even tried to use his Chi against just as he was about to accept this overwhelming fact as a result he realized that the current picture seemed to be different from what he had imagined ah it only seemed as if it wasn't his father who had been stabbed through his body but the unknown Imperial Beast that the leopard type Imperial BEAST's body had been stabbed through the youth fixed his eyes carefully only to re

alize that there were no Imperial beasts that it was just that a large hole appeared in the body of that leopard type Imperial Beast which instantly made him lose his vigor it seemed like someone had just helped dad are you okay the youth cried out shakily and the middle-aged man was the first to lay the already on top of him the the leopard Fay whose teeth were open and the warm breath within its bloody mouth had come crashing down on its face was thrown to the ground th he wiped the blood from

his face showing his face shape and smiled it's okay it seems like the support has come to help us without further Ado it's better to hurry up and continue to fend off the alien beasts it's better better not to take the situation lightly now try to wait for The Rescuers to come over thoroughly to help before letting down your guard the if it hadn't been for the help of the support guys who were busy just now your old man and I might have been lost aha good the youth nodded reassuringly and then

the two of them began to fend off the foreign beasts again the other side in midair subai put away the claw that had just been extended and shook his head pretentiously nowadays young people ah they are really getting more and more during the life and death duel because of our arrival they D to let down their guard and gossip if it wasn't for me death wouldn't even know how to die Jang Chen who was in the front directing the rock to fly at a lower altitude also smiled and glanced at subai behin

d him secretly nodding his head this kid is so good at stealing people's Thunder I haven't even made a move to pretend yio and Jang schwanger and some of their classmates also saw the scene just now and couldn't help but cast envious glances over to sue byai side with a casual hand the flying Imperial beasts of The King's Realm and the large Imperial Beasts of the overlord's realm which were next to him with full deterrent power could be killed in seconds it also seems to have saved a soldier wh

o was resisting the war underneath in which case the other party is expected to directly pull the Good Sense full this kind of powerful ability and cultivation is really enviable and capital for pretending seeing such a scene made their hearts quietly change and think of something some people who possess long-range attack skills Imperial beasts also began to follow Subi's example and let their Imperial Beast rain down various long- range skills such as Fireballs ice balls and so on help with the

dense Army of alien beasts on the ground in advance soon the huge size of the rock bird then flew above the city wall and The Archers and whatnot didn't stop it because there was only this one rock bird left in the air now and as soon as the rock arrived all of the flying alien beasts then fell to their deaths through and through and incidentally a wave of light was fired from above to save their City Lord and they kept releasing all sorts of long-range magic to help them deal with the ground a

lien beasts again at first glance it was clear that reinforcements were coming the moment the rock came to a stop a commander of the Bowman had a smile on his face and was just walking up to welcome him I'll see a large number of college students on fire landed on the floor of the wall from the Rocks their Hungry Eyes then look directly at the various types of foreign beasts outside the city walls crap it's finally here it's not easy I can't wait to kill these beasts Come Out steal demon bear Sh

adow Reaper go tear them apart Shen you one demon monkey step forward go with me to kill these foreign beasts White Lotus Shen rabbit charge charge charge crush them n tailed Spirit cat let's go to and show them the power of my hammer under the look of confusion on the commander-in-chief's face the it was as if this group of support people were raining down dumplings and they first took care of some of the alien beasts that were trying to climb up the city wall then jumped straight down from the

city wall without the slightest hesitation then they joined the ground Defense Forces and began to fight against the beasts instantly three great killers were left on the field with subai yio and Jung chin still on the field they were prepared to let this group of the same Realm Of The King's Realm and the overlord's realm first practice well down there and kill some more foreign beasts in a one-time operation to exterminate its beastly tide otherwise it would be too meaningless to kill all the

foreign beasts in one go these college students will have no experience at all at that moment looking at the dull eyes of the Bowman Commander Jong Chen smiled and struck up a conversation it's okay tired just let them go and help you can have all those comrades underground come up for arrest just leave the rest to us the commander-in-chief also reacted at this time and immediately stood in awe and without any pretense of gratitude thank you you guys have worked hard I'm going to get them up he

re to rest they've been fighting almost all day today and they're really all going strong and there's really nothing we can do about it it's fine hurry up and call them up to rest several of them I think they are all at the end of their strength subai also said at this time the support is all here so don't let them hold on dragging it out will only result in your H City damaging senior Imperial Beast Masters for nothing aha I'll go call them up the commander nodded his head repeatedly and with t

hat he headed towards a staircase in the center of the city wall and walked straight down and now there were no archers on the field except for the ones who were still struggling to maneuver their bows and arrows to help out with some of the Fay there was only y ya subai and Jang Chen left two people and a dragon subai also waved his hand and with a casual thought those leaky foreign beasts that wanted to come up through the city wall were all plunged into death and fell to the ground and then s

ubai said to The Bowman all right all right you guys also hurry up and rest put away the Imperial beasts that are guarding the walls as well as buffing the bows it's been a hard few hours no need to swing the bows here to support them we'll step in if they can't hold out and dozens of archers turned their heads to see that this Imperial Beast which had casually Sol the Fay they were having trouble killing was actually speaking to them the it was also immediately understood that the strength of t

hese remaining few people was definitely not to be underestimated in this way they didn't talk much and hurriedly walked over to the staircase now while also thanking them incessantly ah good thanks bro ah big brother I'll leave you guys to it here ha come on come on kill all these foreign beasts without leaving some alive subai nodded one by one and eventually everyone left the city walls only Yeo and subai who was lying on his shoulders and Jang Chan were left standing on top silently he watch

ed The Siege of foreign beasts underneath all wrapped in Black Aura chapter 142 feasting everyone yio found a bug looking at the alien beasts that were constantly hissing underneath Like A Zombie Siege pouncing on them unable to see the end of the world at a glance it was quite a sight to behold this scene looks really exciting I wonder what the scene will be like when one move directly kills them all in full making all the foreign beasts get straight down subai was lying on yia's shoulder leisu

rely and suddenly said y ya suddenly realized something at this moment and immediately changed her face eh shiai what do you want to do we are normal PK don't use this kind of spiritual attack that counts as cheating ha I'm clearly persisting in working hard putting my best foot forward to kill the foreign beasts okay how can it be considered cheating subai laughed no way y ya shook her head ously and frantically in that case it's completely unfair it won't count the if you just move your mind a

ll the black hands will be dead how can I compete with you it's totally like open a you have to use your sword as well to compete with me on who kills faster it's only fair fine fine just need to use the sword to kill them all more than you counted as me winning right subai paused for a moment and pondered yel pondered over the skills that sha had written for her to see earlier and then not noted her head aha as long as you don't use that skill that instantly kills him in seconds and the one tha

t just turns into a dragon use only your sword and join me to kill the foreign beasts underneath and whoever kills faster than the one who kills more foreign beasts then will be considered the winner okay okay I know it's good to hold a subai revealed a bad smile and made an okay gesture with his paw seeing the smile y ya seemed to have an ominous premonition but after thinking about it it seems that white doesn't have any control skills and she knows the law of Illusion she does Spike skill has

been disabled if you kill a hand with a sword alone white shouldn't be able to catch any loopholes right well this time it should be a solid win and white surely doesn't know how skillfully I'm utilizing my sword it's time for white to experience the frustration of defeat it's not good to be too Heavenly all the way up like this all the time it had to be a bit of a shock to White and then maybe certain things would have to come as a surprise in order to not take it too well yio thought prettily

in her heart but he didn't noticed that the corner of Subi's mouth on the side was already harder to suppress than AK he could only say that yeya was ultimately less skilled and probably couldn't even imagine that he would gain other skills from upgrading haaha after all he's still skilled one person and one Dragon just like this were calculating each other in their minds Jong Chan is listening to a face of confusion but also have some understanding young bets normal better look at the horde of

Fay in the distance familiars first let them familiarize themselves with the techniques of fighting against the alien beasts in advance and in this kind of case they could still have him watching over them so as not to put their lives in danger there would be no time to worry about that if we went up to the Stars by then Jang Chan looked at the distant sky and lamented in his heart and at that moment there was a staccato of footsteps from the side subai and yio and Jang Chan turned their heads

to look it was a youth and a middle-aged man both of them had Smiles piled up on their faces and the youth came up and clasped his fists in gratitude thanks to the two seniors who just lent a helping hand to assist me otherwise I'm afraid my father would have died in the hands of the foreign beasts hey there's no need to thank if you do just thank shiai he's the one who saved you guys junin smiled and pointed at subai on yij Ya's shoulder the youth then froze looking at the unknown Imperial beas

t on that shoulder still smalll looking and although I didn't know what the senior meant by that since the other party had said so the youth also had the good sense to immediately pay a smile and clasped his hands in congratulations thank you Imperial Beast seniors for saving my father little brother is too grateful to return the favor I will set up a banquet later to thank you seniors for your help well not bad not bad remember to get more meat on top of the banquet when the time comes subai no

dded with satisfaction that's still a pretty good attitude and talking a good game which isn't much more normal than some fictional Rich villain hearing the other party speak inexplicably and understandably the youth's face also changed slightly and the middle-aged man on the side also completely understood at this moment showing a smile to take over the words all right Lord Imperial Beast we'll go set up a banquet to reward you you've worked hard here to help carry off these Beast Tides I'll ha

ve the people downstairs prepare some good meat later on you guys remember to eat more so that you can replenish your strength don't be afraid of not having enough meat our H Chang a the last thing we need is meat whom go down let's play quietly here for a while let the people below practice first then we'll settle the Beast tide subai waved his paw and said the middle-aged man immediately nodded his head and smiled all right it's all right to let everyone practice a little more practice as long

as you want don't care with that the middle-aged man smiled and led the youth down the field became quiet again subai also scratched his head and said finally gone again the world has become quiet again let's just be quiet and watch them stranded down there to fight it out haaha it's fine just watch for a little while longer and we'll both go down to compete yio said she set her eyes on the bottom at this point she was judging what type of Fay were down there more in the past few days she had p

assed through Jang Chan's laws of Illusion and had practiced in real Combat against many of the foreign beasts the one that goes straight to the weaknesses of all types of foreign beasts the one that can kill them in one blow and doesn't need to be mended after all although the realm of the fade beasts was relatively small if one were to take a sword and cut it it would still easily require a mending to completely kill it when the time comes she'll just look for more of that type of F be crazy a

nd brainless and find a weak spot to kill the other in one hit and she'll be okay in that case the speed was definitely faster than seia who would never have thought that there was this one trouble Yia covered her mouth and secretly snickered chapter 143 rattling the clouds the ancient dragon language was at first powerful half a day passed during this time subai and yio and Jang Chan stood on top of the city wall in boredom looking at the group of Living Treasures underneath fighting all sorts

of alien beasts without stopping although there were only 19 of them they were indeed all skillful and from the beginning when they couldn't cope with them at all they slowly became able to cope with them all subai and Jang Chen only needed to be on the side constantly assisting if they couldn't hold out over there they would just hand over their skills to help and with one move a large swath of the Fay would simply die yio who was watching could not help but smack her lips and sigh Darkly fortu

nately she had just thought of it herself little white would possess this kind of Spike type skill if you were actually in a match solo white would use this skill to directly kill all the Fay in seconds then she'd really have her work cut out for her and after playing half a day Jang Chen and subai were also clearly able to see that the group of college students Below had begun to gradually become a bit tepid and physically exhausted when he took his weapon to slash those foreign beasts it wasn'

t as crisp and strong as before it all went slowly into limpness and only their Imperial beasts hadn't yet been born with too much spiritual intelligence thinking that their masters were threatened in in a desperate attempt to fight off these charging beasts with all their might seeing this jungin looked to subai who was on the side and reminded him oi don't get distracted they're about to be unable to resist the next thing is up to you and girl y ya don't screw up then and let these foreign bea

sts break down the door as soon as Jang Chen's words came out subai hadn't said anything yet Yia then had stretched out excitedly took out two swords from the Imperial Beast space one directly threw it to subai along with a ring said finally they're all tired are we going to start come on I can't wait it's time for these damn infected zenos to plunge into death and then under sub's gaze that somewhat wanted to laugh yio excitedly jumped straight down from the city in a single horse wanting to be

the first to kill some of the foreign beasts so that he could kill them faster than seai they had discussed earlier just now that the ring was used to collect the corpses of the killed alien beasts so that when the time came to kill it would be good to liquidate them no one can renig head toad it's all about who kills more looking at the Slender figure that jumped down and swung her sword to cut down a figure that was filled with black Aura subai also nodded his head this sword skill is really

good every sword is deadly easily decimating them all much more reliable than that gang of college students saw that subai didn't jump off and was still on this review Jong Chen was also happy and couldn't help but remind shiai why don't you go down and join yea to kill these foreign beasts didn't you guys make a bet whoever kills morf in 20 minutes wins are you going to lose to her on purpose that's not good girls like to beat each other in a real fight not like this in fact if you do even if y

ou go down there and pretend to chop a few times subai rolled her eyes and wiggled her paws who's going to let her oh do let her let her play down there for a few minutes first and I'll go down and kill again later and then I'll only kill more than her and she'll only have The Secret of losing g g g hm aren't you not allowed to use Mental Spike skills you can only use your to kill them one by one how are you going to kill each other like that Jung Chan was puzzled suai ham and haod guess no gues

sing Jong Chen grunted turning his head to look at the crowd at the bottom again anyway Youk be casting it later it's not like I'm in a hurry well well well indeed subai looked down at the city and yio who was actively using her sword to keep killing all kinds of foreign beasts also shook his head and smiled too young ah girl Yi outside watched as she struggled to kill one in Ed one and in her heart she kept calculating how many she had killed and that's when she wanted to see how white was doin

g with the kill as a result when she turned her head inside the various piles of foreign beasts she unexpectedly couldn't see little White's figure where's the little white man y ya asked Shin Pang who was at the side while beheading the foreign Beast I don't da a I haven't paid attention to it it doesn't seem to be coming down Chen Pang was holding a double axe his eyes red like a bull Warrior frantically chopping the for beasts in front of him question mark Yia seemed to understand something l

ooked up towards the city wall and as a result she saw that dead Dragon lying on the city wall just looking at her and waved at her ye xia didn't know what this meant could it be that shabai had seen this alien Beast killing speed of hers and had just given up I don't think so isn't white usually quite stubborn is it possible that this time your conscience is so strong that you want to give yourself a massage that's why he deliberately let the water out like this not wanting to kill these foreig

n beasts instead they let themselves be killed which Yia took her sword and chopped down each of the foreign beasts that pounced up in front of her and she was also a little unsure how to face this measure of shiai how about killing yourself a little slower give white some hope he couldn't have been up there watching and not come down to help could he thinking about it yia's killing slowed down and her sword moves were mostly based on assisting helping other people's alien beasts to give a slash

to [ __ ] them allowing the other party to make a fatal blow to harvest it drew sincere smiles from the college students next to him thank you yio you're still weirdly nice Lou and on seeing that yio had been looking at herself and had slowed down subai also shook his head inside this [ __ ] is so unsettling thinking I'm really no match for her Jang Chen touched his mouth and smiled then why don't you hurry down and help finish this wave of foreign beasts first later we'll help see if there's a

ny demons hiding here in brilliance and help with that too by the way Roger no more talk 5 minutes on on the clock I'm going down there to end The Strife saying that subai flew down to the city and also flew into the middle of the group of foreign beasts Yeo saw that shiai had finally come down in order to prevent shiai from still hiding his backstory yio also immediately stopped pretending her face changed and she directly turned on the killing mode with the sword Dow domain fully open frantica

lly decimating all types of foreign beasts in this limited time this time it's a sure win for her and subai held his sword in his claws as he looked at the group of foreign beasts that wanted to pounce over Subi's face instantly condensed and his golden pupils flashed instantly then his mouth opened and his words resounded throughout the clouds like a Heavenly decree all fa stand at attention ancient dragon language command instructions chapter 144 cheer or cheer wave Yo's unwillingness the word

s rang out over here yio who had originally stabbed out a sword and killed another foreign beast and pocketed it and had some complacency about it after hearing what shabai said he also looked at shalai with a small puzzled face I wonder what white is up to and then she heckled the foreign beasts that had originally pounced on them wanting to kill each other at this moment suddenly did not move it's as if they'd gone rigid she didn't get what trick white was up to and with a calm face she probed

out a sword and decapitated the head of the beast in front of her the Beast next to it on the other hand saw the death of its kind but it did not react anymore and remain stiff then immediately afterward in gaa's dumbfounded eyes the the gang of f all rushed to stand on their own back two feet salute order commands another order from subai at this moment Not only was Zia dumbfounded but this group of beasts were also dumbfounded they didn't know why their own bodies uncontrollably stood upright

after hearing a voice commanding them to do so and why was the right paw still being raised slowly and uncontrollably inij Ya's shocked gaze the densely packed Army of foreign beasts before him there are wild boes Tig rhinos praying mantis snakes leopards rats elephants bears and more all unconsciously saluted this side of the wall pused standing on the ramp Parts Jang Chen who was originally happily opening a cup of coke and gulping it down at this moment the coke hadn't even had a chance to s

wallow it before he saw the scene again and couldn't help but spray it out cough cough cough cough cough junin placed his Coke on the wall fighting a cough as hard as he could trying to make himself as comfortable as possible then rubbing his eyes with his right hand he looked at the blackened beasts in front of him after hearing the order given by subai surprisingly they all really did show each other how hard they were trying to keep their bodies upright and salute towards the side the scene i

s just Nifty Jong Chen was really getting harder and harder to strain the more he looked the same is true of the people at the bottom after all they were the ones closest to the gang of Fay and this feeling of direct impact was even more exaggerated the terrifying beasts that originally wanted to fight you to the death and tear you apart actually stood up and saluted you at this moment it's hard to overstate the impact this image makes yiel looked at the bare Fay beast in front of her that salut

ed her with an expression that seemed to be serious there are also some whole won't anymore a bunch of alien beasts sheld the salute a look of respect she was embarrassed to kill all then Yia turned her head to look at little white who was puzzled white what are you doing this for aren't we using swords to compare who can kill faster it won't work if you do it doesn't count as your kill you have to handle them with your sword and kill them all with it to win aha I know ah I definitely know subai

nodded then raising the sword in his right hand with his claws he turned to the Fay all the foreign beasts threw and threw line up and come under my sword to give death the short sentence resounded like five Thunderbolts all the foreign beasts were at this moment fell silent then it began to start with the nearest foreign Beast to subai taking the initiative to approach the sword with its own neck in an active wipe okay dead subai looked at the forign Beast that had actively sliced off its own

head on its own and put the body away in his ring Then followed by the next Fay Beast who already couldn't wait to come over and line up as excited as if they were about to go to heaven to meet Buddha and God just like that sub's right hand held the sword and he was posing there with a straight face a bunch of foreign beasts at the sight of the sword as if they had seen an absolute Beauty rushed over and kept lining up to commit suicide extremely fast and all used the weakest part of their body

to crash into it easily annihilated basically a fay kills it self in 2 or 3 seconds because they were all cutting themselves subai sword didn't have anywhere and tear and he could still easily kill all of these foreign beasts then it was easily put inside the spatial ring by subai when yo who was on the side saw this scene her entire sarabellum shriveled up she raised her somewhat slightly trembling hand in disbelief you you little white you're playing like this aren't you making these foreign b

easts directly commit suicide through and through this is too outrageous subai held up his sword for a second into a foreign beast and after skillfully incoming the space he turned his head to Yo and said doubtfully there's nothing wrong with this I all but killed them with my sword I didn't directly blast them to Pieces ah this shouldn't be considered open right question mark yio had a question mark on her face she was infuriated and laughed as she nodded her head repeatedly okay okay Shia by y

ou're playing like that right it looks like I'm going to have to exert my full strength as well then let's see if it's faster to see them kill themselves or me kill after saying that yio unfolded the laws of the sword da firing on all cylinders one sword and one foreign Beast entering a frenzy killing mode and because it was has been sub's ancient dragon language locking down the manipulation queuing up to cause the current foreign Beast didn't have any resistance movements instead it made Yia b

etter at killing it but compared to one by one the subai who only needs to deliver heads in a second Yo's speed was still much slower but in order to prevent yio before before she had already killed a very large number of foreign beasts and had enough cards the post-race Sprint session could be even more ferocious now it might actually be possible that he couldn't match xia's speed of killing foreign beasts so subai took a rare stride of his tail and then continued to order all of the Fay are st

anding upright standing in a straight line all of them in a straight line and their heads Must ALL remain in a straight line as well without the slightest deviation allowed command instructions brush up in an instant the Imperial beasts that had been lining up instantly began to measure the position of the heads of the other Fay in front of them the then plant your own head in the same position seeing this scene subai faintly smiled and while yio had not yet reacted he directly raised the sword

in his right hand and the entire Dragon lined up on the overall left side of this one alien BEAST's hordes and then it directly charged violently put in a Flash the sound of blood veins flowing continuously resounded on this line and the heads of all the foreign beasts flew up then it instantly disappeared into the air to be pocketed by subai who had already swam the dragon and flew fast when yea saw this scene she was completely dumbfounded and desperate knowing that at this moment in time her

speed was no longer comparable to that of shiai chapter 145 willingness to gamble wrong City Lord after 5 minutes the game was completely over yel was already sweating profusely as she put away her own sword and quietly watched Shelby's performance she counted well almost a dozen heads a second flying at a really fast rate at this speed even if she used the laws of light she probably wouldn't be able to keep up the moment the countdown ends snap subai smiled slightly and stopped then slowly Rose

into the sky snapping his fingers with his claws in an instant all of the alien beasts that stood in an orderly line on the ground fell to their deaths there was no resistance left and the field was suddenly littered with corpses not a single living creature subai looked up at the scene and couldn't help but feel a surge of physical and mental pleasure all the foreign beasts that were still coming out of the forest in a steady stream were all plunged into death and the remaining unconscious bea

sts that were still running out of the forest blindly and ignorantly and then also died instantly and violently only some of the big guys remained remnants of some sanity and intelligence left the existence and silently left but doomed most of the alien beasts in this Forest will fall into death today through and through humans haven't had to pay a single penny for it how about it how about it am I bullish subai flew from the air to yia's head with a SMUD look on his face even though Yia wanted

to punch shabai in the face she couldn't help but not slightly not bad this skill of yours is indeed handsome it directly kills the whole field in seconds they don't have any resistance left I see that all of them fall to the ground within 2 or 3 seconds must you don't look at who I am can only say that these small foreign beasts simply completely are easy to take only I don't want the game to end so quickly subai laughed after all it's kind of the first time I've seen this kind of Beast tide ho

rde there's some unseen feeling can't help but want to see more hahahahaha you actually know the word unseen Yia covered her mouth and laughed lightly lamenting along with it indeed from the day I summoned you until now I still have a feeling like a dream at that time I really can't imagine you don't know what the name of the Imperial beast in just one month's time it took me from a mediocre ordinary person to reach the current realm of totem quasi Gods under one person and above 10,000 people i

nside this mass of black pressure with tens of thousands or even hundreds of thousands of alien beasts Army seven in and seven out will easily kill it in seconds unla low key low key subai waved his hand normal operation you also know ordinary people can't learn this operation of mine I'm not a normal beasto he he he he he yes you are the best shall buy and the best shall buy yea smiled like a flower and laughed from the bottom of her heart at this time AUST of wind involuntarily blw unconscious

ly ruffling yia's long hair behind you is the forest and The View in front of you is the beauty with her long hair flowing with the smile subai couldn't help but be a bit dumbfounded by the whole sight for a moment under yia's puzzled gaze that came over subai nodded and forced himself to say a hem don't think you can seduce me with the beauty trick you still lose don't forget to massage for an hour then oh it's been a long time since I've done it I'm exhausted yes yes yes received Lord shall bu

slave girl is willing to gamble and accept defeat go back and immediately range for you yea rolled her eyes and laughed okay okay subai gave an okay gesture and then seeing that the one man and the Beast had chatted pretty much Jang Chan also jumped down from the city wall at this time and said with his hands clasped in front of himall right all right you two stop talking don't you think it's weird to talk in this pile of corpses of a group of alien beasts let's go back to the city first we'll

talk when we get back to the city ye ya nodded with approval indeed let's go we'd better go back this stepping on a bunch of corpses and chatting is also indeed a bit scary haaha I'm okay subai laughed Yia rolled her eyes as she walked back with Jang Chen nonsense you're flying in the sky of course you can't feel it it would be a miracle if you could ug hey the two people in one Beast just like this walked to the city gate and at this moment The City Gate as if it had a sense was also automatica

lly wide open for several people to enter the moment he saw yio and Jang Chan and subai return the moment the college students who were already resting on the city and had already watched the battle ran down from the city wall with an excited face Jang schwanger ran straight to the front patting suai belts back and saying excitedly crap Shia you kid can't see just now also quite good at pretending ah actually have can let all the foreign beasts through to listen to your orders of the skill simpl

y is a Divine skill a those few people behind them also said in succession yeah C he I have to say that time when a bunch of fa stood up and stood at attention and saluted my sarabellum shriveled up it was just like our military training it was so abstract I had to die laughing hahahaha plus one I have to say that scene really rocked off white this ability is simply absolute complete group control skills the if we were allowed to go down and chop at that time we'd really properly chop and I can'

t even imagine how awesome it would be to cut a watermelon one by one with that kind of knife coward I dare to think that we won't know if we try it when the next Beast tide is descending on us it can be anyway we'll be relying on little white for this month or two and we'll definitely have another chance to come together to face the Beast Tied by then so I hope that little white will let us have a good time by then as well ha no problem no problem arrange through and through it's just a small m

atter subai was also quite comfortable and with a wave of his claws he dominated yeah yeah there was an excited Roar from the college students Jong schwanger also said with a look of anticipation crap really think about it when the time comes for my Overlord Hammer to become bigger and slam down with a hammer that feeling is the same as smashing a gopher don't be too comfortable and everyone was still chatting excitedly the original middle-aged man also also also once appeared and the back is al

so followed by the original that youth follow up to see long only this time the blood splattered on the middle-aged man's clothes had all but disappeared the blood that had stuck to his face was also all cleaned off so it was evident that he had come over in a different outfit and the middle-aged man also arched his fist and smiled at this moment thank you all for coming to to my Hang to support me this time first introduce myself I'm Jo Shen the Lord of hang you guys can just call me shaen you

don't have to be polite and at this time on the side of the youth is also followed arching his hand toward the direction of the city all of you are invited dinner is already being prepared everyone can just hang out and wander around for a while and all food and drink will be paid for by my father the city Lord yes everyone feel free to play here feel free to eat and I'll pay for everything the middle-aged man smiled and nodded his head while handing out a card each of these has an amount of 1 0

0 million not much I hope you all can give shaen a face to smile at so that shaen can show the Friendship of the city Lord at this time Jang chin also turned his head to look at subai and shook his eyebrows at joen subai also understood for a second and immediately his eyes changed looking carefully at this city Lord who had been frantically pretending to be miserable before chapter 146 there must be a big demonic creature in the huge H City at this moment joen handed it to the college students

but he saw that they shook their heads and were indifferent take it why don't we all take it mister Jang Chen you're not making any sense it's just a small amount of money you have protected so many people in hang all this money is deserved take it consider it as selling my little brother a face Jung chin was also expressionless and didn't say a word his eyes were glancing at subai in a slightly waiting for the result of subai after looking out at a glance that this joen was a human being subai

surreptitiously turned his face toward Jang Chan again and shook his faucet slightly stiffly Jang Chan also understood for a second and immediately turned to a smile and said you're welcome you're welcome we're all family here in the dragon Kingdom helping each other out it's only right to have a little support you don't have to stuff us with money we still have that little bit of money when these words came out Joe xen was instantly anxious don't brother just take it or else my little brother w

ill feel uncomfortable all over as if there are millions of an crawling all over my body aha Jang Chan thought for a moment it just so happened that hu Chang's blood crystal stones hadn't been procured yet and there might not be much money left for them later so he nodded his head okay we'll take the card hey good Lou jian's face suddenly turned happy with a smile on his face directly handed Jun and 22 bank cards I wish you all a good time and good food here and come to the dinner party at 5:00

in the evening in the center of this city of Little Hen Shia xien will continue to have the house Keepers go and arrange for the best dishes and I'll make sure to treat all of you well in the evening eat and drink well aha go ahead Jang Chen nodded thus Joe Shen and the youth retreated in a frenzy Jun Chan was also issued one per person as usual subai received the card with an astonished face and looked at the bank card this time he nodded his head with real conviction this city Lord is really g

ood at what he does giving me a royal Beast to send one as well is something I didn't expect yel looked at the bank card in xai's hand and also couldn't help but sigh those who can be the city Lord are really all human he found out that you shall bu have a spirit and can talk and have been staying outside surprisingly he also made a special effort to send one to you a little something yes it is indeed okay before also shelled that intentionally do not open the gas barrier to block the blood inte

ntionally miserable want to Bow Good Sense originally thought that it was that way the result is now not bad subai looked at this bank card in his hand and nodded repeatedly it's good to have a bank card turn around and we'll go and sell all the alien Beast meat in the ring space just the amount of those tens of thousands of alien beasts I reckon it's enough to sell a few million to tens of millions y ya nodded approvingly it can be I was just wondering why you directly collected all the corpses

of all the foreign beasts so there is still this subai said with a proud face you think I will also make money okay this is not easily tens of millions of dollars to hand well well well little white is awesome yio said super also scratched his chin with a claw alas just don't know how to spend these tens of millions of dollars when they arrive having a national package is cool the college students on the sidelines were listening to the clouds only Jang schwanger looked at the bank card in her h

and and smiled mysteriously she was going to wait and buy some blood crystal stones back at her own expense and give them to little white and sister Yia when the time came after the purification is complete having them share half of their blood crystals is enough well that's it Jung schwanger said in her heart snap Jung chin also clapped his hands at this time causing everyone's attention to be on him well you've each got your million dollars so go ahead and have some fun a little longer in the

city and after all we're late or early it's only almost just 11:00 in the morning so you can just wander around and then take a million dollars and eat and drink and then meet here at night by the way you guys must not forget to pinch the button in your hands at all times and when something happens just press it and I'll be on my way to your site as soon as possible well end of adjournment I've got things to do and I'm going to be out for a bit by the time things are done Jung Chen announced the

end and the college students cheered okay copy that instructor Jung Chen we'll be right there yeah finally I can play hard and take a break I'm suffocating after so many days in the training camp I must eat and play hard long live the instructor we'll be right there when we get out don't worry we'll never mess you up Yeo and subai on the other hand had a bitter look on their faces as they knew what the matter Jang chin was talking about was it was nothing more than sweeping the entire city of H

ua for all the Demonic creatures so as not to jeopardize the city of hu subai was indeed quite willing to do this but it had to be said that it was also really quite tiring to do this but it can't be helped with great power comes great responsibility subai shook his head and smiled then looked at Jong Chen all right let's go let's go catch the demons aha gaggo have you detected it yet Jang Chan asked subai laughed that's not true I haven't started testing yet but there's no need to think about i

t ah this city is also quite big there must be magical creatures saying that Subi's golden pupil flashed and then the light in all directions was aided by him a wave of energy generally formed probing the entire city after 5 Seconds subai snapped his eyes open with a hint of shock in his eyes what's wrong little white did you find it Yi ya inquired from the side jongchan also revealed a no need to think definitely found it looking at Shalla bu it seems that the other party's realm is very high t

hat's right after all Wang is still relatively big and a slightly more important city it's quite normal for there to be highlevel demons hiding here should I go call by phone over no no no no need to call subai shook his head it's not about whether the demons are strong or not it's about the fact that demons don't even exist in this Watchung chapter 147 discussion the great Abyssal conspiracy what demons don't exist here upon hearing the answer Jang Chen froze and his originally smiling expressi

on instantly tensed up the he first laid a layer of Illusion laws in a circle around the two men and the Beast then said with a frown on his face it shouldn't be even the tiny Jang Chang has lais H Chang which is quite large in scope it's reasonable to say that there are definitely Abyss lais here how come none of them can be found subai floated in the air scratching his chin with his claw over and over shaking his head I don't know to be honest I don't believe there are no demons in h city eith

er but there's no way around it it's been surveyed two or three times already I'm pretty sure of myself there's just no sign of any demons here now the demons all seem to have run away and disappeared none of the Demons stayed in way Zone what the hell is that to be able to cause such a huge Beast tide means that there's definitely someone behind the scenes it's impossible for the entire H City to be free of demonic Abyssal invasions it's definitely because of whatever reason that they retreated

early Jang Chan's brows remained furrowed as he fell into deep thought and muttered and it shouldn't be possible to see us coming to wash t a either before you left didn't you also scouted the magic capital and there are no demons or people from the abyss who dare to step in so how did the other side get hold of our information subai also pondered for a while and after a moment of silence he said do you think there is a possibility that there is a traitor the traitor sold us out as the words fe

ll yio immediately looked at subai with a shocked gaze then thought for a moment I don't think so if it's a traitor aren't you able to tell if he possesses a black Aura on his body Shia by if there's no black Aura then it's assumed that he's not a traitor and since the entire city is free of demons and abysal then it's assumed that some other traitor proclaimed it and should be gone by now subai nodded slightly and said indeed there should be a traitor except that this traitor should not at pres

ent be staying in the city of w rather he ran away directly in advance of receiving the news and called on all his brothers to to then it's actually pretty easy to probe out just need to know who received the message that it's us coming for support and then one by one we'll know who's the traitor with that subai turned his head to look at Jang Chen hey Jong Chen the information that we came over to support hu City who in h City knows about it it shouldn't be that many people know about it speaki

ng of this Jong Chan came to his senses with a look of realization it is indeed possible that there are traitors and as I recall news of support usually tends to notify just one person the Lord of Huang both parties have a separate phone number that can be dialed no matter what the environment is so you can avoid messages being intercepted and stuff and it's possible that he's not a traitor yet and is doing a quest that allows him to enter the abyss and only when the quest is complete will he ga

in the cultivation of the Abyssal stinging fish and only then will he have a dark Aura implied on his body subai nodded then nudged his paw at the non-existent cobblestones on his nose then the case is solved most of it is probably this H city city Lord joen directing himself right now he probably still thinks that we don't know this information and then prepares to Ambush us that shouldn't be Jong Chen shook his head and continued to ponder under normal circumstances if you generally want to jo

in the abyss you do need to do something rather inhumane for ordinary people to accept after joining in this way the abyss will be able to grab hold of you even if you've raised your cultivation level by then find a way to be the kind of person that special escapes their modifications and they'll use that handle two to get you into the hell of a and if joen wanted to join the abyss then his realm would be to kill us but his cultivation is only at the peak of the hegemony realm so the two of us w

ould kill him like a bug he doesn't have the guts he knows how big the difference in Realms is whom like this subbi treed his chin with his paw then is it possible that he could use the food skill did you remember just now that he kept bringing up the food thing kept inviting us to his dinner parties even come up with this price of $1 million for one person so that we can play and watching for a while longer so that it's too embarrassing to refuse his request under normal circumstances wouldn't

it be to support and then go back to your respective homes and parents so his motivation is twofold first he's simply trying to Curry favor with us then the second word would be to poison the food on top of the dinner party to make us all faint and even lose our cultivation before wiping us all out all the time saying that subai waved his paw now that the two hadn't reacted and continued this is the only reason we can think of at the moment anyway whatever realm the other side sends over now is

useless under our two totem paragod Realms the abyss side couldn't summon the myth realm to descend to the blue star after all unless a large number of blood sacrifices were utilized and that had to have a lot of existences possessing demonic Aura on the scene to begin with the and since we were able to detect the presence of the other side it's bound to be unlikely that they'll use the blood stain trick so it's the only way it could be well shabai is Right yio Said this matter can't be taken li

ghtly it's it's fine to be a little Vigilant sometimes although I don't know if the abyss has its eyes on us but we've always been a thorn in the sight of the abyss and something has to be done just in case we get hit speaking of this Jong Chan also slowly nodded his head and said there is indeed this possibility if that's the case everything can be sorted out about the fact that there aren't any demons or Abyssal in hang I guess it's just white the video of us going together a few days ago to k

ill all the demons in the Magic City has already made the abyss aware of it even they might have deduced that it was you who did it that's why they knew that the moment all of us came to H City for support this Joe xen reported upwards and immediately had all the demons evacuate H City chapter 148 conspiracy forced in forced in and I reckon that if we weren't the ones who came this time maybe this Mega level Beast tide would only attract other totem paragod Realms to come and help out at that ti

me in this realm of totem transmigration if we don't know the real situation we might really need danger and be directly surrounded heavily by those demons and people from the abyss and then be SE them together the by then I'm afraid the dragon Kingdom will have lost another great General when Jang Chen finished speaking subai nodded in agreement indeed when you say that instantly I'm insecure again do you think it's possible that the other side might drop their cups as a sign when the time come

s and then they'll just send all the demons flying this way to encircle us to death his maybe this does have to be a good defense Jang Chen nodded Yia just listened to the heated discussion between one person and one beast and also summarized the D so then please Jang chin senior call General by F over hide in the shadows and make some preparations anyway when the time comes it'll only be a waste of 10 minutes or so after all if this joen really wants to kill us here then his one person hegemony

realm is definitely not enough and if the other side is a fish out of water it's only possible that many existences of the totem paragod realm are being dispatched over in droves then at that time the three of us definitely won't be able to cope aha with a fur I face Jun Chen took out his cell phone and said I'm going to make a call Grandma I don't believe that this Joe xen isn't a traitor Wang is such a huge City it's definitely because he tipped them off in advance that's why all the demons r

an away you guys wait here for a while wait for me to finish the phone call and remove the barrier of the illusionary law before you leave or else it won't be good if the content of the phone call is heard by others by then it's fine I'll just directly rearrange one for you subai casually waved his hand an illusionary law that belonged exclusively to Jung Chen's face was summoned looking in front of him at the unfamiliar laws of Illusion Jung Chen was a bit stunned and looked up only to see Sue

by waving at him cheer up see you tonight and then it disappeared into the illusionary law he had originally set up this little guy really is forgetting that he has this freak ability junan held his forehead and laughed bitterly then dialed the number in his hand and put it to his ear hello on a lawn in another city 5 0000 km away from hang a man in a black cloak with a side in his hand answered the phone in his hand Hey Joe Shen how did it go did the gang stay and eat at your side on the other

end of the phone there was an excited voice ai ai my Lord you can rest assured that I do my work they have already agreed to stay and eat here in the small one and are also very happy to one of them a totem paragod realm person even said for me to prepare more meat and ruthlessly eat more of it then haahahaha oh there's still this the corers of the cloaked man's mouth curled into a smile joen nodded his head inside the phone yes as true when the time comes I will definitely use the meat you guys

gave me my Lord to give them a hard time well well well you've done a good job if this mission is successfully completed I'll let you join the abyss the cloaked man nodded slightly tell me what their configuration is like and how the Realms are distributed speaking of this joen also laughed disdainfully hey nothing it's just that I guess they've arranged the heaven Pride training camp for a bunch of geniuses without any combat experience to come over and accumulate Real World Training to you it

's all a bunch of Overlord realm kids and only three of them are in the totem paragon's realm one at the peak and two at the early stages hearing the configuration the cloaked man nodded with a satisfied smile just one totem quasi god realm good then in that case prepare yourself when the time comes and when they're done with the meat you just need to dial this number of mine again I'll reach your location immediately and remember I have your wife and daughter and if I find out you're the mole y

ou'll never see them again ai ai don't worry I'll make sure that I'll make sure that all of them eat their meat so that you my lord can come directly over at that time and pinch them to death with ease Joe xen said with a smile on his face to doou the cloaked man hung up the phone glanced at the Blue Sky and then looked up at the several Brothers next to him and laughed prepare to start it's time to go on a killing spree with the help of the extreme Shadow plan this time we'll definitely be able

to instantly arrive at H City and kill that gang through and through a Burly looking man also said prettily that's great it's a good thing we've been working on the blood Crystal plan for a long time now and have been very willing to Pike right in so it looks like yesterday's huge wave of beasts worked out pretty well it's too easy to catch such a big fish so that the higher-ups will give us a bigger reward even a place to go to the outer space to break through the Mythic realm as if it's for n

othing don't worry boss we'll definitely let you have it letun make you the first realm of myth for the people among us the cloak man also smiled slightly and looked towards his brothers who were all sitting on the ground emitting a terrifying Aura and said don't worry when the time comes for me to step into the Mythic realm none of you Brothers will be left behind and I will definitely live up to your expectations and let you all step into the Divine stage I all Brothers swear to serve to the d

eath the crowd all stood up after hearing this placing their right hands on their chests with serious Expressions by the way Big Brother are we really going to to let the watching City Lord join the abyss when the time comes the Stout man asked the cloaked man laughed softly join the abyss are you kidding me of course I'm going to let him be buried with the gang after killing that gang if he's still alive then naturally the identity of H city city Lord doesn't even need to be thought of and then

there's no Capital to join the abyss chapter 149 poison meat had to eat night the reddish Sunset illuminated the entire cloudy sky and the Black Knight slowly descended a large Dark Cloud was gradually approaching hang making the already gloomy hang become more and more shadowy and bloomy it was clouded with a haze as if there was some kind of conspiracy approaching at a specially prepared table in a hotel box looking at the bank card in his hand which originally only had a denomination of one

million he already possessed almost more than $100 million subai couldn't help but burst out in joy as well he really didn't expect that these Commander realm Monarch's realm overlord's realm and F Beast meat would sell so well and it's still going for so much tens of thousands of heads sold for hundreds of millions of dollars outright and they were met with a frenzied Rush of merchants in the end they were all wrapped up directly by a big boss for the price of one bite if it wasn't subai would

have no interest in money now and wouldn't bother to negotiate the price he reckoned it would fetch at least another $120 million $30 million or more straight up hemp no wonder they all said that making money is an imperial Beast Master the higher the realm the less you see money with this rate of gold striking no other method has been thought of that but it's enough to have this High realm to the Beast tide side of the station playing an hour or two is estimated to be tens of millions of hands

it's simply not too efficient subai thought cheerfully yel also saw what shiai was giggling about with his bank card and she couldn't help but roll her eyes all right SCA byby don't giggle it's time to eat soon didn't you say you wanted to eat more this time oh oh that must be eaten a little more a eat more meat eat more to be healthy spend 10 minutes in the morning to kill all those foreign beasts really tired me must make up for it subai looked at the meat dishes that had already come up one a

fter another and nodded seriously I have to say this y Shen knows what he's doing and the first wave of dishes that opened the table surprisingly all the meat dishes served haven't been duplicated yet something something seems to have taken my words to Heart yo covered her mouth and laughed lightly that's for sure after all we still have to please us saying that y x ya seemed to have thought of something and also casually set up an illusionary space that would be able to accommodate him in littl

e white and then quietly he leaned over to whisper into White's ear say Shia do you want to see if there's anything wrong with this meat I feel that if the other party is really wrong there's a possibility that they'll put poison into this Wine and Food make us lose the ability to utilize our cultivation and then in one Fell Swoop call for reinforcements to come and wipe us out listening to the sound of ears crunching and some warmth coming from the sub I also pushed Yia to keep the other party

from getting close to his ears and helplessly said it's fine don't worry so much we are all already in the realm of totem quasi gods and everyone present also possesses cultivation through and through we won't have our cultivation sealed by these so-called things at most we'll just close off a little bit of our cultivation yo sat back to her original position and said vigilantly no way it's better to be careful I feel that it's better for us to eat less hey it's okay I've seen it and there's jus

t some blood crystals on top of the meat and it's still relatively small hidden in the depths making it hard to see with the naked eye when eaten it also goes into one's stomach along with the meat I don't know what effect it's going to have but I think there should be some kind of trigger condition for this black gas that won't explode the first time otherwise at the first moment of noticing it this Joe Shin's dog's head would probably be chopped off subai had already picked up a piece of meat

with his Chopsticks and looked at it before eating it and chewing just remember to eat less or don't eat at all not to mention the black Chi contained on top of this kind of meat and it doesn't matter even if you eat it have you forgotten that my skill can purify this black Chi you've got to feel free to eat it don't get to the point where you don't eat it at all and it'll just make a feudal mess after subai finished speaking Yia nodded her head in agreement and picked up the Chopsticks in her h

and making a snapping sound of bamboo chopsticks crashing in the air okay I get it so I'm going to go on a killing spree then the two eaters who had completely put their minds at ease began to eat at the table Jang schwanger was okay she already knew that this man and Beast had a very large appetite and it was still normal to eat like this but it was Jung Chen who was looking on the side who was dumbfounded no big sis and big brother didn't you guys say you're going to be on the defensive the ma

in goal of the other side is to kill you even if General bong is right next to you holding his breath and hiding you guys don't have to eat like this in a frenzy do you in case they put poison in it won't you guys just become a liability without any cultivation then Jong Chan has heard of it there is an extremely horrible meat in the abyss that after eating it it could cause anyone below the Mythic realm to be poisoned in droves temporarily losing their cultivation for a period of time the more

you eat the longer you lose your realm subai and yia's eating was really too much right however Jung Chan's eyes rolled actually subai a very cautious little Imperial Beast dared to eat so boldly this time then presumably there was a way to defend against it so he shouldn't have to worry about it thinking of this J Chan also fought with one person and one Dragon scrambling for the meat on the table and began to Feast on it Jo Shen on the other hand ate his meat in the same manner looking at the

three totem paragon's realm people all gulping down the meat he had prepared his face looked like a colorful old chrysanthemum eat eat eat more so that we can send you on your way when it's time next year's day will be the anniversary of your death at that time I will step into the abyss step into the realm of the totem and be reborn Joe xen thought prettily in his heart and then seeing that the two men and the Beast ate so quickly then the medicine should have kicked in right away as well thus

Joe xen put his hand into his pants and silently tapped the dialing number button on the top of his cell phone chapter 150 strong enemies descend six great protectors wiping the fine sweat slightly secreted on his forehead with his left hand Joe Shen's right hand also quietly groped its way out of his pocket at the same time his eyes were constantly watching the movements of the two men in the Beast fearing that the other party would make the slightest movement in real I his movements seeing tha

t they didn't react in any way they were still munching on the meat Joe Shen's heart also took a slight breath after all it was not the time for the medicine to take effect if he let the other party notice that something was wrong then it was estimated that his little life would be directly in Jeopardy at that time let's not talk about advancing to the abyss and breaking through to a higher realm I'm afraid I'll lose even my nine Clans and in the next second a sentence lightly reached Joe Shin's

ears what did you just put your hand in your pants to mess with City Lord Joe Joe xien immediately felt a chill go straight to his head as he watched the people around him Place their eyes on his body especially since that Imperial Beast also had Jang Chen the two totem paragod Realms watching it gives you the feeling that your heart is going to stick out after cursing the hell out of him Jo xen calmed himself down with his strong determination and he was also hardened allowing his face to sque

eze out a smile nothing it's just that there was a sudden WeChat ring on my cell phone and I was going to take it out and reply to the message that but I sudden ly remembered this is during dinner it's not easy for all of you to come and save my hang and it's also made sha xian's whole house fluffy and I'm not supposed to be on my cell phone at a time like this distracting my mind isn't that obviously a big no no I should be honestly concentrating on my meal so I just pulled my hand back again J

oe xen said louder and louder somewhat impassioned and the smile on his face was getting brighter and brighter well I thought you were rewarding it this habit is not good oh chin Pang said with a smile yes yes you are right to teach me a lesson next time I will definitely focus on eating Jo xen hurriedly compensated with a smile but the anger in his heart had grown stronger Joe Shin swore that after the people around the abyss finished killing those three totem quasi god Realms he was going to m

ake this jokester pay dearly and as joen entered fantasy time subai and yo and Jun Chen the three of them were also hinting at each other with their eyes they understand that the other side is preparing to make a move and the deed of striking so that those of the Abyss hundreds even thousands of miles away the the reason for rushing over presumably by putting his hand inside his pants and dialing his cell phone was to send fetch messages to the other side letting the other party know that their

group had already eaten this black gas poison meat would soon leave them without any countermeasures it's already ready to be taken down straight away looking at the other party's smile Jong Chen was kind of tempted to punch him in the face but still he held back the thought and raised an eyebrow at subai then at Joe Shen subai also understood in a second knowing that the other party wanted to ask when he would take Joe Shen down in one Fell Swoop he first sensed his surroundings and this withou

t sensing it did indeed make him instantly energized at this moment six extremely fast black G were racing towards this place almost dozens of miles per second originally his senses were within 1,000 Mi of the and now these six black oras are only 800 M away from him even in this shifting period of time 600 mil had been reached subai made a snap decision and immediately slapped the table Jun Chen go Jun Chan also understood for a second and immediately pinched Joan's neck and at this moment Joe

xen who still had a hint of a smile on the corner of his mouth immediately panicked and hurriedly said what does senior Jang Chen mean by this why did he suddenly move against me for no reason HF why did you do it to you you know very well in your own heart don't put aside here to pretend to be confused Jang Chen snorted coldly and Unleashed his ability leaving Joe xen without the slightest Poss possibility of being able to move now backtracking by the time to the organization inside to inform A

ll the known information it's still not too late the organization gives you a little chance otherwise by the time you are to execute the nine Clans there is no room for any resistance Joe Shen's fear in his heart also reached the extreme point at this moment and in order to save his life he immediately called out I I Surrender I will tell the state everything spare me hph be honest now tell me what exactly was the reason you put your hand on your pants at that time Jung Chen loosened his hard ha

nd and put down joen regardless of Joe Shen's frantic coughing he forced the question cough cough joen sat on the ground coughing hard and looking at Jang Chan staring straight at him in front of him he revealed an expression that was worse than crying brother I really didn't lie to you that time really I thought now in the dinner time so I didn't play the hand pH Joe Shen didn't even have time to say the word machine before a laser pierced right through his head at once his whole expression bec

ame dull and if he did not use his hands to support the ground he also slowly fell loose and finally the whole thing fell to the ground shooting out light subai slowly put his claws away what's the point of talking to him so much he's betrayed his country and you want him to be willing to give you information that he must have been playing [ __ ] with you thinking prettily that the abyss would arrive at once and kill us to save him hurry up and get ready those Abyssal bugs are 200 km away from u

s now saying that subai shot out 21 more lights Each of which descended on all the college students as well as Jang Chen it's not just the laws of light contained within that can remove the darkness there was also Subi's exclusive skill light increase which increased the entire attributes of this person being increased by 300% even if this person being increased summons the Imperial Beast the Imperial Beast will likewise have this buff attribute and after being buffed all the college students fe

lt physically and mentally happy and their entire bodies brightened up that was when they also reacted from the battle they had had just fought what happened this josian city Lord is from the abyss sounds like it this josian city Lord probably wanted to get us all killed here but I guess he was tracked down by shiai yio and instructor Jung Chen so go straight for the early kill crap listening to what siai just said the other party this is already about to arrive ah hey what are you afraid of the

re's still 200 km to go let's find a place to hide first it feels like it's going to be a god fight snap and just as these words came out the window of the special hotel box where the 20 or so people were staying was suddenly broken open with a large hole a silhouette drilled out of the window and entered the box at the head of them was a man wearing a cloak surrounded by and unable to see a black Aura and behind him hovered five various figures with evil Smiles the college student voice also ca

me to a screeching halt and became silent at this time the man who had already stepped into the box and was wearing a cloak noticed Joe Shen who had collapsed to the ground with a hole in his head he couldn't help but open his mouth with a small smile looks like you guys have already taken care of him for me so it's good that I don't have to go through some of the trouble of taking him out prepare to cherish this last part of your lives chapter 151 the end of the battle and so will your lives en

d prepare for death G as soon as these words fell the man in the cloak took out a black bag out of thin air and tried to release black Chi suddenly he felt an intense light emanating from before his eyes blinding him and it was accompanied by an intimidating pressure that combined the two to bind him in addition the same was true for the five brothers who instantly changed their faces he just wanted to break free and Ed their six brothers Masterpiece formation the one that could be resisted even

if the Godly Ming realm came the result was the feeling of a warm sensation coming from the top of his head several people fought the urge to peer to the side with their eyes to see what was going on as a result they saw that each of their brothers had a frozen spear stuck in their heads and it kept dripping warm blood and then it began to gradually lose its strength and they all fell to the ground in droves Realm of the Six Paths totem quasi god Pawn it's just such an extremely simple kill wit

h no skill realism or fancy stuff clean tsk tsk tsk [ __ ] how come these guys like it so much every time they make an appearance stranded here screaming all the time don't they know that villains tend to die from talking too much Sue by side as he clapped his paws and withdrew his laws of light and laws of time plus pressure this is great you die before you finish your lines right surprised surprised at this moment from the other roof ceiling of the Box Ione also climbed down from the roof bang

Ione jumped into the box through the window and looked at the six corpses under his feet he kicked a few people a bit and fearing for his life he took out six more I sealed Spears and stabbed them through the heart when he was sure there was no response he said with an indifferent expression well this time the matter is settled and I'm going back take your time explaining these people they're all good after saying that byone disappeared again cleanly and without any gossip or nonsense sense num

erous college students looking at the six bodies on the shattered glass and also on the ground were in deep thought what happened six Abyssal come and break the window then say some last words and die before a few seconds have passed and then the people are gone this is too soon for a while the crowd didn't know what to do you looked at me and I looked at you looking so overwhelmed see this is called professionalism too many words will only greet death Jong Chan do you see subai turned to Jong C

han and struggled to move the window with his mouth Jang Chen who also reacted at this time looked at subai with shocked eyes and said so it's you it's no wonder so you're him no wonder all the students don't have the light department the purification department and it's true that you're the only one Finally Found You subai was dumbfounded his brain in a state of contemplation what do you mean what are you talking about no no no cough cough it's a bit crowded right now I'll talk to you later Jon

g chin coughed twice to ease the embarrassment subai rolled his eyes breathlessly immediately afterward Jung Chen looked at the more flustered college students without changing his face and clapped his hands saying well as you can see this Lord of hang is from the abyss and was taking part in trying to get into the abyss he instigated a wave of beasts gathered us together in this hotel and then called six experts cultivating at the realm of the totem to come over wanting to eliminate us in one F

ell Swoop but we were prepared and now that they've been taken care of through and through everyone just just needs to go back to a normal dinner and a good night sleep tomorrow we can return and take the military credit for fending off the Beast tide having said that the college students then reacted with an excited Roar crap bull this is from the life and death over around over a fortunately there is Jung chin coachin there is also the help of the small white the big brother to call over to di

rectly solve the problem military Merit instructor Jung Chan is bullish I didn't expect to come out for a little bit of practice and mix military honors while lying down it's too good comfortable I knew this training camp wasn't in vain Invincible this can even get military honors chapter 152 the end of the battle and a moment of relaxation and with that the crowd sigh and looked at the bodies still bleeding on the ground they were also very sensible and after saying goodbye to subai Jang Chen w

ho was the leader of the several people the 18 famous college students quickly left the special box the scene of the crime ready to go back and have another good Feast four they knew that they who were supposed to be seniors and the Heavenly pride of on the scene only y ya subai and Jang Chan's father and daughter were instantly left looking at each other so shouldn't we pack up these seven corpses now subai said in silence for a moment breaking the stalemate Yia nodded approvingly and also look

ed at Jang Chen who was on the side and inquired yes senior Jang Chen now that actually H city city Lord and this group of people are dead and the matter is over so what should we do now pack up these bodies and clean up jongen let out a light laugh and said it's fine it doesn't matter if these few people die I'll make a call to that old thing the grand Elder Sue Wy later he'll have the election of a new H city city Lord reopened as for this now if you do someone special will come and clean up t

he body later so we don't have to worry about it so so that means we're just going to go straight now subai asked then pointed a finger at Joan's corpse what about him I don't care if the other six don't know their identities but this thing is a real animal shouldn't his just go ahead and execute the nine Clans Jong Chen nodded and said seriously well this one is bound to execute the nine Clans after all he himself has already had this idea and participated in the ceremony then it means that his

family and friends may also be compelled we S as a precaution we usually Kill Them All to alert the crowd and there will be special people to deal with them when the time comes so don't worry about it good good good then I'm relieved subai nodded with satisfaction at this time Jong schwanger looked at the blood on the ground and thinking of the hypocritical smile that Joe xen had revealed earlier she couldn't help but be disgusted as well these traitors are truly deserving of death why are ther

e so many traitors in the dragon Kingdom why is there so many traitors in the world for the sake of a little bit of Hope of the so-called elevation of cultivation they're just crazy enough to brutalize their own kind eat human blood be Reckless and have no regard for the world at all when the time comes that really the whole world's humanity is destroyed don't they realize that they won't Sur survive either Jun Chan also patiently explained to his daughter there's no need to be sad there are ove

r a billion people in the dragon Kingdom and billions around the world it's normal for there to be some scum not to mention this kind of H city city Lord likee in a high position but without much cultivation in order to want to quickly enhance the cultivation it is very easy to take this kind of crooked way slanting pass to a higher level the it's the focus of the abian compulsion in fact the main reason is also because they still hold a fluke in their heart thinking that they are the chosen one

thinking that it's okay for them to pledge their allegiance and when the time comes they can easily get out of their hands the but unbeknownst to him this had been the beginning of his descent into hell and then it got deeper and deeper and there was no chance of even trying to break free so finally he had to drop everything and start throwing his life away subai also said as he stuffed a piece of meat from the table into his mouth it's like this after all these people can't escape the words gr

eed and gambling they all want to gamble that they are the chosen one and can easily escape the control of the abyss and improve their cultivation in the end there was no way back and they became Reckless against the state and we not afraid of the sky Jung Chen nodded with emotion yeah that's why we've been trying to get rid of this kind of blue star [ __ ] once and for all all for all these years trying to bring them out together and decimate them all together the but helplessly this kind of bl

ack gas instrument is too difficult to detect and there is no Imperial Beast is specialized in this kind of can detect the black gas function saying that Jong Chan revealed a relieved smile and pointed his finger at subai so and you white my friend you're the real hero and since you can probe them everything's gone right now and this bunch of bugs from the abyss will probably be directly scared by you and Scatter in all directions not daring to hold the group at all with such a layer of your sak

e in not only the abyss will begin to scorn and some people in high positions will definitely receive the message and throw their weight around the in the future such actions of backstabbing one's own people will probably be much less frequent low profile low profile don't be so boastful brother is just a legend hearing Jang Chan's compliments sub's face couldn't stop being happy and his tail couldn't stop wagging the speed of eating meat in his hands couldn't help but increase Yia smiled like a

flower and looked at subai who was frantically eating meat and said white eat more and leave later haha this place is still weirdly creepy hahaha yeah a pile of corpses next to it by you can eat it the rice is also bullish enough Jong Chen said with a smile then used his Chopsticks to also clip a piece of beef on the table into his mouth but I have to say this special meat made by the people of the Abyss does have a little something to it it's especially delicious I guess they're just afraid th

at if we don't buy into this stuff they're probably going to cry to death if we don't eat it ha I feel the same way subai nodded then looked at the two young girls next to him you guys sit down and eat too it's fine anyway it's not like like the corpse is a big deal it hasn't given off a foul odor yet don't waste the good meat when the time comes I'll just go right along and purify all of you and be done with it the two women smiled at each other and also sat down on the chairs picked up Chopsti

cks and started eating the meat as for the seven corpses subai also used the law of Illusion in detail after seeing the two women sitting down making them hidden with that everyone happily ate the abyss version of the special meat chapter 153 the two great Gods residences are angered must be exec uted Universe in the middle of the distant and vast Starry Sky the Stars kept shining and the meteorites crashed into each other among them there were two plain looking ordinary planets that kept swingi

ng in the universe as if they didn't have any life boom boom boom just at this moment one of the huge planets suddenly became unceasingly trembling and the whole planet was shaking Non-Stop and some of the meteorites that were attached to it the dust was shaking then a pair of eyes as dazzling and huge as the sun opened so that one could help but look deep into them at a glance and one would feel creeped out when looking closely then at this moment he also directly opened his mouth and said in a

somewhat angry tone what a bunch of trash it's true that mole crickets are mole crickets after all and serve no purpose and with the help of the extreme Shadow plan they couldn't even tackle the three totem paragod Realms in the district really are all eat dry rice usually want to enhance the cultivation has been resting their called will try to affect easy to swing everything really want to play a role a little bit of [ __ ] can cannot play its movement was so great that the sound resounded th

rough the surrounding Starry Sky and what is the Shadow Clan King angry about the God of the black octopus also opened his eyes at this moment and said is it the result of what happened over at blue star that the operation failed the shadow plan kingk face was ugly but because the entire sphere was so dark it made it impossible to see anything he forced down his anger and nodded slightly the operation failed that watching City Lord should have been discovered very early or maybe he didn't intend

to join the abyss let's just say that this time some more of the good for nothing big bugs that get big in the Valley of the blue star were killed his it shouldn't be possible I remember the gang of griffins reported that the giant Beast tide was all caused by that City Lord together with them and also jeopardized some of them the deaths shouldn't be so bad the god of black octopus said in silence for a moment the Shadow Clan King also nodded his tone somewhat chagrined in fact if he's fine wit

h it the ultimate cause is placed on us do you remember the Imperial Beast that could only detect the aura of our favorites well I know what does that say oh wait I know the god of the black octopus came to a realization the king of the Shadow Clan nodded and confessed it seems like you should know what I mean as well you see originally we had a very good plan of finding away first to get them drawn to a place where they want to serve our loyalists a plan that I have to say did succeed in drawin

g the other side to the but in fact the key to the plan and the biggest failure was that we called our dependence and in order to make make those other old guys owe us a favor called their dependence away from hang two through and through that Beast Sentinel kid on the other side I guess he didn't notice that H Chang didn't have any demons and ran away with all of them that's why he found out the end of the story and made preparations in advance if they weren't prepared maybe this time they coul

d really round him up and wipe him out at once saying that the Shadow Clan King sighed slightly and said with a bit of a headache it's really been a long time since we've encountered such a heart to kill human and Imperial beast and now we're going to have to continue arranging our manpower to find a way to kill him the god of black octopus also shook his tentacles helplessly yeah I don't know what kind of Imperial Beast that kid is yet I heard my familiars report that it seems to be an unknown

Imperial Beast summoned from the stars I really didn't think that even this Imperial Beast could possess such a high level of talent and that it also possesses such powerful racial skills we are indeed a bit of a frog in the well yes it's because of having such a high level of talent and racial skills that we have to nip him in the bud the Shadow Clan King's tone was somewhat grave to break through from the realm of Awakening to the realm of totem quasi god in this short period of time and its o

wner is also a genius girl with SSS ranked spatial Beast Sentinel Talent not to be underestimated the it has to be suppressed and killed by all means or else if we give him some more time to grow I guess he'll really kill his way up to become the strongest guardian beast of the blue star well this time we really can't have any more mistakes the god of the black octopus nodded wek go along and call the demons and the others to discuss this together later on this time we must plan a great plan of

Extinction to take down the other party in one Fell Swoop so that it will never be able to turn around and will not be able to survive chapter 154 shocked Jong chin Oblivion Maniac white pH on the other side a few people were still eating and discussing things and Jang Chen also took a big bite of meat at this moment and said happily to subai little white I didn't realize that you were actually the existence that had previously wiped out all the black chi in my body and I had originally reported

you to the Grand Elder all started quietly poking around for your presence only to end up coming in with nothing to show for it but you guys were definitely in the crowd anyway so we weren't in too much of a rush to as it turned out we really didn't expect that person to be you continuing to clip a piece of meat subai laughed what are you looking for me for isn't it a normal thing to destroy black Chi No no no it's not normal at all this black gas isn't just any black gas it's very deadly liste

ning to the flatness in little White's tone Jong chin shook his head and began to science this black AA is caused by a special group of the star Nations the most terrifying of existences capable of covering those who killed them for long periods of time the once accumulated it can easily cause damage to one's body's Chi and on the battlefield at critical moments they can still make all the black Chi spurt out and come out to cause trouble the general Royal Beast Master such as if not some of the

gas to special suppression that this is very easy to cause a big mess when the time comes out of trouble it is is not so good to set things right again the and this taking out some Chi to specifically suppress this black Chi is also very offensive it will greatly reduce the ability of the Imperial Beast Master like that kid by fo the peak of the Mythic realm but because he had already killed countless foreign races there was also some black Chi that was more or less Stained on his body which le

d to him having to spend 10% of his strength every time to suppress these black Chi the but a layer although it is said to be not much but it is 10% of the peak of the Mythic realm and it can definitely cause to a crucial role on the battlefield Jong Chen shook his head and explained that's one of the reasons we're more anxious to get to you quickly because this is a real headache but because we didn't know at that time that you possessed the power to detect the abyss or because we were afraid t

hat there were people within the masses who wanted to join the abyss or had already joined it when the time comes to announce this news about you and we find another Imperial Beast that can the black Chi of the Starry Sky 10,000 races it will definitely cause a huge uproar and cause all of them to hunt you down but I'm also being hunted now those Starry Sky 10,000 race people seem to want to kill me very much subai scratched his head with his claws and said Jong chenk expression was instantly aw

kward and he laughed alas it can't be helped hell knows you possess the ability to explore the scent of the Abyss or else you wouldn't have needed to hide it all the time like this it doesn't matter at all the it can also be applied much earlier like just now when General Wong was around you might as well just give him a purification package all over his body for example let all the black Aura on his body disappear straight away and then he might be able to be even more ferocious when he goes in

to battle Jang Chen side but smiled heartily at the thought but it doesn't matter I've survived for more than 10 years it's not bad for a few days as long as there's You shallia by perhaps in the future we won't need to suppress some some of our strength like this anymore and we can completely let go and fight the star Sky 10,000 races desperately bang Jung chin had just finished speaking when he only heard another movement com from the window next to him a few people glanced sideways drawn to i

t and outside the window is also walked in another several people are unexpected people that is bong bong directly jumped through the window again and appeared in front of the crowd crap bong why are you kid back again Jun Chen instantly stood up and went forward to take a look looking at the Dead face looking by fong in front of him at this moment Jung Chen only felt an incomparable kindness it really had come just in time byong also took a slight step back and took out a ring and said I came b

ack for nothing just for one thing that is for shiai brought over 60 00 crystals only just subconsciously forgot now came back to take it to you saying that by fo through the ring gently subai subconsciously took the ring in his hand and his Consciousness involuntarily entered inside the ring crap looking at the huge pile of 60 0000 blood crystal stones inside subai couldn't help but burst out then looked up at bong bong Big Brother bullish ey atmosphere this is a few days actually have not forg

otten little brother and also brought little brother 60 0000 blood crystal stones little brother thankful cannot return byon smiled gently and said there's no need for that giving you the belt was originally meant to boost the dragon Kingdom's combat power so that everyone would have less stress not to mention the fact that you discovered the other party's plot with Jang Chen in advance this time and avoided being Shipwrecked otherwise with The Descent of this huge Beast tide coupled with the ot

her part six totem paragod Realms striking out no City can withstand such an attack I'm afraid that hang will be directly destroyed today and blood will flow into the river it can be said that you are the biggest contributor and when the time comes I will continue to have everyone attack the Clans that possess blood crystal stones in the Starry Sky so that you can grow up as quickly as possible and fight together when the time comes aha subai nodded don't worry I'll definitely work hard to raise

my cultivation and when the time comes I'll directly join you to easily take down that gang of star Sky 10,000 races well that's fine then without further Ado I'm going back I just came back to check on you because I forgot to give you the blood crystal stone iong explained and after he finished speaking he went back towards the window prepare to continue flying through the window side into space wait by phone don't go yet at this moment Jung chin hastily spoke out why is there anything else by

phone turned his head to inquire well it's a very important thing that can remove the black Chi from your body have you forgotten that I told you before that I came across an energy that can remove the black Chi Jang Chen nodded slightly and then he looked at subai and said with some excited urgency quickly shabai don't freeze quickly prepare to prepare to give General B phone remove the black Chi from his body chapter 155 purifying the white seal what do you mean that energy that purified the

black Chi was emitted by little white Ione was puzzled then the next moment he heard little White's voice relax your spirit don't resist I won't harm you please feel free to let this energy enter your body subai concentrated on using the laws of light as well as the Holy Light purification shooting the energy into Bang's body bong had some doubts in his mind but he still let the energy enter his body after all he was at the peak of the myth realm and even if the totem quas God Realm wanted to ba

ckstab him they wouldn't be able to do much damage to him but when the energy of the laws of light just entered B Fang's body in a Flash B Fang's eyes widened slightly and he actually felt a warm and cozy feeling all over his body this energy then kept hovering inside his body the current by foam could clearly feel that these energies were not touching the chi that was silent within it instead he kept flipping around to find the black Chi that had been stored inside his body for a long time wher

ever it went the black gas was wiped out seemingly without any aftermath in a matter of seconds byong had felt all this and the black gas that had been in his body for years even a decade had been removed for the most part it was as if a new life had been ushered in full of spirit after a few more seconds the basic black Aura was swept right out of the air leaving little to no residue after a few more seconds Bang's entire body was already free of any black Aura feeling the changes in his body b

ong tentatively withdrew the layer of chi that had originally suppressed the black Chi and released all the chi into the cycle of cultivation after a few seconds there was no sensation of anything and all over his body he was frantically circulating increasing jungk cultivation the black Chi that would have been struggling madly in his body driving it had now all but disappeared by foam opened his eyes as if he was dreaming and felt his body Jang Chan and subai immediately asked how was the effe

ct did the black gas come out whom surprisingly all of it has disappeared by foam nodded with some Shock now that I can exert all of my power I don't have to be afraid of the interference of this black gas congratulations general b is back on the scene and back at the top this won't directly kill through those Sky 10,000 races again when the time comes Jung Chen said with some excitement IAM also nodded slightly and couldn't stop the smile at the corner of his mouth now that there's no more blac

k Chi to obstruct them I guess they'll definitely be taken aback and at that time we might even be able to make them inflict some losses yes the once Invincible great General bam this is coming back Jung Chan lamented but it's also thanks to Shia Bai I really didn't expect Shai to master so many abilities and the attribute of light and the ability to detect the ident of the Abyssal as well as their location and being able to purify the black Chi that has been stored in our bodies with the black

chi on the blood crystal stone and crucially being so intelligent and having a terrifying speed of cultivation it's estimated that those guys from The Starry Sky 10,000 races upon noticing everything about little white would probably be instantly and directly scared shitless unable to give birth to any thoughts of resistance on the spot well little white is the most crucial by foam nodded now we must pour in the entire country strength to guard little white Jang Chen I'll have those three totem

paragod realm fellows come down when the time comes you'll get them a lodging near where shiai lives when the time comes its best to also observe the environment of Sha's residents so that they can be on the lookout every hour of the day every day constantly detecting all movements and at the first sign of trouble I'll come down and I'll be there instead their mission is to fight tooth and nail when things go wrong even at the cost of their lives to protect white and not let him be threatened in

any way okay okay I'll take care of it Jung Chen nodded in agreement actually let's not even talk about sending those three totem quasi god Realms down to guard at all times I've all but gotten another lodging near White's house now to protect him at all times well good saying that by phone looked towards subai and yio with a grave expression as he instructed yio shiai when you two haven't completely grown up and become the realm of myths the realm of super Gods you must always be careful and p

rotect your lives you can't let anything happen to yourselves and unless all the totem paragod Realms guarding you are dead through and through you can't risk your lives against them either otherwise when the time comes if you die everything will be difficult so please believe that we will do everything we can to keep you safe when the time comes good don't worry absolutely nothing will happen to me as long as Master doesn't want to die no one can kill me subai laughed Jang Chen said with a some

what serious look as well all right by be serious don't brag at your current realm as long as the realm of myth descends it will be easy for him to try to kill you you won't have any resistance left and when the time comes seriously if an Unstoppable danger does befall you I'll guard you with all my might even if it costs me my life promise me you won't fight it until I'm dead I don't want to see hope die in my eyes okay looking at Jang Chen's very serious expression subai helplessly held his fo

rehead and shook his head I'm serious I possess the ability to come back from the dead as long as the world still possesses light I can be resurrected directly in place when I die by virtue of the light only it will take longer to resurrect as the realm pulls up to the hand chapter 156 chapter 153 inventorying blood crystal stones 2 and one listening to shiai emphasize once again the people present also had different looks not knowing why seeing that by was so serious and repeatedly emphasized t

hat what he said was justified they couldn't help but begin to think whether by was telling the truth oh little white how do you know that you will definitely be Resurrected have you tried it Jung Chan inquired he still didn't believe that the world really possessed the racial skill of resurrecting from the dead in that case wouldn't this kind of race have already become absolutely invincible and dominated the world subai wiggled his paws and pointed at his body my inherited memories can't be wr

ong don't believe me try to come and [ __ ] me up with one punch and see if I'll come back to life in a year no no no Jung Chen shook his head forget it I believe I do I don't dare to try and [ __ ] you to death the by then even if you do come back to life you'll still have to drag it out for a year so wouldn't that be a waste of time with this one year's time you're probably able to move from the totem quasi god realm into the myth realm or even the super God Realm and wouldn't others just cut

me to death if they thought I was delaying you like this by FK eyes were also colorful as he nodded slightly then xia you must protect y x ya she the contracted Master shouldn't be able to master the skill of yours and by the time she dies you will also have certain problems it has to be you guys just rest assured all I can say is that it's absolutely easy to hold and nothing will happen subai laughed there's no way anyone can [ __ ] e out to death from my hands well that's good I pH nodded and

continued to exhort little by you go back and cultivate for a few days after today and then I'll have Jang chin go up to the Starry Sky Fortress with you for a bit of fun by the way is it okay to heal and purify some of the black Aura in the bodies of the generals who are on the star Fortress no problem small things if I can do a favor for everyone I'm definitely willing to help subai said besides you guys have been frantically giving me blood crystal stones to cultivate I can't even be grateful

enough now that something is wrong how could I not be willing to help well cultivate well stabilize your cultivation first and then continue the grind for a few more days and then you'll be taken to the battlefield to have some fun by phone laughed in that case I guess that group of star Sky 10,000 races won't think that you're no longer in the Dragon King om but on top of the Starry Sky Fortress aha that expression is probably unimaginable I'll look forward to it and work hard on my cultivatio

n in the next few days subai nodded by pH nodded slightly and smiled all right that's it 60 00 Z blood crystal stones for you only I didn't expect there to be an unexpected Joy making all the black chi on my body disappear it's still not bad with that by walked straight to the window again and turned his head to the crowd see you all later well see you later the crowd said after saying that iong disappeared in front of the window again the entire space was again left with only three people and o

ne beast and at this time seeing Bon walk away again Jang schwander was completely a bit tense she had an unkind face and her eyes looked at Jong Chen with a questioning look loud dang what do you mean by that why can't I understand anything about what you guys were just talking about what Starry Sky Fortress what Starry Sky 10,000 races could it be that you mean to mean that it wasn't the abyss that had messed up this time hearing the query Jong chin coughed twice and laughed also schwanger you

've grown up and grown into the realm of the hegemony so your father and I won't hide it from you any longer in fact all these years I've been out there I've really been doing Justice only it wasn't going to deal with the beasts of Burden I'm just outside the Blue Planet just claiming Justice this world is not as ordinary as you think not that there are all kinds of horrible beasts so simple rather there are a variety of racial beasts that have already been born with with basic spiritual intelli

gence generally after they have raised their realm to the realm of the commander they will be born with some basic spiritual intelligence just like us and learn to use all sorts of shenanigans and the scariest part isn't even here rather their cultivation level is basically the Transcendent realm at Birth and the Chiefs are all kinds of mythical realm super God Realm existences and will try to find ways to attack the blue star so as to seize resources very difficult to deal with whereas our form

er ancestors built star fortresses well in advance constructing defenses in special formations in the directions they could attack so that these star races couldn't enter the blue planet and then everyone is also not afraid of life and death forward and backward your father and I are such people only luckily every time I went to the battlefield did not encounter a deadly threat the I guess that's what I guess is the luck that you a little cotton pad have brought me that I've been free of any thr

eats after listening to Jong Chan's explanation Jong schwanger face was shocked in disbelief when subai and yeel looked at it they also couldn't help but look at each other and smile remembering how shocked they were when they knew the news before they also knew that it was better to give this father and daughter a little bit of cache to give Jang schwanger a good reprieve so subai then directly spoke well Jong Chen we'll just go back to get ready first tomorrow what trip you directly send a twe

et at that time huh with that subai shot out three rays of light each on y x ya Jang Chen and Jang schwanger let all the Blackness that had risen from their IES because they had eaten all kinds of meat disappear Jang Chan nodded as he felt his body then suddenly spoke hurriedly wait don't go yet under sub's gaze Jong chin wore a smile and took out a storage ring and threw it to subai Da take it there are 880,000 blood crystal stones in here this is what I have painstakingly swept up by especiall

y going to all the blood crystal stone markets in this entire ha City getting the ring again subai glanced inside then glanced at Jang Chen in Surprise smiling like a flower how can this be a good idea it's too hard instructor Jung Chen don't worry I'll go back and practice hard by the way it just so happens that we still have an extra one 000000 blood crystal stones here that have been purified so let's give them to schwanger to take for cultivation with that subai also threw out a ring onto Jo

ng Chan's hand jongin opened the ring to see that there was a small mountain of 1,000 blood crystal stones piled up lying inside there was no mold of black gas in it it was white and Crystal Clear Jun Chan also smiled and nodded in satisfaction well no more games now you guys hurry back and purify the almost 140 00 blood crystals don't be too late by then okay bye bye subai and yo waved their hands uh bye Jong Chen waved his hand then bumped Jang schwanger who was still somewhat immersed in the

shocked world next to him Jang schwanger also remained somewhat demented as she waved her hand finally walk out of the table the two waiters were already in position and saw subai and Yia come out immediately arching his hand he smiled this way Miss Lord City Lord Joe the best rooms have been prepared for all of you for the lady and your Royal beasts subai y ya the one man and the dragon were dumbfounded and somewhat incredulous y ya even stood still somewhat puzzled eh are you sure it's the roo

m that City Lord josian specially booked for us right the waiter nodded his head with certainty City Lord joen had already booked all the best rooms in our place at noon two of the best rooms in particular were booked driving out the original customers of the I was handed at the end your exclusive photographs and told to wait here at the door to greet you subai and y ya froze and listened to the waiter words greatly shaken brains are going into serious CPU spinning thinking mode they didn't know

what Joe xen was up to with this whole thing bitterness after death that's all one person and one Dragon also stayed in the biggest hotel in the whole of hang with the most expensive room just like that with a dumbfounded look on their faces when I I entered the room I looked at the long-lost suiz king-size bed with air conditioning subai and yo couldn't help but flop onto the bed and roll over as he tumbled on the side subai couldn't help but spit Joe Shin this [ __ ] is a bit of a bully and a

ctually really got us a room to stay in already it really gives me a bit of a whole W knowing that it's either life or death is it hard to set yourself up for that Yeo lay on the bed her hair spread out and laughed hahaha it's a bit of an exaggeration I guess it's really booked for us and that waiter even said that he booked two rooms it should have booked a room for Jung Chen as well his subai said I can't figure it out what kind of plane is he on it's obviously a hongman banquet but he's custo

mizing the room for us doesn't he know that if we survive that's the time for him to die Yia shook her head and thought bitterly for a while I feel like it's the details that determine success or failure Joe xen should want us to leave him a whole body haaha too late subai laughed as far as jungen that old [ __ ] dang he definitely burned his corpse before coming out of the room I guess he will be in a Days by then indeed Yeo let out a light laughing newed but perhaps it's possible that he reall

y is a genius in fact he doesn't want to betray the dragon Kingdom but in this way let those Starry Sky 10,000 races the high cultivation people who have already betrayed the dragon Kingdom Come to throw themselves into the net and in the end let us kill them all that shouldn't be subai opened his cell phone to swipe the video and casually said if he wanted to round up and kill those abysal he wouldn't have given us some of this poisonous meat he would have definitely put on a pot of good meat a

nd then killed us all at once and otherwise in case isn't he afraid to roll over and eat poison meat which really restricts our cultivation and instead causes us to die and then the whole of watching dies out altogether wouldn't that be more trouble than it's worth so relax scum is scum there's nothing to be said for booking us a room I guess it's the last bit of conscience in your heart whom indeed don't want to think about that much let's just take an inventory of all the blood crystal stones

and purify a wave yio sat up from the bed looking radiant what's more this room is really quite large worthy of being called the most expensive room the most expensive hotel I feel that putting a few tens of thousands of blood crystal stones at once is not a problem at all indeed subai also put down his cell phone and sat up looking around the side of the bed there is a door subai flew over to open the discovery surprisingly all still have a separate living room sofa TV bull this is estimated to

be more than a few tens of thousands 100 0000 are estimated to be able to be stuffed right at home Sue by side hm then let's quickly dish it out Yeo nodded with a smile thus the man and Beast began to take stock of how many blood crystal stones they had collected possessed in this one operation subai looked at a ring on his hand and lamented this great General by Fong is really something quite enough I didn't expect this time to bring us another 60 000000 blood crystal stones plus the direct 14

0 0000 blood crystal stones given by Jang Chan upwards when Yia stood on the bed and poured the black and blood crystal stone under the bed the smile she couldn't help but show when she heard what kahaku said about the topic indeed but great General by Fong though quite a good man is just a little too thunderous and seems to have forgotten twice that and then every time he comes back to give us this ring after he's gone he makes a point to come back and give us this ring it does feel a bit unexp

ected chapter 157 chapter 154 star Fortress by fangs report yes this man the great General by foam can handle it and there is help that is true on the but it's also considered to be just the right amount of reward allowing me to treat him and solve the body's defective thing right subai lay on the bed coily waiting for Yia to finish releasing the blood crystal stone then purify it all at once speaking of this yio also nodded with a smile yes otherwise I don't know when we'll see each other next

but I think bone said that he'll take us to visit the Starry Sky Fortress in a few days what do you think just stand and watch it doesn't matter about this kind of thing subai said anyway we don't need to be afraid the Fortress of blue star can still resist the attack of those things if we really encountered the danger of life on the Fortress then blue star would have been destroyed a long time ago the let's just relax and look forward to the encounter having said that I've never never seen what

outer space looks like I wonder what it's like to be in outer space and what would a star Fortress look like to guard the blue planet from destruction and how big a protective shield would it have to be listening to Shia sentiments yia's brows also stretched and she nodded slightly also there is indeed no need to worry too much even if the sky collapses there is still a taller man to hold it up so when the time comes to carefully observe the Starry Sky scenery that said I haven't never watched

it even the TV show and I do look forward to it a bit that's fine then when the time comes that we're free and have the ability to defend ourselves we'll go traveling around the world subai suddenly sat up and said thinking about the life of a social animal in his previous life every day was 996 and he never went on a decent trip until he died subai just felt [ __ ] up in this life since the heavens had turned him into a beast he had to enjoy himself and go around the country for a while the see

the mountains the snowy Hills the sea see all the beauty and eat the national Cuisine can't live that social animal life anymore yio also brightened up and nodded her head well that's fine when we're free and there's no one chasing us we'll travel around the country together okay okay then it's a deal subai nodded then cozily laid down on the bed looking at the huge night scene outside the side window quiet and peaceful yet beautiful well when it's all over we'll go on a trip ye ya smiled like

a flower and the speed of pouring the blood crystal stones couldn't help but speed up a lot a man and a dragon can't help but think about the future on the other side Stars shown in outer space and meteorites flew haphazardly a large magnificent and grandiose space station equivalent to the vastness of a city kept flying through space the shape which could be described as more like a spaceship the and because the Imperial Beast Master possesses the protection of cultivation he could also be shap

ed like the continent's ocean Halls allowing people to stand out as much as they do and Patrol the four corners of the world as the space station keeps flying Whenever there was some strange creature that tried to fly over it would be spotted in advance by the patrols and shot down if they can't handle it they used the power of Technology plus Imperial beasts to do so together at this moment a cold young figure flew in the crowds patrolling outside two greeted each other good day General bong Ge

neral bong has worked hard and I'm sure he Sal some more [ __ ] in blue star general b foam should take a good rest a these days feel so busy like often have to go in and out of the blue star must be very tired bong also nodded his head in response one by one and then said to a somewhat tender teenager you go and call the three totem Peak Brothers later tell them to go down to the blue star demon capital and listen to Jang Chan's arrangement to protect Yia tell them that they must protect the li

ves of yio and his Imperial beasts at all costs even if it means death this is a military order yes copy that promise to complete the mission the teenager said with a salute aha bong nodded slightly and then walked into the interior of the space station and after another large Corridor Journey passed through various Gatekeepers for passage detection byong also came to a room at the end of the corridor opened the door and walked in at this time the room had long been filled with some people and t

hey were the very powerhouses who had arrived at the realm of the super gods and were the very foundation of the powerful Nations on the blue planet known as the human Emperors upon seeing byone come in they also couldn't help but reveal Smiles one after another as they greeted him yo byone his back how was the dragon Kingdom of the blue star handled that genius Imperial Beast as well as yea didn't suffer any harm did they an old man sat on a separate seat and smiled it's fine the mission was ac

complished smoothly yio and her Imperial beasts didn't suffer any major injuries all of the Abyssal F beasts as well as all of the traitors have all been killed and the large Beast Tides have been eliminated through and through by Fong said indifferently hearing this the old man also revealed a reassuring smile that's good it's good that it's okay as long as nothing happens to the people then everything is okay after the old man finished speaking a few others who were present laughed and agreed

with the an old white man said amiably yes we must protect it well don't let this precious girl get killed by someone else that gang of foreigners is now staring very closely at it practically trying to murder it by every means possible the already she's given up two City Lord level Pawn kills only to have that little girl turn the tables on her if we don't pay a little more attention now that this only hope is dead then the whole blue star will be in trouble indeed a girl in Royal robes laughed

looking very young by Fone have you sent someone to properly protect this girl don't let something really happen at that time even you and we will be the sinners in history can't afford this responsibility at all yeah well if we can't a couple of us old bones will send one of us down there to follow that little girl around all day I just don't believe that with our super God Realm cultivation there's still a chance that the people sent down by that AB will be able to kill that girl a man with a

more robust and rugged look said no I've already sent the three totem Peak Brothers down there and with the help of the three of them coupled with the fact that the blue star now possesses a foreign race restriction set up by the ancestral Emperor where only Realms below the Mythic realm can enter with the three of them around Yeo will I'm sure not be under any threat bong said lightly what's more Jang Chan is also guarding there throughout the day and will notify me at the first opportunity if

anything happens so you few old men don't need to think about going down to see her don't let the time come when there is one less person to subdue the boundary of the Starry Sky Fortress resulting in revealing the cracks and letting the alien races seize the opportunity would not be worth the loss I also know that you oldies are anxious to think of seeing her but there's no need to be in such a hurry I've already told them that they'll come up of their own accord in a few days chapter 158 chap

ter 155 the Wrath of the emperor of sakur Goku whom that girl is coming up in a few days really then I'll have to prepare for it the original white-haired old man smiled kindly like a blooming chrysanthemum a few other people have been a little excited at the news two the rough man laughed and pointed at bone gooda byone count on your kid to be smart let the other girl come up by herself in that case then it's definitely still safe on our side the then I'll have to prepare properly when the time

comes does this girl have any favorite food or maybe that kid Jun chin handed this girl any weapons that I can give her a good teaching the queen clad in Royal robes even smiled great I've wanted to see what this talented girl looks like in reality for a long time now it already looks so good on the video what's the reality going to be like when the time comes let her wear my Royal robes for a bit and see what happens so she can be the queen several other people also laughed while a man with a

bit of beard in his mustache also laughed at this moment it's just as well these days my people have honored me with a lot of various kinds of expensive Seafood I can't afford to eat it and treasure it up so I'll be sure to give that girl a good taste when the time comes the other couldn't help but spit out this statement crap you old man do not talk about Marshall virtues when the filial piety over actually do not give us a taste really not enough dog thing I knew you definitely hid something l

ast time you still don't admit it now spit it out quickly hand it over for the gang to taste no no no I still have to leave it for girl y ya to savor it the bearded man laughed but if you guys really want to eat it I can also give you some saying that the man took out out a box of beautifully packaged Seafood from the Imperial Beast space turning the open Direction facing the crowd in the room opened it slowly and as he did so he smiled speaking of which these Seafood are also filial piety in th

e past two days I haven't even had the chance to open them and take a look at them yet so that you can see how the quality of the filial piety given to me this time is the crowd's eyes were wide and their fists were clenched and then when they saw what the box looked like they gave a look of disgust the roughl looking man even directly opened his mouth and spat oh Emperor I think you could do with a good check on your men what is this [ __ ] that's giving you filial piety why do I see crabs with

eyes on their pincers how why do I see green salmon it's disgusting crap how come there's still water inside this Japanese food is it possible that you're afraid that you'll choke on it when you eat it Emperor Naza listening to the doubts and words of the several human Emperors present the Heavenly emperor of the Sakura kingdom was also dumbfounded what are you talking about how can there be crabs with eyes and green salmon you can't be mistaken with that the emperor unfolded the beautiful box

and turned it toward himself and the first thing he saw was a crab with eyes and a green salmon and the first thing he saw was a crab with eyes and those are just a quick glance around the box in the center of the box is blocked to note that the M held the note away and underneath it were all sorts of mutated Seafood through and through and the emperor didn't care but read the contents of the note and by the time the emperor finished reading the contents inside the note he burst into a rage [ __

 ] a a this bunch of softball wastes don't care about their lives for money how dare they discharge the sewage into the Open Sea so that the Marine Xenomorphs can get another mutation isn't this asking for death what does the emperor mean what discharge of sewage into the Open Sea the old white-haired man's eyes narrowed as he seemed to detect the wrong content and without any desire to hide it the emperor directly showed his cards the people in high positions in my Sakura Empire should have bee

n set up by the people of the Abyss all of them blacked out and given orders to discharge SE into the Open Sea and for some reason although public opinion exploded none of the other countries stopped the operation except for those in the dragon and kimchi countries who were stopping it the disaster has been caused by the discharge of sewage into the ocean and some of this Seafood is all powerful beasts that have gained mutations not only is it inedible but it will also be exceptionally ferocious

only harmful and not beneficial to us humans when these words came out other than the human Emperors of the pickle country and the dragon country all the other Emperor's fa has changed it seems that this spy is hiding very deeply the Abyssal Clans gang is really getting better at using their schemes to the extent that they would play this trick to strengthen the attacks of the oceanic F beasts indeed before it was the use of blood crystals to set up the conspiracy that led to allowing all the p

owerful alien beasts within the blue planet to grow in number now it's back to the oceans and when the time comes for the program to be completed and all the sewage is discharged it's expected to be another great disaster that has to be stopped well the emperor nodded his face was also a bit serious it must be stopped and it must also be lined up kill all these traitors and execute the nine Clans this time it is estimated that the people who came up to pay homage to the people someone specially

did the switching that's why we were made aware of the news otherwise I'm afraid we old bones didn't make a point of finding out and the News didn't even reach us chapter 159 Ione Showdown another Super God realborn yes it was a very major blunder originally thought that as long as we could be here to the heavens and guard the blue star had thought that we could rest on our Laurels a man with a serious expression and wearing a king's robe coldly said as a result I didn't realize that all of thes

e henchmen at the bottom had been infiltrated by the abyss as well and that they were still clean especially the emperor of the cherry blossom Kingdom you've been so corrupted underneath that even if you were to meet you face to face your men would have to be careful before they could pass the note to you the not daring to tell you to your face at all and you should know what it is it seems It's Time to have well a good survey and have the men below scrutinize it with the same serious expression

the emperor of the Sakura Kingdom nodded approvingly stood up and gave the crowd a bow saying this time it was my negligence I didn't realize that the top brass had been penetrated to such an extent that they would make such a move of discharging nuclear effluence without my knowledge now I will order a thorough investigation of everything and kill everyone involved in the emissions from the nuclear Island no one left behind the white-haired old man the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom nodde

d his head well first you hurry up and make an example of a wave of all the treacherous spies that have betrayed keep them honest for some days and we'll start checking out these spies on our side who's stopping the flow of information from getting out a cleanup operation has to begin or at the current rate of progression something doesn't seem right yes the queen of the calling Kingdom side I didn't realize that all these years we've been fretting and trying to fight our way out of this did for

get to pay attention to the bottom too seems like those Fay are getting wise the lanky human emperor of the be country nodded his head in agreement especially since they would actually use their racial talent to put death black Aura on every high ranking Foreigner possessing us and gradually lowering the cultivation level of our human Warriors not being able to go all out against them is a real Abomination saying that the human emperor of the be country turned to Bon with regretful eyes you see

just like Bon who has clearly reached the peak of the Mythic realm but because of the black Chi he always had to seal that joury aura and simply didn't have the time to break through to the realm of the super Gods the it's really too bad Ione how did it suddenly come to him Ione opened his mouth and just wanted to explain that the black Aura on his body had all but disappeared now and that there was no need for anyone to worry about it and that he might be able to step into the realm of the supe

r Gods right away the pope of the Lighthouse State however had at that moment opened his mouth and lamented right it's a pity for by phone kid originally could have hoped to become the youngest Ultra God Realm Imperial Beast Master but unfortunately killed too many enemies ah this breakthrough is estimated to be delayed a lot later I actually white F immediately opened his mouth after seeing the pope of the Lighthouse State finish his words and just wanted to speak the human emperor of the Drago

n Kingdom then snatched a step ahead and looked at byong and said ug stop it we all know your suffering inside no need to comfort us the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom also shook his head inside this is our fault we shouldn't have let you go into battle so early to kill the enemy causing him to be tainted with the black chei or else our Starry Sky Fortress would have been able to usher in one more Realm of the super Gods to sit on the sidelines that gang of foreigners is also expected to su

bside for a long time not daring to come out when the words fell bone just wanted to continue to open his mouth and the next second the human emperor of the Bear Country had already taken over immediately alas it's useless to say more it's really a pity for the bone kid we can only say that this time y ya comes up to come up but we can't let her go up to the battlefield to kill the enemy and continue by things just again bone for some reason bone had an urge to overturn the chairs that everyone

here was sitting on you don't even let him talk do you and the crowd could see at this moment that bone actually had something to say the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom also said kindly Why by phone just say what's wrong with you and if you have grievances just say them to your heart's content finally by Fong side in his heart while nodding slightly then took a step back and in this room radiated the full Aura of his Peak myth realm when the human Emperors saw this their faces also moved wi

th some trepidation bare country human Emperor on the spot to shoot chair stood up and said white phone what are you kid doing release all the gas is not afraid of the black gas backfire listen to the words quickly retracted to don't gamble on it don't get to the point where the black Chi is really taking advantage of this opportunity to spread all over your body it'll be bad then the others also stood up on the spot wanting by phone to withdraw his breath and after feeling that he was really ab

le to release his breath at full strength without having to take a large portion of his breath to suppress the black Aura by phone who was able to utilize his full strength also had a rare appearance of excitement on his face as he looked towards the crowd Uncle long Uncle xong can't you see that there's no more black Aura on my body and I can use my full strength after accumulating over the past few years I reckon that I'll be able to break through to the super God Realm directly in seclusion i

n the next few days chapter 160 Showdown shock of the human Emperors what you're able to utilize your full strength has all the black Aura on your body disappeared after clearly seeing the strength displayed by bone the bare country human Emperor's face changed the rest of the human Emperors their faces were also filled with disbelief through and through I couldn't believe that all the Black chion by Fang's body had really been eliminated after all they've been fighting the Fay for decades if no

t centuries now for that matter the gang of Fay were in the know about the black Aura and it could be said that no one knew more about the Fay than they did even if they who had already stepped into into the existence of a super God Realm Imperial Beast Master for the black gas are helpless only to be able to more easily use the powerful force will be easily suppressed no mythological mirror even under the more difficult just that's why this kind of stuff has been such a headache for them it als

o led to the throwing of thousands of dollars to make all the country's research institutes to vigorously carry out research on the project of removing the black gas and the blood crystal stones however without exception these more than 10 years have not been studied can completely eliminate the black gas approach although it was very hard to believe the black Aura on by Fang's body had disappeared and no trace of it could be seen at all but the truth was right in front of them and they were hap

py for it the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom even laughed out loud and walked over to B Fang's body patting him on the shoulder and said you boy good good I didn't expect to go out on a mission and come back directly to us with a big pile of awe the black gas on his body has all disappeared come on come on why are you still standing hurry up and sit down saying that the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom pulled Bon to sit on top of the chair and after Bon sat down in addition a few human E

mperors were also moving their stools closer to Bon with the appearance of listening to gossip at that moment the human emperor of the bare country spoke up at this moment his rough face was like a blooming chrysanthemum looking at bong with a smile like a little sheep bong ah tell me what's going on go down there why is the black gas all gone now could it be that you found some kind of crap back or Heavenly treasure At The Mention Of this topic the other Emperors perked up their ears and waited

for Bang's answer and as Bon looked around a slight smile spread across the corners of his mouth it's nothing it's not like it's some kind of heavenly treasure or crack it's just a matter of finding the right man and Beast who can own the solution what man what Beast who is this man who is the Beast which country's person the lighthouse country's human Emperor spoke with some urgency at this moment even his eyes became more fervent the other few human Emperors were not surprised to see the ligh

thouse nation's human emperor in this state they knew that the imperial Beasts of the human emperor of the lighthouse Kingdom were rather special and tended to suppress the black Chi which would be even tougher than they were in that case the strength used would also be greatly reduced leaving him still holding back that's why the lighthouse state is the country that has studied the Blackness of blood crystals the most and now hope is at hand there are things that can easily purify away the Blac

kness must be happy and excited byong didn't hang around and spoke directly nothing it's just yo and her royal Beast saai who made it before I didn't let you guys collect more blood Crystal Stones it's just for this purpose but I didn't think that that little white could really cross the border and purify us at the peak of the realm of myths originally I wanted him to develop for a little while longer and only then at once saying that by pH was pleased in his heart I really didn't think that he

would be able to directly purify at the totem quasi god realm chapter 161 where is everyone when bong announced the results the faces of the crowd completely changed changed all of them were filled with shock as existences who had fought against the foreign races for hundreds of years they knew what all of these lines meant the lious country human Emperor's face was a bit incredulous and his tone was a bit trembling as he said you're saying that little girl yia's Imperial Beast still possesses t

he ability to evolve black Chi even if he's only at the beginning of the totem quasi god realm he can directly cross the border and use his skills to evolve you an existence at the peak of the myth realm aha Ione nodded affirmatively his tone a little uncertain although I also feel that it's a bit exaggerated but the fact is right in front of me he has purified all the black Aura from my body there's also Jung Chen as well I've already detected that he doesn't have any black Aura on his body eit

her which means that he's definitely capable of giving purification across a large order after saying that the other human Emperors looked at each other you looking at me and I looking at you the eyes all became different glowing with an endless bright light looking at bong as if he was looking at a stripped lamb bong frowned and took a quiet step back without a trace human Emperors don't get too excited although ye Zia's Imperial Beast can purify the black chi on my body at least across a large

realm I guess it can't cross two major steps and purify your black Chi saying that watching everyone's Emperor's face become a bit stiff he continued to add of course that's just me after all if it really could span two major sections I feel like that would be too much of a stretch to but if it's that Imperial Beast of ye it's not like Miracles won't happen and at this moment moment the human emperor of the bear country was the first to step forward and laughed oops white fun you know we didn't

mean that we're just rejoicing that the world has finally given birth to the first Imperial Beast that belongs to our blue planet and can purify away the black Aura of the Fay the it's not what you'd think to purify o we're in no hurry for that sort of thing we've got plenty of time saying that the Dragon Emperor of the Bear Country raised an eyebrow hinting at the flavor the queen of the calling country also covered her mouth and laughed lightly that's right we're not in a hurry just that we a

ll want to see what that yea girls Imperial Beast looks like I phone you are really why not let that little girl's Royal Beast today directly to our side of the star Fortress shopping ah we here is not able to provide her with better protection is not it the only totem paragod realm sent over from the ground is unreliable if the other side is determined and wants to harm them it'll be difficult that is the human emperor of the lighthouse Kingdom also hurriedly stepped forward and said hurry up o

r we should pick people up today so that she can get used to the environment here in advance so that we can all better protect her life and security it's not like it has to purify the body of black Chi it's mainly because I'm worried about people's little girls life if something happens it'll be bad yes yes yes this kind of thing can't be delayed I think it's safer to call the other little girl up directly otherwise I'm afraid something will really go wrong the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdo

m also reminded by f ah why don't you go down again today or tomorrow directly pick up the little girl up not afraid of 10,000 just be afraid of the unexpected I think that just a few totem Paramount God Realms can't protect people's little girl safety or else I'll go down directly and pick them up or protect them in that case then I am much relieved looking at the instantly Changing Faces of all the human Emperors although it was tempting to spit but bong knew that they did want to come and fig

ht for that hope very much and it could be said that the faster they could purify the black Chi within their bodies the better because of this the power they Unleashed was much greater and it wasn't just these human Emperors either on the battlefield there were also also a lot of Mythic Imperial Beast Masters left on the mother ship with their bodies covered in some Shackles by the black Aura reduced a lot of strength for nothing so it's important to get white up here well it must be iong nodded

with a self-moved nod before he could speak the Sakura nation's human Emperor was the first to step forward in that case by phone stay up here I'll go down and meet this little girl her Imperial Beast by the way I can go under me and teach some uneducated people a lesson saying that the human emperor of the Sakura country coldly looked at the cooking box in his hand and with a tight squeeze of his fist all the cooking went up in smoke it's time to purge the people who have been around all these

years and I'm going to kill all the welds ah this byone frowned slightly and said the human Emperor is so I'm afraid it's not good it's too dangerous nowadays it's all too easy to have problems with less than one person holding down the fort bong had just finished speaking when he realized that the silhouette of the human emperor of the Sakura Kingdom had already disappeared whom where is everyone chapter 162 above the plywood The Starry Sky Clan what do you mean where are the people I looked a

t the fact that the original position of the human emperor of the Sakura kingdom was already empty he was a bit tense and the people were a bit confused still not knowing why the human emperor of the sakur Kingdom had suddenly disappeared and on the side the lighthouse Kingdom human Emperor reacted at this moment his face changed and he cursed damn being preempted by this [ __ ] originally it was still his idea to wait until the discussion was over and then find an opportunity to just open the r

un I did not expect the other side actually fast him a step people by phon some details have not yet said the other side of the people and the Royal beasts look like what do not know people will be directly disappeared is that necessary he's not even in that much of a hurry after thinking about it the human emperor of the lighthouse country could not help but cry out in his heart damn awe guess he wants to go out and play this old thing the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom smiled as he looked

at the doorway and spat seeing this scenario the human emperor of the lighthouse Kingdom could only smile helplessly this guy alas never mind let's hope that he can find that yez a girl faster and bring her up throwing up I wanted to go down to see what kind of blue star is now I didn't expect to be preempted the be country's human Emperor said in grief the other Emperors also spat one after another and the scene was instantly as lightly as a food market I was greatly shocked and there was a li

ttle more than a few thoughts in his head but he didn't know what to say for a while after all the figures present that is the human Emperors were higher than him in every aspect of this realm and those of a higher level definitely had his reasons for doing so and he couldn't point fingers as expected the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom also noticed by Fang's appearance at this time and explained with a smile it's fine by phone you don't have to worry that something will go wrong if the huma

n emperor of the cherry blossom Kingdom is gone and there's less of a super god level Imperial Beast Master here in fact this is all something we've already discussed when you went down to help have you noticed that the other phase attacks on that little girl are getting faster and more frequent Jong Chang once before after a long time to continue the plan and then give that girl's Imperial Beast to recognize but immediately after this only a few days passed just went out to want a profit practi

ce the other party directly the same day to kill over this situation is very wrong leaving the other party's time is not much the and we can't get away from our side the generals of the Mythic Royal Beast Masters can't leave their posts it's not good to keep relying on the other girls Royal beasts to use their spider senses to hide from the dangers sooner or later there will be an accident if we keep going on like this if that girl and the Imperial Beast both die then this flame of Hope of ours

will be dashed again saying that the dragon country's human Emperor paused for a moment before continuing so we're just going to wait for you to come up and if you don't bring that girl over we'll first let you introduce where that girl is and then we can just send a person down to get the person up you know what we mean right we're not doing this because people have the ability to purify the black gaso well Ione understands Ione nodded and responded and he realized at this moment that there was

indeed something wrong with his previous considerations with the opponent's rhythm of this attack is obviously prepared has been planning for a long time it's almost like complete surveillance even if all of the foreigners in the devil's Capital were to die out the same would be true and it can only be said that there was a problem within the human race and it was indeed good to have a human Emperor to clear it up the human emperor of the Dragon country also nodded his head with a face of relie

f it's good that you understand but it's just as well since the human emperor of the cherry blossom country has already gone down to help now you can stay here for a while now to help for a little while or else when the time comes these old bones of ours will indeed have some difficulty in getting things done aha white Fon nodded and just as the word were said all of them sensed an aura coming from the outside of the Mother Ship Buzz a shock wave like wave came from far away shaking the Mother S

hip everyone's faces instantly turned ugly MD this gang of dogs they really come when they say they will they are simply impatient to live today they must be left behind left in this solar system the be nation's human Emperor's temper flared and with clenched fists he strutted toward the hatch the other Emperors stood up as well moving their bodies and heading for the hatch and out of the hatch the crowd went above deck they then saw the dense locust-like alien races in the beautiful and radiant

Starry Sky swimming from the other side of the Starry Sky and the most crucial thing was that these foreigners were followed by several different behemoths seeing those behemoths the auras emanating from their bodies the human Emperors looked hard the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom immediately commanded full alert have all Patrol fleets come back if it's too late then all of them should hide and those new recruits tell them to never go out of their way yes chapter 163 fish beasts Rampage s

ubai will die above the Stars on this side turmoil opened up and various crises were encountered and the same is true underneath where the wind and rain begin to come it was night the moon was sparse scattered with stars and Moonlight Illuminating the whole illuminated Earth some Shadows are creeping in on the outside of hang some Shadows were originating beyond the city walls and far more than just these Shadows it would be nice to be able to view the entire city of China from a God's perspecti

ve high above you can see that the city of China is now completely shrouded in these black shadows and there was a steady stream of Shadows coming from behind constantly filling in the positions it was densely packed and intimidating the most shocking thing was that all of their bodies were bubbling with the aura of the totem realm at the very least they were all at the totem Guardian God Realm through and through and none of them were below the totem realm and as if they had received an order a

t this moment they all stopped the leader of the 15 peaks of the totem paragod realm gave dead orders to all of his subordinates this time around the gods residents the clan Kings had issued a general order success only no failure no retreating actions it's important to take the other side down in one Fell Swoop even if all the totem realm fa who were here had to give their lives for this they were bound to kill them if the opponent was not dead and the fa still survived the nine Clans would be

exterminated just like the human way the same is true of the nine families of identity on Earth the any friend or family you make on Earth using your human identity will be killed through and through because it was a matter of the lives of the entire Starfleet Community they had to fight for their lives get that winnable reinforcement for your fellow clansmen on the stars at these words the eyes of all those who were silent in the shadows were dumbfounded through and through seeing that the fire

was almost ready the leader gave the order that the In This Moment all attack they're about to Blitz scre at a rapid Pace you think that this battle today is over after killing some of their countrymen in truth they soon received a message from the clan Kings the gods and darted this way the farthest Realm of the totem Guardian God reached this place in Just 2 or 3 hours I think this time the clan King's plan will definitely succeed and that so-called Heaven's pride is probably absolutely unexp

ected a foreign race at the totem paragod realm suddenly said the other more majestic beast chimed in with a sneer so what if we realize it this time we've wrapped up the entire city and the totem paragod realm we've sent out are guaranteed to possess several hundred of them not to mention the totem demons that came over the realm of how much that would be just crushed all the way through he a royal Beast that is estimated to be in the realm of totem will surely find it difficult to resist even

if he has any special abilities he will definitely be crushed by the crowd I really can't figure out how those brothers died in his hands don't say that I guess it's assumed that they encountered a great Imperial Beast Master among the humans after all the clan Kings the gods would be stopped by the barrier but theirs wouldn't be a beast analyzed it's possible that that great power is still staying next to that Imperial Beast right now we're going to kill him this time so I guess it's going to b

e vicious The Majestic looking Beast continued to sneer so what right now we are in our most primitive State and our strength is at its peak even if a Mythic level Imperial Beast Master comes and a few hundred of our totem Realms go up desperately he will definitely not be able to withstand it and be killed by us what about another super god level Imperial Beast Master the Beast continued to analyze the question then send it and we all die The Majestic looking Beast exclaimed forget it don't thi

nk about it the super god level kind of Imperial Beast Masters I'm sure they're all trapped by our clan Kings and deities right now we better get going now don't forget the clan King told us that the other side has the ability to detect us if the other party notices faster and gives him a run for his money and hides a city is still a strange trouble to slaughter it will also draw the attention of more powerful people on The Human Side and the sooner we kill the other side died the better Aha and

then these totem quasi god realm F beasts the Fay races started giving orders to their men at this moment all the Shadows buried in the rectification outside the city of ham moved and like a Zombie Siege a special Circle was formed and step by step they pressed inside as if it had been rehearsed a long time ago it didn't give the slightest room for escape and the beasts existed everywhere and the dense ever forward orderly moving beasts crawling from the roof of the house caught the attention o

f some people and every time someone found them and tried to stop them they were all bloodied up as well Dead or Alive none of them survived but as long as they don't go actively approaching or stopping them they are also too lazy to slaughter after all as long as they finished killing the mission Target the blood food of the city would not be easily slaughtered by them chapter 164 all Hands-On deck starting a Counterattack and it's like a Zombie Siege without a hint of trying to hide the fluctu

ations in breath it also quickly caught sub's attention originally he was still lying on the bed with Yi X ya happily playing with his cell phone on the side 80 0000 blood crystal stones were placed for him to cultivate and enhance his cultivation level beautifully the moment he felt the aura subai was instantly alerted sweat stands closing his eyes he began to feel it carefully yio also noticed a series of changes such as shabai who was on the sidelines unable to help it yio also felt a hint of

threat and when subai opened his eyes she worried what's wrong White is something wrong hurry up and put away the blood crystal stones we're getting ready to leave this place subai breathed a little sharply and this time he felt threatened finally this kind of a large area the whole of hang is basically covered with a large amount of black gas the moreover subai could also feel that the energy contained in these black shei through and through was at least a foreign beast of the totem mirror at

this moment he realized that he had indeed been careless not expecting the other party to come with such a hand if simply subai was alone in this hotel it didn't matter the other party would kill him after all he can be resurrected indefinitely it doesn't matter if he dies after a few days or a dozen days or even a few months he would be able to appear in the world again however now it was yio who was also in this hotel dealing with this kind of alien Beast that could almost be said to be thousa

nds of them striking out together subai didn't dare to be sure that y ya would be able to survive in the midst of this Beast tide an invincible skill like holy light forever subai couldn't be sure if Yia would obtain possession and he didn't want to gamble so now there's only running after all the current subai and yya were ultimately only existences at the beginning of the totemic Quasi God Realm the big gap in Realms was right there even if one could fight across the ranks with their racial sk

ills and law talent but this kind of Realm with a large order difference between the two sides and it was still such a large realm in the realm of the totem quasi god how easy is it to want to fight across the ranks what's more subai could sense that there were countless Peak totem quasi god existences that were rushing toward this place Su white is clear a single totem quasi god realm Peak he might still be able to face but dozens and hundreds of them that would be impossible what's more there

were thousands of existences of the same realm as him that were also rushing towards this place thoughts are only fleeting yel also listened to Sha's words and instantly waved her big hand and put all the blood crystal stones within the Imperial Beast space she also said with a slight hint of anxiety in her tone is it another foreign Beast that wants to come after us then should we quickly go and call instructor Jung Chen to come over and Escape together yio was also a smart person knowing that

if the cards in their hands right now could face a sudden crisis white wouldn't be in such a hurry there was only one possibility for this situation and that was that the opponent this time was unable to resist only Escape hearing y Ya's words subai briefly pondered for a moment and calmly said forget it there's no need to call Jong Chan this time there's an exceptionally large number of foreign beasts coming I expect there to be at least a few thousand of them and all of them are through and th

rough totem realm bashing existences let's run away calling Jung Chan will only make more Targets on the way to escape it's easier to attract the other party's attention it's better for the two of us to run away and getting Jang Chan involved this time will only get him killed for nothing if we run ourselves we can still delay him a little longer and let him survive good yia's face ped a bit as she listened she knew what this kind of quantity meant that the odds were that neither She nor white w

ould survive this one and there was a chance that no one would be able to save them thinking of this yio and subai walked towards the door yel looked down at shiai who seemed to have been thinking and couldn't help but go up and gently caress Shai's body touching it A Satisfied smile surfaced on Yi xia's pretty face murmuring good thing at least it's been through enough to be considered a big dream bang bang bang that's when the loud tapping came from the window subai instantly changed his drago

n face damn did he arrive so quickly chapter 165 chapter 164 a time of peril in the hinterland move subai urged at this time he also did feel that the aura of the foreign Beast shrouded by the black Aura had arrived at this hotel it's not just the window side but presumably there are others that are on their way up for a instantly Yia quickened her Pace one man one Dragon soon arrived at the door and opened it ready to begin the path of escape and as soon as you open the door ha a huffing sound

with a strong putrid odor came subai and yio raised their eyes and looked ahead only to see a giant crocodile Beast with an open bloody mouth coming towards them in an instant both subai and yo unfolded the laws of time for a few moments the space of the hotel Corridor was suspended and the giant crocodile alien Beast that had originally protruded into his face was also suspended in the air at this moment at this moment subai and yio had time to look around because it was the most expensive box

almost only yo and subai were on this floor the great corridors were all open open for one man and one Dragon leaving only an elevator and an Escape Route on the field now there were only a dozen or so different looking totem quot realm beasts at the beginning of the realm and the culprit the ventilation window in the corridor has also long been broken open for not wasting excess energy and spreading the field of time to the windows the Su could still see the constant wind pouring in through the

windows outside the at the same time there's a steady stream of alien beasts climbing up through the windows subai silently killed to stay in the F of time and then a little bit of contraction of the time field in the hotel of the at the same time it kept spreading towards the windows the and observing the actions of the Fay that they are at first there was some hesitation on the part of the Fay to stay out and watch their own kind but it seemed that suddenly as if by some command it crawled in

to the time field of its own accord and then was hardened subai pupils shrunk and he knew why all the ones coming up now were this kind of totem quasi god realm beasts at the beginning of the totem quasi god realm instead of coming up as a Peak totem quasi god Fe presumably all quietly defending themselves against him it is estimated that after he has exhausted his strength or after he has exhausted his means he will strike again and easily eliminate him without destroying the power and danger w

hat a hit subai laughed coldly and then glanced at Yia who was already sweating a bit beside him and said yo are you all right hold on when we get to the window I'll use the true dragon's True Body at that time you can just sit directly on me when we get to the sky it'll be my home turf I'd like to see if they can outrun the light good y ya nodded her head vigorously then took out the sword belonging to her from the Imperial Beast space while strengthening the energy output of the SpaceTime doma

in the laws of the sword da were in full swing and this moment seemed to have consumed some of subai and Yia some of their energy the outside of the window also knew that there was a big battle going on here and the knocking on the glass got louder bang the window was slammed open completely a pile of broken glass collapsed onto the floor along with a dozen or so corpses of alien beasts with the peak of the totem paragod realm sprouting from their bodies and through the window a figure slowly st

epped over the corpses of these alien beasts into the room glancing his eyes out the door and subai who was already on the verge of moving to the window heard the sound of glass Breaking Inside the house and his heart instantly became pounding because he knew that these foreign beasts had most likely already broken through the window and wanted to do a front and back attack to completely block him one more look in front of him and the large blast fied window was filled with a steady stream of al

l sorts of alien beasts and then lunging at him with no desire to unconsciously subai and yio had already killed hundreds of totem quasi god realm beasts and as if sensing their intentions the Realms of the alien beasts that were now climbing up were now getting higher and higher becoming more and more numerous originally subai was still very confident but now he was hearing the rattling outside the window this also proves that there will be room to increase the output of energy later in that ca

se the pressure simply pulls full what to do with this looks like it's going to be a fight to the death chapter 166 chapter 165 the way to break the situation sudden old man subai really didn't know what to do for a moment after pondering for a moment he calmly looked at yio who was on the side and said it seems like the only way to break the game now is to take advantage of the time those foreign beasts break through the hotel door to quickly reach the window y out Cheer Up victory is just arou

nd the corner hm under stand shall by letun do our best we will definitely survive ye ya nodded resolutely thinking of this looking at the window that was already close at hand subai and Yia clenched their teeth and increased the strength of the law after all more and more foreign Beasts of the same real were now intruding within their laws although two people were in charge of channeling the energy it was only just two People's Energy it was also very difficult to exercise control over so many

equal realm or even slightly more than that foreign beasts that had broken into the law that they were facing fortunately yia's awaken law of Sword da and sub's awaken law of chaos without having to rely on too much external power in cultivation he was able to easily eliminate those immobile beasts before committing himself to the next batch of beasts that broke in plus the windows were also smaller and there would be far fewer alien beasts pouring in at once which was also a very good point the

only nasty thing was that this long Corridor room to that window was a bit too long so what used to be a reachable path became a long one under the walls of the Fed it was necessary to go straight to window run to speed things up before the door at the back of the hotel was breached subai knew that it would drag on like this otherwise even if the hotel didn't have a door for the Fay to pass through that way with the space of the window and sooner or later it would be consumed by these alien bea

sts that kept coming up or maybe it was just a few Peak totem paragod realm forign beasts directly subai and yya would definitely not be able to withstand it step step step Yia took one step at a time sword in hand one sword at a Time Exterminating all kinds of beasts along the road and collected the corpses into the Imperial Beast space without changing color suai on the other hand flew to the side similarly killing the foreign beasts and trying hard to encourage yio after all it doesn't matter

if he dies in this wave it's a fake death anyway it will be resurrected the key thing is y ya this [ __ ] she is really dead being the first person I met when I came to the strange world and having spent so much time together it would be a lie to say there wasn't some emotion if y ya died subai felt that he would definitely be sad for many days therefore he must bring Yia to survive this wave one step two steps three steps electric one man and one woman came to the window as well sub's mouth wa

s hooked in A Smile as he flew to the window and opened his mouth to Roar then it tried to cast the status and just then the door opened and a voice came from behind it y ya please stay ha subai and y ya turned around and looked sideways only to see a kindly old man holding a huge sword walk out from the original room at the sight of the empty clanking scene as well as some other controlled foreign beasts his eyes also stared and he threw out the huge blade in his hand put blood and flesh flew e

verywhere and several alien beasts had instantly become corpses and Scattered on the ground it seemed to be controlled not a single drop of the foreign Beast blood spewed out spilling onto yia's body the knife shot into the wall with a thud as well and the old man grinned at the sight of it his hand outstretched as the knife flew back and then in yia's and Subi's dumbfounded eyes striding forward to the window opening he stretched his head to look at the Fay underneath and the fa seemed to sense

what was going on instantly becoming shivering the F that had originally climbed up instantly let go of their hands at this moment and fell towards the stairs for the fastest time to jump the other faay followed suit in such a manner and jumped off the tall building soon enough the streets were no longer filled with the frenzy of the beasts that were so fast-paced seeing the foreign Beast trying to run the old man also smiled and turned his head to giia who was on the side instructing girl you

and your little Imperial Beast stay here the old man will go and come after saying that with a sword in his hand he jumped straight off the tall building just as those F did as it were chapter 167 chapter 166 the end the old man who saw it coming jumped with it to be honest at this moment both subai and Yia cerebellum shriveled up completely at a loss as to how to deliver their sentiments but first though withdrawing for the moment the the field of time that had been Unleashed in this moment of

reprieve Yia looked down at the bottom of the window in a days wondering is this old grandpa also sent by Jung Chen to save us again subai frowned slightly after a moment of thought he shook his head I don't know the point is that if this person was sent here to save us it would be too much right honestly it's only been 10 minutes if not 20 since these beasts arrived outside of Wang since I sense them and since they came to our sight of the hotel and we resisted their walk to the window it feels

a little bit unlikely that it would come in just that little bit of time so what is this that old grandpa came over and helped us kill all those foreign beasts and he could even call out my name yio was a bit confused subai also couldn't figure out for a moment why the support came so quickly and why it wasn't by foam wasn't by foam only up there a short while ago as well it's too weird and at that moment subai heard it and another sound of breaking wind came from the window side then there was

a succession of footsteps and the one man and one Dragon who had just experienced a moment of life and death were instantly alert the laws in their hands ready to unfold the one who came out from behind the door was Jong Chen who had an anxious face upon seeing subai and yijia staying right next to the window the anxiousness on his face disappeared and transformed into confusion Frozen he looked at yio and subai constantly looking up and down subai and yio also stared blankly at Jang Chan hold

on you two stay put within the confines of Silence Jang Chan was the first to speak and then he summoned his Imperial Beast allowing it to utilize the eye of void sweeping at the one man and one Dragon before retracting the Imperial beasts with confidence the he looked at the various blood and varying degrees of Brokenness on the hotel walls worried what's going on with you too are you okay are you hurt in any way well it's okay something almost happened subai said with a palpitating heart looki

ng at the way Jang Chen had already arrived at his side and was looking up and down subai was puzzled what the matter looking around and looking so scared didn't you send that old man hm what old man what are you talking about Jung Chan asked as he withdrew his watchful eyes weren't you the one who took care of all those alien beasts how can it be if I solved it do you think I would still be watching from this side of the window now subai held his forehead and looked at Yia on the side and said

it seems possible that it's a myth realm expert who happens to be lurking in h City and then has seen your video and that's why he was able to call out your name right whom Yia frowned slightly and shook her head impossible Shia have you forgotten he already called my name when he was inside the door I think this should be sent by the officials I don't know why it's such a coincidence but maybe it's just luck eh it's not impossible subai said what the hell what are you guys talking about an old

man just came over and saved you guys Jong Chen was puzzled and then after getting an affirmative answer from subai he pondered for a while and said to be able to save you under so many to quasi gods or even Peak F beasts it's definitely more than just the beginning of the Mythic realm it could even be the middle or Peak this is difficult to find in the entire Dragon Kingdom where is he now or did he just leave saying that Jun chenk tone was a bit hard to suppress his excitement no he told us to

wait for him here while he goes to clean up all the remaining totem realm F beasts yio said is that so well well well let's wait for him here together I'll first inquire with the higher-ups and transfer some resources just Chen said with a face full of joy this person we might be able to pull in a Mythic realm Beast Master is a big help there's no need to pull any strings I'm originally from Blue Star a voice came from outside the window under Yeo and subai com Jung Chen shocked gaze the figure

with white hair slowly climbed out of the window then it landed on the ground chapter 168 chapter 167 business all right wrap it up all the Fay are all dead standing on top of this empty Corridor looking at yo and sub and Jung Chen were all there The Old Man grinned and put away the big knife in his hand I have to say that these sons of [ __ ] are really willing to lay down a cruel hand in order to kill you they even willingly sent out tens of thousands of foreign Beasts of the totem realm simp

ly holding the determination to kill you but it's a good thing we were on top of it for a long time and came down directly and decisively they must not have expected me to strike and they're probably all cracking champagne up there by now aren't they I guess so but this hand of theirs also caught us off guard we almost thought that we would die under their hands this time thank you senior for saving us yio said gratefully sub's eyes rolled an aing glance at the old man's body in front of him he

held up his paw in the same arching manner thank you senior for your help this time senior is grateful and is willing to help relieve you of some difficult problems hahaha no obstacle no obstacle I save people itself after all it is also to help you guys it is also to help me these are blue stars future combatants a how can we possibly let you die the old man stroke his beard and laughed then turned his head again to look at subai with a smile your name is white isn't it I'd like to see what kin

d of quandry you have to help me out subai smiled faintly although there were still some questions in his mind that but in front of him he still used the middle finger of his claw to raise the non-existent glasses on his nose and said with a deep look on his face I'm guessing you're a warrior who went to war and is covered in the black Aura of a foreign beast and I'm just the man to undo it yes are you sure you can lift the black Aura from the old man's body just so you know old man my cultivati

on is not a myth but the realm of the super god o the old man said with a smile but his tone was clearly mixed with a hint of uncertainty and trembling the realm of super god Subi's pupil shrunk slightly although he was shocked at the realm of the old man in front of him but he was able to instantly kill so many totem realm fade beasts in seconds so this realm was normal thus subai also nodded his head and affirmed well don't worry and leave it to me no problem the realm of the super God can sti

ll barely pure purify the big deal is that it will be purified in a few more parts although he had already understood the functions of this Imperial beast called little white the old man's eyes still displayed astonishment is the purification long then should we change the environment the old man frowned slightly looking at his surroundings with a disgusted expression this place is now too dirty to live in anymore plus the windows of the room the time a lot of Fay came to attack and so I did tak

e care of all the Fay on the other side of the window directly before I broke in to help you guys it's fine it doesn't matter you can just purify it now moner just relax your body and don't resist the struggle saying that subai closed his eyes then mobilized the laws of light and Holy Light purification before injecting it into the old man's body in one go and as soon as he entered the old man's body subai could feel ah although the morale of destroying the black Chi was devastating but it was s

till missing so much energy so he turned his head to Yo and reminded yo come and help there is still some of my energy that is not enough you can also used the laws of light to add some energy to this old Master hearing sub's words y ya reacted and hurriedly nodded her head and then also directly injected the energy of the laws of light into the Grand Master in this way under the one person and one Dragon the energy of the laws of light from both of them plus sub's original purification ability

the human emperor of the Sakura country only felt at this moment that his body was becoming full of vigor and some of the places that had been corrupted by the black Chi were growing back into sprouts and all of the black Chi was gradually dissipating feeling the phenomenon of this body the human emperor of the cherry blossom country was greatly shocked and looked at subai and Yia with dumbfounded eyes in the end all of the black chi in the body of the Sakura country's human Emperor was purified

and the purification time only took 2 minutes and 30 seconds at this moment subai opened his eyes and looked at the old man with a smile how about it I've said it all so what if you're a super God Realm Imperial Beast Master I can still purify the black chi in your body very impressive a smile filled the face of the sakur nation's human Emperor as he nodded his head in Praise well done and so quickly it seems everyone is saved everyone that said where are you from could it be that you're also a

Starry Sky fortress on the front line subai inquired after all he had become the realm of the super God and had so much huge black chi in his body yeah I'm the one who came down from the Starry Sky Fortress we predicted long ago that this group of foreigners would pull this kind of trick so we came down early to help Jun chin knows me the human emperor of the cherry blossom country nodded his head in acknowledgement and smiled faintly as he turned his head to look at Jang Chen still there was s

ome slowness this time but luckily it came in time and you guys did a really good job of resisting the wave if you hadn't held off those few minutes it might have really been too late and you guys would have been killed junan also finally reacted at this moment and exclaimed in shock Lord human Emperor why have you personally come down this time doesn't the top need your help no harm no harm it's the main thing to come down is to pick up yio and this little white brother together and then deal w

ith a bit of personal matters that's all this bit of time those old men of theirs can still hold out the human emperor of the Sakura country waved his hand and fearlessly said well looking at the current stance of this foreign race it's also true that Shia Bai and yij ya should be placed in the star the empty Fortress Is up or with this offense something will indeed happen sooner or later junan looked helplessly at yo and subai you guys just follow the human Emperor up there and and when the tim

e comes I'll send the blood crystal stones I collect every day to the Starry Sky Fortress oh Jun Chun you really are a good person I'm crying to death subai was moved just now after hearing that he was going to go up to the Starry Sky Fortress now to be honest he was still a little worried about the issue of blood crystal stones when the time came it might delay some of his cultivation enhancement speed as a result he turned his head and didn't realize that Jong Chen had actually thought of it f

or them a long time ago there weren't many good people left in this instrumental type working hard every day to collect blood crystal stones for him and Yeo not wanting to be paid for any of it it was simply selfless great big good guy as for the sunlight subai does not have to worry at all to the outer space closer to the Sun at that time perhaps the cultivation level could be raised even faster and then it would just take off and after listening to Jung Chan's instructions the human emperor of

the cherry blossom country also nodded slightly and looked towards yio and subai in that case let's go I still have some official business to to take care of and we try to arrive at the star Fortress directly tomorrow uh good subai and y ya nodded honestly chapter 169 chap 168 No One Alive high in the air three figures that looked like meteors kept advancing in the air pulling closer it was none other than ye ya subai the human emperor of the cherry blossom Kingdom two people and a dragon senio

r human Emperor may I ask where we are going now do you have any more foreign beasts that you need to get rid of subai couldn't help but spit out the question in his heart in the air after all having been in the realm of the super Gods what kind of official business needed to be done personally wouldn't it have been easier to just send a Mythic realm Imperial Beast Master down could it be that there's another super good realm F Beast descending somewhere that's not possible either wasn't it said

that existences of the realm of myth could no longer descend to Blue Star if it really descended subai felt that then he would definitely be the first to die so it wasn't the human emperor of the cherry blossom country also shook his head and smiled bitterly at after hearing Subi's doubts just a few things to take care of in my own family and there are some disobedient brats who need to wait for me to teach them a bloody lesson so you have a son or do you subai was a bit confused could it be th

at all such people in the realm of super God still had Sons waiting for him at home shouldn't they just be brought to live together on top of the star Fortress and the Sakura nation's human Emperor kept his mouth shut and smiled awkwardly nothing you'll see in a minute is that so good subai nodded his head somewhat half- knowingly and although he didn't know what exactly was the reason for this human Emperor to procrastinate like this the anticipation in his heart was also growing finally under

the leadership of the human emperor of the Sakura Kingdom the two men and one Dragon flew to a large island looking down at the various crowds below and the island next to it subai finally remembered why there was something strange about this human Emperor's accent isn't that the standard accent in sakur land human Emperor are you the human emperor of the sakur Kingdom suai suddenly realized yes I am the human emperor of the sakur Kingdom little brother I already know about the performance of th

e sakur Kingdom these days I came down this time to deal with these people the human emperor of the sakur nation had his hands behind his back as he looked at the City Beneath his feet and lamented so no wonder no wonder subai nodded his head looking at the seashore constantly crawling out of all kinds of strange beasts cannot help but feel emotion it's indeed time to teach a good lesson there are indeed quite a few mutated Xenomorphs caused by this wave of emissions and the country has suffered

from attacks by mutated Xenomorphs coming out of the oceans yes it's a mortal sin and I intend to exterminate all these people the Sakura country's human Emperor had some anger in his eyes before he turned his head towards subai with a humble gaze little brother I've heard that you can check where these Fay are hiding may I ask if you can help me detect how many people are willing to be infected by the Fay beasts on this island old man I'm here to thank you subai waved his hand in a hurry it's

fine it's fine it's just a matter of raising my hand human Emperor doesn't have to be like this I'll help you look at it thinking of this subai also cannot help but side this cherry blossom country's people although quite born but the good thing is that the human Emperor or sensible hell knows how scared he was just now when he heard that the person in front of him was the human emperor of the Sakura Kingdom one could almost say that they were about to die a fright thinking about it subai was un

ambiguous and under the expecting gazes of yio and the human emperor of the sakur country he Unleashed his skill start exploring how many foreign beasts does this part of the island possess it's also good to know that Japan is actually kind of small just about the size of Yun Bay province in the dragon Kingdom plus because of the Fay attack Japan's Islands have also shrunk considerably and the range of activities has contracted violently so with the cultivation of Subi's totem quasiat realm dete

cting such a large island was still a piece of cake however it doesn't matter if you don't detect it even subai was a bit dumbfounded seeing subai in this kind of appearance the human emperor of the cherry blossom country immediately felt a great sense of Misfortune in his heart he already had a vague sense that something was wrong brother saai may I ask how the Sakura country is doing now why are you showing such an expression Sakura nation's human Emperor's face was already a bit Tau at this m

oment but after seeing the island the people were living peacefully and the lights were shining brightly he also still had some expectations in his heart there should still be living people on this island he didn't have to slaughter too many of his people but in reality subai still gave him the heaviest blow I'm sorry Sakura Nation human Emperor maybe you're going to be disappointed there aren't many living people left on the entire Island almost all of them are infected and already full of blac

k gas chapter 170 destroy the island subai Shrugged his shoulders and his mouth gave the heaviest blow to the sakur nation's human Emperor who still existed in fantasy what you're saying that all of my Island subjects are covered in Black Aura and that this island has fallen the human emperor of the cherry blossom country was greatly shocked his face was incredulous and his tone trembled little this this can't be possible can it the tens of millions of people on the island or even hundreds of mi

llions all of them have mutated the foreigners shouldn't be able to do this alas subai had a look of regret human Emperor I also do not want to hit you but this is the truth this island above there are no living people all have taken the initiative to accept the black cheese stepped into the abyss of the people and even remain a large area of full-bodied beasts that is to say beasts play adults to survive on this island this piece of the island can be said to have become a complete Beasts of the

carnival how how the sakur nation's human Emperor's face was a confused mess and he couldn't help but mutter under his breath obviously when I came back 90 years ago I was still fine ah how did it turn out like this hearing the sakur nation's human Emperor say this subai rolled his eyes Neema it's 90 years ago not to mention such a long time even if it's a month subai felt that it was quite normal to eat away an island human Emperor don't be too sad there should still be your people on The Star

ry Sky Fortress right now it's time to take revenge on them kill all these betrayers it's also a revenge for those innocent civilians who died y ya opened her mouth to advise from the side subai looked at the surface of the island living peacefully and brightly lit but in reality has long been the appearance of a black fog but also cannot help but Fain a sigh yes human Emperor although we are also sighing but now if we do they already have some Fay beasts that have noticed us as well if we don't

do something it might be too late these F beasts will all Run Away by then the can you bear to see these xenos that brutalized your citizens and polluted your Island in its entirety get away it's it's ug it's just the human emperor of the cherry blossom Kingdom let out a sigh of Despair and then he opened his hand and a large sword appeared in his hand the moment the sword appeared the eyes of the Sakura country's human Emperor became Resolute and fierce under yio and subis expectant and shocke

d gazes the human emperor of the sakur nation slashed vertically with his sword in a Flash the entire Sky seemed to freeze from the bottom of the foot of the human emperor of the Sakura Nation a straight line a flash of light cleaved to the firmament the entire Island was directly torn open hard from the center when the mouth was split open when subai still doubt what is the use of this after with the split opening as the center of a Channel of energy instantly began to carry out the expansion b

egan to form a protective shield General pattern the human emperor of the cherry blossom Kingdom did not change his color as he flew directly into the sky with yuo and subai in Hand by the time the protective shield had been fully sealed the human emperor of the sakur nation looked coldly at the masses underneath and some of the foreign beasts at the bottom seemed to have sensed that something was wrong and they also changed their faces looking at the silhouette in the sky and began to talk abou

t it who is this man why have you blinded our Island here where is the warrior of high cultivation go and finish it off no this kind of movement is afraid that it is not right this cultivation even if it is an adult it is estimated that it is not possible to resist this time it is not right damn it what the hell did that bunch of mole wastes do to attract such a strong person over here it seems that he offended the dragon Kingdom's Heavens Pride during the heavens Pride competition and spoke out

against it alas it's true that human mole crickets can't be relied upon this bunch of dry eating wastes they don't know who they are after raising their cultivation a little bit while some people were discussing it some powerful foreign beasts couldn't help themselves feeling the huge Aura they were fearing wincing and even suffocating a little in conjunction with the orders given by the gods an hour or two earlier there were some who deliberately didn't go and those who did never return this t

ime what do they seem to understand one after another they used all their strength life preservation skills and full strength skills to throw themselves into the sky like they didn't want to die forming a path that looked like a gorgeous spark look at the scene underneath the human emperor of the Sakura country was also overwhelmed with emotion his eyes filled with grief as he looked at this the country country where he was born to when he was promoted as the human Emperor subai and Yeo on the o

ther hand quietly watched from the sidelines without saying a word then which of their words touched the heart of the human emperor of the Sakura Kingdom then people will not destroy the country and they can be Sinners so there must be no talking and the human emperor of the Sakura country was also counting in Subi's heart hard to watch for 10 minutes and finally closed his eyes Boom the inside of the energy Shield caused a large eruption as individual blades exploded and the entire Island City

was suddenly turned into a sea of fire the fire burned in the city for a long time the various types of foreign beasts and people below were thus burned out of their truest form suddenly revealing their extremely ugly sides some were literally overtaken by the body While others had the black Aura of their bodies drifting out and no one was able to resist the Flames even a skyscraper building began to crumble soften and become dust as it burned and after the human emperor of the Sakura country sa

w that this group of foreign beasts had revealed true bodies seeing that there really wasn't this one normal person his face went completely black subai and yizo only saw this piece of flame burning even bigger and more exuberant it also accelerated the deaths of everyone on this island and the collapse of the buildings in an instant it was like a field of Fire Within the energy Shield which became a splendid firework eventually it just slowly turned into flying Ash and the whole island sank and

ceased to exist from then on there was no more sakur nation in the world chapter 171 going to the Stars seeing the look of grief on the face of the human emperor of the Sakura country subai also couldn't help but open his mouth to persuade the human Emperor can only blame those Foreigners for being too despicable and over the years they have started to invade various countries without stopping arranging undercover spies in various countries he said then use the high cultivation enhancement as a

Temptation the cost to get those in high positions to fall into the Trap and sell their lives for them even my dragon Kingdom can't hide from it this morning it was attacked by an ambush but at watching City Lord you should know about that the Sakura country's human Emperor was silent for a moment and there were hidden tears flashing in his eyes and finally he also spat out a breath and nodded his head yes I can only say that this bunch of Fay are too despicable and it's only because I usually

don't discipline them too much that they've ended up like this this bunch of damned Fay as long as I live I will make sure that they step into hell and plunge them all into death until there are no foreign beasts in the world that want to invade our blue star the Sakura nation's human Emperor said impassion ly his tone filled with anger well you'll definitely be able to do it we'll definitely be able to wait until that time and in the end all of the foreign beasts will be dead through and throug

h subai opened his mouth at the side and comforted he had to admit that he was indeed touched and shocked by this sakur nation's human Emperor who was truly a man of Honor knowing that his country had been infected by the beasts he actually hesitated for a moment to kill his own country the land where he was born and grew up and this kind of behavior and tactics subai felt that it was still difficult for the average person to do this it was simply terrifying and generous yel also exited to comfo

rt at this moment yes human Emperor the black G in your body has all been purified and you can also release your full strength I believe that waiting until that scene is not far away those foreign beasts are all easily eliminated well I know thank you and it's a good thing we still have you at Blue Star now and with you we old men have a little more hope that I believe that you will be able to take blue star and completely step on the alien race when the time comes the human emperor of the Sakur

a country looked up at the Starry Sky inside definitely definitely next time subai laughed well it's time for me to take you up I'm sorry for wasting so much of your time originally I thought that I only needed to deal with some people and it only took a little bit of time but I didn't expect to actually LOL the human emperor of the cherry blossom Kingdom once again Ed and some of the light in his eyes disappeared a bit aha well it's fine the problem is just a little bit of time it's not Trouble

some we will definitely take revenge subai sensed the change in the Sakura country's human Emperor and opened his mouth to continue comforting and upon hearing these words the human emperor of the Sakura country smiled dashingly well there will be Revenge no more chitchat letun go up they all want to meet you okay who are the people who want to see us are they all human Emperors subai asked talking about this the human emperor of the Sakura country also smiled that's for sure everyone is looking

forward to your visit they want to have a good chat with you and in the meantime help them to lift their black Chi it should be fine is this purification of yours consuming a lot of energy if not then it's fine to purify one for a few days alas small problem with Yeo and I around not to mention purifying the realm of the super god even if it's the realm of the Universe I can put up a fight for you guys subai laughed yio also nodded and smiled in agreement this is still very simple sha and I hav

e no problem purifying a few at once unless you let us purify more than a dozen ha then there's no problem although I would love for you to purify a dozen or so of the realm of the super Gods but unfortunately that's not realistic there aren't many super God Realm Imperial Beast Masters in the blue planet and only five more human Emperors need to be purified the Sakura nation's human Emperor laughed I can't believe you guys are so forceful then I'm relieved we were still discussing whether or no

t you could purify the realm of the ultra Gods 2 or three hours ago I didn't realize that not only can you purify but you can also purify so many at once and the time is also very fast in that case it is estimated that if you go up one by one today you can purify all of them and they will definitely be very happy thanks to you which is not true these are just basic operations and I have to thank you for being able to save us from ourselves time and time again like this subai laughed well letun g

o up then the sakur nation's human Emperor said saying that the Tui gently wrapped around subai and Yia subai quietly felt it this kind of chi felt very comfortable and relaxed it can be said to include people directly in an indoor environment that makes them feel comfortable and there's no shaking it's very cozy yio is also relatively new looking at the forides this kind of thre train wrapped in shei she has really never done it before at the same time an inquiring voice came to their ears rela

x ha it's almost 10 minutes to the star Fortress we can check out the scenery along the way and then the three meteors flew straight toward the Starry Sky only to stay the bottom has disappeared Sakura country island appearance but turned into a sea and even some of the fire is not eliminated but spread in the sea above whenever they find a mutated Fay they will Rush up and incinerate each other above the Stars the battle still continues but the Battleground has also long since shifted from the

outside of the solar system to the outside of a massive Fortress it was a fortress built with special materials using the blue star and the Moon Star as foundations The Fortress is as large as a great wall of Steel torran tough and strong and full of beauty and it wrapped the blue star and the Moon Star together perfectly emanating a protective shield to keep everyone protected outside on the other hand the blackened Army of alien beasts was constantly attacking and the protective shield was con

stantly Making Waves the remaining five human Emperors were channeling their energy they were all waiting for the return of the Sakura nation's human Emperor before they killed out because this was not child's play after all and this time the other party had sent over 18 great Clan Kings of the realm of the super Gods gods and goddesses and there is also an army of 120 0000 people pressing down to attack the sense of Oppression is full all of them are battle Rich High cultivation foreign beasts

it can be said that they have put down a sufficient amount of blood so they had to wait until the human emperor of the Sakura country came over after all each of them could only deal with three more Imperial beasts if they summoned another one and if there were any more the Imperial beasts wouldn't be that many after all the other party could be the individual King of the race the best of the Fay the Imperial beasts could not be dealt with well and they didn't want to risk the Imperial beasts ch

apter 17218 Gods Wrath of the god of the black octopus and the army of alien beasts that had come to the outer solar system at the very beginning after seeing that the group of human Emperors from Blue Star had retreated backward to The Fortress area and had sent out their various defense fleets they had no intention of coming out to fight against each other the 18 deities and Clan Kings were also a bit stunned wondering what this group of humans were up to ordinarily seeing his coming shouldn't

they just summon the alien beasts of other galaxies up and have a good fight with him why are you just backing off and not fighting now is it possible to recognize their plot that's impossible their alien beasts this is not like the other galaxies on the blue star people side their Warriors are not afraid of not having cultivation most of them only need blood food to grow naturally to enhance their cultivation and unlike the human physique the gang of humans from the Blue Planet could not raise

the cultivation of the people on their side so it was unlikely that they too would be able to tempt their Warriors besides even if there were to boost the cultivation among their Warriors the clan kings were confident that their racial minions would not betray them not to mention the fact that the gods among them can see the faith that their men profess and from that they can easily determine if they are spies or not and if they are loyal or not so he definitely didn't have any undercover agent

s here and it was impossible for the other side to receive his Ambush plans and messages so why don't these blue star human Emperors come out and take a beating could it be that they really recognized our plan so they don't dare to come out to meet us a huge black shadow wondered and next to him the black octopus Gods with tentacle eyes all over his body shook his head and thought I don't think so are they that smart it's only been about 10 minutes it's impossible for them to react to our plan e

ven if they are fast it's possible that they are arranging some conspiracies ready to wait for us to let down our guard and then come up with a Blow To The Head hahahaha King of the Shadow Clan god of the black o us at the expense of you still being the existence of the realm of the super Gods I think it's because you've been beaten up too badly by these humans of the blue planet and you've lost all your self-confidence haven't you a pile of creatures wrapped in Black Chi making it impossible to

see their appearance hid in the darkness and said with disdain you guys have to think clearly we have the 18 Great Divine Dawns and Clan Kings sitting here we can go out and crush them at any time and it will still take some time for all of them to summon their Imperial beasts so even if we sneak attack there will only be a total of six human Emperors so how can they come and attack us sneak up on a few of us and then we kill them all right how dare they in the end our strength will always be a

ble to crush them by one step if it wasn't for the fact that we are more afraid of death there is a possibility that we will be taken away by a few of these human Emperors or else we would have already broken through the defenses don't you guys say so yourselves I think they're just at the end of their rope now seeing that we've sent out basically all of the realm of the super god at once they're absolutely scared so they don't dare to come up which one of you is going to go and Galvanize them o

r directly go up together to attack we can't let this group of humans realize our plan otherwise everything may be lost let them send a Mythic realm person down to the Mortal blue star and not only the men we've arranged in the blue star but all those Valiant Warriors will be dead or injured half dead after saying that the other gods and Clan Kings were also pondering being very moved by what was said but they were only moved they were all pretending to be pondering quietly looking at me and me

at you trying to get someone else to be the one to take the lead on this is that no one is taking the initiative and underneath the soundless silence a man with a Halo of light behind him sitting on top of a Lindon with a handsome look opened his eyes and said in an indifferent tone I think this chance to go up should be given to the god of the black octopus to go up after all his people were blood sacrificed before and he could have made a big kill to replenish his blood food and Grudge and rai

se his realm but the plan was all stopped by that gang of humans from the blue planet and some of the Gods sold were killed so it would give him a plan to take revenge on that gang of humans what do you guys think at these words the other gods and Clan Kings also noted slightly in agreement it can be the god of black octopus did pity before the great opportunity let this group of humans ruined and also wasted so many subjects and Believers if I were me I definitely can't bear it and they killed

a great deal of people indeed I had forgotten about it I had just planned to go up and Slaughter these humans but after hearing the Angel God say that I also remembered that the god of the black octopus really needs to prove himself and avenge himself or else it would be too humiliating and all these humans would absolutely despise him yes I was prepared to go on as well but thinking of it this way it's time to give the god of the black octopus a chance like this black octopus God go on but don'

t let everyone down this is also a chance to test them don't worry we will always stay behind you and be your strongest shield the moment the other side blocks any wrong Behavior we will all come up to help you you don't have to be afraid listening to the gossip of the other gods the god of the black octopus also knew that this trip would probably have to be his the god of the black octopus who had just been taunted couldn't take it anymore you guys are real wimps watch me I'm going to go up the

re and beat the crap out of them and kill them off with that he swung his tentacles and swam forward violently shouting under his breath all of you mole crickets come to meet the battle with that dozens of huge tentacles slapped towards the protective wall that was as thin as a sheet of air Krispy paper mouths were taunting come out and face the battle are you humans so cowardly that you won't even do that come out and face it and the human Emperor stood on top of the Fortress with their eyes wi

de open watching the incessant attacks launched by the other side as well as the verbal taunts but they couldn't launch an attack they could only stand in place to maintain and replenish some of the energy Shields energy and they were also very angry the human emperor of the Bear Country looked at the gang of foreign beasts outside in a triumphant Manner and could not help but clench his fists exasperating MD what kind of airplane is the sakur nation's human Emperor loud dang up to he hasn't com

e over after so long isn't he just going to support and pick up someone why hasn't it come back after half an hour almost an hour really grating a really want to go out and beat up these alien beasts a the other Emperors chimed in indeed is it really true that with him plus those three Imperial beasts it can be said that there are four existences of the realm of the ultra Gods so that the lower mortal faces the enemy of the peak of the realm of the totemic quasi god at best can't take the other

side damn I guess it's still still catching up there's no other reason damn it I want to go back too this kid let him finish getting high but I have a feeling he won't be after all we've all predicted this kind of scene now for a long time and there's a possibility that the other side will engage in a two-sided attack first send a large portion of people to capture the Mythic and super God Realm we have here and use it to stall us then send a whole bunch of people to [ __ ] up that Yee a girl wh

o definitely can't resist the attack as for ye being dead so that kid didn't dare to come up is also impossible it's unlikely that the other party would come in time to kill y ya after all Bona arrived at our place in 10 minutes and yia's Imperial Beast was able to detect the location of the nearby foreign beasts next to it and the foreign beasts hadn't appeared yet at that time and it only takes a few minutes to 10 minutes or so for someone in the realm of the super Gods to arrive saying that t

he human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom smiled faintly his tone filled with excitement I predict that the human emperor of the Cherry Blossom kingdom is probably being purified of the black chi in his body by yea's Imperial Beast right now and when he's done purifying he'll naturally come up and as soon as these words came out all the other Emperors froze and what accompanied them were the heartfelt expressions of the crowd if that's the case then that makes sense ah after all purifying each othe

r across two great Realms must be tiring it's normal to waste a little more time the human emperor of the lighthouse Kingdom laughed the others smiled at each other in that case they're in no hurry after all that reasoning was indeed true and the Sakura nation's human Emperor had better be at this moment they weren't that angry when they looked at the god of black octopus the huge tentacles that were frantically slapping away there was even mockery in his eyes as if he had told his opponent to e

xert himself chapter 173 the Wrath of the gods g g you human reptiles come out to meet the battle with fire you can't be scared by my aura the god of the black octopus went on a rampage waving his huge tentacles and all directions a huge tentacle wriggled and frantically slapped against the protective shield but in itself it has been the result of several generations of exhaustive research by the human Emperors of various countries passed down from generation to generation and incrementally stre

ngthened by a protective shield together with the five extremely powerful human Emperors inputting energy at the same time even without the input of energy the protective shield was as stable as a mountain the huge tentacle slapped on it and the liquid splashed with a nuisance corrosive sound but the protective shield remained motionless the five human Emperors then stood quietly with their hands behind their backs looking at the black octopus got outside with a foolish smile on their lips bang

bang bang after emitting a burst of intense crashing sounds and blows the god of the black octopus waved his tentacles with want and frenzy th happy as a little kid poking a hornets nest but the Hornets are too scared to come out however as he fought he also felt that the Hornets seemed to have some not quite right and then saw himself so destructive of their protective shield but has been indifferent it was even taunting looking at itself what's that supposed to mean in the past shouldn't this

group of human Emperors have been anxious to come out to meet the battle and do their best to drive him out of the solar system why is there nothing to show for this one the more the god of the black octopus thought about it the more wrong it became but behind it was a bunch of gods and Clan Kings watching and if he couldn't beat these human Emperors out of them wouldn't that be so dishonorable that he would simply be laughed out of the room and mocked all the time this won't do we must find a w

ay to get these human Emperors out otherwise it's really too disgraceful the god of the black octopus thought Darkly but he then turned his mind or it's fine to wait like this wait until the news comes from the favorites below kill that little girl and the Imperial Beast then you can Retreat and take it down easily without spending any effort not bad not bad the more the god of black octopus thought about it the more he could and he was just about to continue to start slowly consuming the defens

e shield with these human emperors and then waiting for yabu to retreat suddenly not only him but all the gods and Clan Kings present had changed their faces because he had received firsthand intelligence from the favorites underneath that is this group of Insidious and cunning old six human Emperors even sent down a super God Realm human Emperor rushed to support in advance and has already slaughtered all of their dependence but they are still in the middle of their journey and they are still i

n the middle of their journey and they are still in the middle of their Journey even the sakur island which which he had spent a good number of years eroding away and all the idols and favorites that he had planted in it had been destroyed through and through it didn't just undo the work of his heart and soul but some of the evil thoughts and divine power disappeared as well at once he became all Angry without needing to be reminded by the god of the black octopus he had completely overwhelmed t

he Army instantly moving to the front of the Fortress which was the outer side of the protective shield in the middle of the Starry Sky 18 angry gods and Clan Kings of different looks and bodies surrounded The Fortress and in a large Circle you like to go to support don't you then you will be missing the presence of a full super God Realm Imperial Beast Master and will have to face at least three more of our extra super God Realm Gods let's see if you can stop it the gods and Clan Kings also kne

w that the human Emperor who had gone down there was expected to come back as fast as he could after settling Sakura Island then he would also have to seize the time to at least deal a heavy blow to these human Emperors so that their losses were not maximized it won't come back empty-handed thinking all of them showed no mercy and all of them off the strongest killing moves that belonged to them suddenly an overwhelming number of killing moves came towards the protective shield there was divine

Holy Light hot flames Frozen cold ice corrosive black mist and so on all kinds of things coming from all directions as for the human Emperors who stayed inside the Fortress when they saw this kind of scene they also understood that the human emperor of the Sakura country should have accomplished his mission not only saving Yeo and that little white Imperial Beast definitely had also already cleaned up the humans that his country had betrayed long ago which is why it drew the ey of the Gods and C

lan Kings who had only now received the news then actually the sakur nation human Emperor is so forceful we can't drag our feet either the bare country human Emperor said at this moment the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom also noted his head summon the Imperial beasts let's go out the human emperor of the Sakura kingdom is probably coming back soon we have to go out and stall for time we can't just sit around inside the defense shield and waste energy I can take on one more God the emperor o

f the lighthouse Kingdom also nodded slightly I can also fend off one more deity letun go out and meet the battle well letun set off I can also fend off the extra deity that came out the bare country human Emperor calmly said this time we're temporarily missing a human Emperor we must use our full strength and not hold anything back otherwise if any of us were to suffer actual harm blue star would easily have an accident chapter 174 positive battle yes everyone must be extremely careful the five

human emperors instructed each other while heading towards the outside of the fleet Fortress after all right now they only had five human Emperors to maintain the energy of the protective shield if left alone the opposing deity kept bombarding like this the protective shield would only be broken with some movement it'll take some time to fix it but if that's the case the other side might just send a general attack taking advantage of people so then it would be better to go and have a big battle

with these alien beasts it's just three extra mirrors of Supremacy it was a small matter they had fought these deities more than once and they didn't have to hold out for too long the sakur nation's human Emperor was expected to arrive at the battlefield to support them step outside the plywood of the fort the five human Emperors summoned their own Imperial beasts at once a huge figure appeared Outside The Fortress above the Stars Roar they hissed at the bombardment and pouncing killing moves s

tarted a head-to-head Counterattack at the same time the five human Emperors also drew the special weapons belonging to each of them while then stomping their Right feet toward Wards the ground skillfully running towards their respective enemies king of angels Don't Look Away your opponent is me king of giant eyes don't hide in your filthy corner I'm coming to fight you God of the black octopus didn't you enjoy screaming just now come fight just you and me in a Flash the entire Battlefield was s

plit apart the human Emperor and the Imperial beasts were in The Starry Sky Fighting fiercely Against The Gods and also the clan Kings the bottom pieace did the same after the human Emperors went out to spar the remaining armies of dark Fay beasts weren't as much of a threat the fleet and the Imperial Beast Masters were also out in force and began a clearing operation against this large swath of the dark Legion for a while the Starry Sky was filled with traces of a fight the meteorite shattered

sending a huge Ripple through the Starry Sky some of the darker races along with the peaceful ones watched the world war from a distance in the shadows supporting their respective camps in their hearts and over time the human Emperors who had assumed an additional deity and Clan King were also beginning to have some difficulty supporting themselves after all the same being at the realm of the super Gods was the absolute best in the entire star Galaxy definitely not for nothing to be able to take

on one more deity is a great pressure on the body and after half a dozen fights on the side of the God of angels sitting on top of the lotus plate with a compassionate and joyless face calmly observing the battlefield while above his head in the sky was a giant holy sword calmly commanding the holy sword from behind to descend only downwards it was used to sneak up on the human Emperors of various countries observing their breakthroughs and delivering a fatal blow and while the human Emperors w

ho realized this wanted to actively seek out the Angelic Gods to meet them but also because of the numerical superiority of the two extra gods that had already come out by themselves the human Emperor was already distracted by the three Gods he was fighting against let alone trying to come and distract the Angelic God and another extra God would come and obstruct and the various deities would also stop it coming up to tangle with them so this fight was destined to be an inferior your situation a

t the moment the front side of the human emperor of the Dragon kingdom was fighting with the Imperial beasts against the three Gods the the face of the human emperor of the Dragon kingdom was calm and unhurried as the Imperial beasts battled the three Divine Dawns and there was a back and forth and as time went on his speed and strength were gradually being depleted but he didn't take it lightly either as he had already faced off against them many times long ago and he knew some of the pissy nat

ure of this group of God dians therefore always keep an eye on that angelic God that had been constantly transient throughout the entire Battlefield like a ghost the God of angels did likewise watching for a break in the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom the eventually in the moment of seeing the dragon Kingdom's human Emperor swinging his sword to help himself to the Imperial beasts which resulted in a slower backswing the God of angels struck out a bright holy sword like lightning stabbing t

owards the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom appearing to be so unprepared and the moment a deity saw the Angelic God striking a sardonic smile immedi mediately appeared at the corner of his mouth decisively making a forceful punch toward the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom causing him to be distracted at the same time the other two deities that were surrounding the attack were also rubbing their fists and preparing to use their skills to deal a fatal blow to this human Emperor who had com

e up to meet the battle but the dragon country human Emperor Imperial beasts that were battling against him were no slouches and seeing his intentions immediately launched their own skills to Counterattack thus making them too distracted to attack the dragon country human Emperor seeing this he was indifferent and Shrugged then continued to look at the enemy in front of him with a sardonic smile on his face as he launched his attack the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom who had just finished s

winging his sword was looking at the fist that was close at hand with feeling the waves of energy coming from behind himself his eyes glazed over and in a split second he made his choice continuing to swing his blade backward blocking the angel God's attack before decisively turning around with his sword to face ahead of him the goddess who was swinging his fist but it was too late for that two because the gods themselves were not ordinary to each other and had accumulated a great deal of battle

experience he had already had careful calculations in coordination for sparring long ago the strike just now he had blasted into the dragon country human Emperor almost simultaneously meaning that the dragon country human Emperor could only block one side's attack even if one blocked the attack with absolute speed and then went to block another attack one would definitely be hurt because it was too late and so in an instant the emperor of the Dr Dragon Kingdom instantly turned his sword into a

blocking stance after realizing that it was too late to but still as the God dians had predicted even though the human emperor of the Dragon kingdom was as fast as he could be and handled it as well as he could he was still subjected to an actual attack and his fist smashed hard against the sword causing a ripple the human emperor of the Dragon kingdom was blown out of the air uncontrollably taking a second or two to stabilize himself but God Dion wouldn't choose to give his opponent a chance to

react immediately taking the next punch the angel God's face was similarly unperturbed as he swung his sword down and this time the Angelus isn't just any old couple of holy swords The Killing move was offered again and the entire figure of the Angel God popped up and slowly flew up the a circle of Holy Light descended in the air and pressed down on the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom who had stabilized his body making his speed in this field slowly decrease the and the fists of the gods an

d goddesses in front of the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom came one after the other rushing toward his face like he was going to deliver a fatal blow chapter 175 rescue as for the other Emperors the moment they saw the dragon country's human Emperors being surrounded their hearts instantly lifted after all this time it was an attack launched collectively by two deities plus the current state of the human emperor of the Dragon kingdom was a state of being repulsed and his sword had not even

had time to be raised yet it was about to suddenly face The Killing moves of two major super God Realm gods and if he really had to carry them hard then the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom would definitely be very bad as well well the scene will definitely turn out to be one where they are at a disadvantage that would be a bad thing to do above the Stars after all if the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom fell but what have three more Divine Dawns able to free up their hands and just as the

human Emperors wanted to step out to help the other gods also revealed evil smiles and stopped them hey the human Emperor is not forgetting that there are still us a there are us in you do not want to go to save the other human Emperor you just watch him injured and fall down g g g in an instant everyone's fighting stopped and their gazes were placed on the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom the human Emperor and the soldiers all showed their anxious expressions and looking at their anxious Ex

pressions the gods showed their pleasurable Expressions it seems that this time the attack on this group of human Emperors although the death of some of the favorites but if the dragon country human Emperors to get lost that could be blood money just when all these people were holding their breath it was a close call a huge blade appeared in front of their eyes directly against the fists of the god head as for those giant swords of Holy Light they were shattered through and through by the three

giant Imperial beasts that suddenly appeared Hof after the goddess fist froze with the giant sword for a few seconds he decisively withdrew it and flew backward and when he just flew back this instant a figure appeared out of the place he just flew to and as soon as that Jang figure appeared his fist smashed straight at this deity that godheads face instantly changed and he hastily threw out his fist to block it but the fact that he had just taken a few steps back caused him to have little time

to Parry the the long plan punch with that God he withdrew several steps backward one after another his face changed slightly as he looked at the person who struck out in front of him the other gods faces also changed when they saw the visitor HF you Heathen scum thinking that you can deal a heavy blow to the human race while I'm gone I tell you that's just dreaming come so-called Stoner transformed Iron Fist venerable try my refreshed fist giant blade venerable Iron Fist also smiled disdainfull

y and shook his somewhat numb fists come on you're not going to be useful even if you're given a sneak attack I'll let you come and see reality in the middle of the conversation the fists of the two clashed and the sakur nation's human Emperor recalled his own giant sword and continued to fight with it the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom also cast a grateful look at this and now his eyes rested on the Gods in front of him the king of angels and the other God the face of the king of Angels at

this moment was also a bit ugly some slightly pity that the if the Sakura nation's human Emperor had been two or 3 seconds late then he would definitely have given this Dragon nation's human emperor in front of him a heavy blow when that happens the pressure will only get worse when this group of human living forces from the human race lands then he can persuade the neutral alien races to Annex it directly this was a very important opportunity and it's very unfortunate that he messed it up and

anxious too that there was not much time left for his because that genius girl yo who was born on the blue star and seemed to have triggered an aura was not killed instead they were still being protected by by the human Emperor then they only needed to give more support then there would definitely be a super good realm existence on The Human Side once again the king of angels was not a fool the realm of the super Gods was extremely important and each of the realm of the super Gods stood as well

as was born both can influence the current landscape now after all the realm of the super gods were all human beings who had lived for countless years before climbing to this realm and were all extremely afraid of death besides when it comes to this realm what do they want alone that they don't have it's not that easy to lure them into their respective camps let them come and pay for it possibly with their lives for the hope of advancing to a higher realm impossible they can understand that the

first batch of people who go up to fight are definitely Canon fodder it's better to wait for both sides to fight a l lose go back and see if there are any remaining benefits to be had and currently another existence of the realm of the super Gods at least the Pinnacle was to be born on this side of the blue planet again it could withstand the three of their gods things are getting Troublesome meanwhile the human emperor of the Dragon kingdom was happy at the moment because now he didn't have to

carry the pressure of fighting this gang of God he's 1 to four he could safely let go and fight this gang of foreigners he waved his sword and smiled coldly then chopped forward with his aged but still energetic body chapter 176 post-war and in sight the battlefield was instantly divided and even the original giant sort of holy like was dissolved after the the king of angels face also became a bit ugly his brows slightly furrowed sure enough these human Emperors were still not easy to fool and h

ad to still break through from the inside but when you thought about it the current human race had already produced a royal Beast that could detect their undercover agents the king of angels then felt some slight headache luckily too some of the old guys who were initially struck silent are gradually Reviving all of a sudden even if there was an additional super God Realm Imperial Beast Master so what solving her solving the human race was absolutely easy Retreat the king of angels spat out two

words faintly then turned around and left instantly disappeared into the Starry Sky the alien Beast armies along with the other gods and Clan Kings also looked at each other in disbelief at the sight of the scene however there is currently a king of the jins gone if they continue to go down here and continue to fight to the death with this bunch of humans while it can cause damage to these humans it doesn't pay for itself if people run away why should they continue to work thinking of this the g

odair who were still entangled with the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom also retreated backward leaving the midst of this Starry Sky the human Emperors also breathed a sigh of relief at the sight of the scene luckily these gods were all too greedy to fight for their lives otherwise this time if the human emperor of the cherry blossom country came back a little later they all flocked to suffer different damages and blows thinking of this they all placed their expectant gazes on the human empe

ror of the Sakura country after all they all knew why the human emperor of the Sakura country had gone down this time so what they wanted did they bring it up and the human emperor of the cherry blossom country gffa at this moment in the face of the crowd's Gaze flying towards a place less than a moment he then flew back again and and this time he was accompanied by one more person and one more Beast it was none other than Yeo and subai all the human Emperors also brightened up when they saw thi

s smiling like a flower they went up to greet the two of them and started to warm up to them how's it going are you okay down there this time did you get any scares are there any injuries anywhere that need help the little girl looks really good the future of blue star still depends on you guys summoning Imperial beasts is really good I think this one next to it is seai gez are you tired down there it must be tough hurry up and get into the mothership first we'll talk later in a state of confusi

on subai and yya were just like this being pushed into the Mother Ship by these human Emperors white phone on the side of the watch also cannot help but hold his forehead helplessly shaking his head this group of old guys are so much drama inside the mothership spaceship subai and Yeo with the look of lululu entering the Grand View Garden early on at the sight of the huge Fortress outside the ship subai just couldn't help but feel extremely shocked just this kind of compared to a fortress that c

ould just wrap the moon and the blue star together witnessing it gives not the usual level of shock not to mention the fact that this interior of the Mother Ship had what he didn't know what material made up the walls and all sorts of high-tech stuff obviously it's already the world of the Imperial beasts and technology is still so ad Advanced it really was something subai didn't expect then just like that subai also followed the human Emperors into a separate conference room at a glance it was

an extremely large round table while there were 12 seats on it all of them are forceful and made of various high-grade exotic materials symbolizing the throne do it feel free to do whatever you want the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom said smilingly the other Emperors had also revealed Smiles making way for subai and yo who were sitting on the more remote inside position subai excitedly sat on a Dusty chair that no one ever seems to sit on and as soon as he sat on it he felt his Spirit lifte

d only to feel energy pouring into his body from inside the chair and in seeing that subai really sat on top of that chair and the chair didn't react in any way the human Emperor present all revealed looks of shock and sure enough chapter 177 chapter 176 Lord Dragon Emperor sure enough you the king then the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom revealed a pleased smile and his eyes became different Ed with respect the other few remaining human Emperors also had with a swaggering face looked at sub

ai it caused subai and Yia to be confused I don't know what it means why do we have to say he's a King when he sits in a seat Subi's brain felt like it was spinning because this is the throne that belongs to you oh true Dragon Emperor Sama the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom gently stroked his beard and laughed Lord Dragon Emperor as if Thunder had struck him subai was confused at this moment isn't it true that dragons have never been recorded in this world why now did the human Emperor seem

to know these things sure enough blue star still hides very many Secrets now even yia's pretty face was shocked the same reaction as subai it was clear that the world globe had lost track of it and the human Emperors were able to know about it it seems that there is really a huge secret hidden in it looking at subai and Yia shock looks the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom smiled and explained hundreds and thousands of years ago wars began to take place here and with all creatures at their Pe

ak the human race belonged to the weak and was left to be bullied even made the decision to seed land to the star Fay in search of safety but then the appetite of the star Fay was more than that they wanted more even the entire blue star wanting to use our blue star like a Piggery to feed them a tasty blood meal and all sorts of desperate things that people choose to rebel against and as such our human race also had a top gifted God level Imperial Beast Master namely Emperor Chen was born during

this year and summoned what was called the strongest Imperial beast in that history that is you among them there were all kinds of extremely intelligent human Emperors of Fortune who in a short period of time United the various rebellious places and setup countries it reached the realm of the universe and even Emperor Chen broke through to the realm of Legends saying that hope filled the eyes of the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom with these human Emperors blue star completely launched a re

volt and drove out the star Fay and with Emperor Chen setting up the star Fortress blue star has had a bright future ever since the but but unfortunately the staray race they are not vegetarians they also have a deep Heritage all of the old ancestor yuanin he has gone out and fought a blood bath the in the end it was you and Emperor Chen who stood up and put an end to all of this sealing them with their own hands but after the ceiling you and Emperor Chen all disappeared as well the even all of

them will never recognize your race ever again but somehow only by arriving at the realm of the super Gods will you automatically unlock this memory from the genetic lock in your brain this is the truth of it all as for what's inside you still have to explore it yourself Lord Dragon Emperor we can't reach that realm the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom gruffly uttered everything but after saying so th he was also relieved like he had finally exhaled all his burdens and subai after listening t

o all this explanation the pupils of his pupils quaked crazily falling into shock y xia did the same neither had expected it to contain such deep Secrets the realm of the universe or even the realm of Legends what a high it seems that none of the backs are simple behind the scenes a moment after seeing subai come back to his senses somewhat the human emperor of the lighthouse Nation took the lead in arching his hand in respect Lord Dragon Emperor please can you help us with the black chi in our

bodies everyone is tormented deeply by the black Chi and we need you the Divine one to fix it chapter 178 all purification listening to the lighthouse nation's human Emperor address him with respect subai instantly winced and hastily waved his paw and said said the human Emperor doesn't have to be like this right now I'm still not virtuous enough to be worthy of the position just address me as Shia by like GAA that can never be done Lord Dragon Emperor is Lord Dragon Emperor even if his cultivat

ion is low it's only temporary it's not to be insulted the lighthouse country human Emperor shook his head and said in a serious tone on the contrary Lord Dragon Emperor doesn't need to address us as the human Emperor you can just directly address my country's prefixed first character just call me little light seeing the human emperor of the lighthouse Kingdom looks so serious subai could only nod helplessly fine but human Emperors are human Emperors and the contributions you've made for the peo

ple are still here and just as unshame good thank you Lord Dragon Emperor the human emperor of the lighthouse Kingdom arched his hand okay okay stop I'll just help you guys remove the black Aura suai listened to the Goosebumps and hastily changeed the topic not wanting to dwell on this topic Road I have to say though that the name and as weird as it sounds is actually kind of cool only subai also wanted to be known as the human Emperor and he had to humanize himself and give himself a name when

the time comes let's call it the white Emperor aha hearing that subai was going to help them remove the black Chi all the human Emperors all stood up on their own initiative through and through their eyes filled with excitement and thrill seeing that all the people Emperors stood up of their own accord sub's eyes flashed with a hint of surprise it had to be said that a human Emperor was a human Emperor and knew all sorts of skills like no other the moment they heard he was going to purify all of

them came forward to cooperate relax your whole body and don't resist subai opened his mouth upon hearing this all the Emperors of the earth that is the strongest Warriors still cooperated one after another as usual emptying the Mind emptying the body of its control subai was still a bit shocked by what he saw he was letting people relax but he didn't expect this bunch of human Emperors to be so relaxed but whenever the current him had a little bit of Mischief he only needed to gently release a

little bit of attack just by virtue of his current totem realm he would be able to obliterate all of these Transcendent existences that were the highest combatants on the entire planet the realm of the Transcendent Gods this group of human Emperors actually believed in themselves so much or perhaps they were believing in their own body of a Dragon Emperor this trust really feels shocking beyond words thinking of this subai nodded his head closed his eyes and began to apply his energy the the sa

me give you're all the laws of light poured out with the power of light from his body yo on the other hand watched as Shai's hair was raised equally struck by the atmosphere she silently closed her eyes and exercising her own power to do something modest with yia's help subai law power became slightly easier even if there were many people subai was not the least bit weak after all it had only Taken 2 minutes to purify the black Aura of the human emperor of the sakur country before there were mor

e people this time but it could be carried it would just take a little longer a few moments later the time had passed just about 10 minutes all the human Emperor's presence slowly opened their eyes and looked at each other and just as they expected shock and a were written in the eyes of all of them present no exceptions all of them were completely shocked by sub's ability chapter 179 human Emperors collectively after the shock was followed by total surprise all the Emperors checked the changes

in their bodies due to the expulsion of the black Chi the black chi on my body has actually all disappeared the bare country human Emperor looked at his hands excitedly and clenched his fists the feeling of power that comes from a surge of energy in your body the feeling of being able to use your whole body and not be limited the feeling of being able to use one's full strength is really something that has been missing for a long time the queen of the calling Kingdom smiled gently feeling infini

tely surprised it'll be great if I get to fight those Starry 10,000 Clans again now the lighthouse nation's human Emperor fist pumped and said at that time when they know that all the black Aura on our bodies has disappeared they'll be shocked and even have their jaws drop haaha that will definitely give them a complete surprise the human emperor of the be country laughed out loud just now the Sakura nation's human Emperor has given them full oppression the human emperor of the Sakura country fe

lt the atmosphere around him pondered for a moment and finally slightly bent down and bowed toward subai thank you Lord Dragon Emperor I believe that with you blue star will become better and more hopeful the human Emperor doesn't have to be like this it's just a part of the job it's just a part of the job subai maintains the humility that is still present when the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom saw this his face itself was smiling like a chrysanthemum and now he was smiling even more happi

ly all right since we've disposed of our own black Aura thanks to the blessing of the Dragon Emperor Sama let's all continue to act according to our previous instructions next all members let's go together to search for blood crystal stones in a bid to enhance the dragon Emperor's strength and as soon as possible let him arrive at the realm of myths super gods and even returned to the peak Universe aha all the Emperors present nodded with a grave expression trying to solve the current ERA of cha

os and rampant starry night races relying on them won't work it had to take the dragon Emperor's hand to suppress it therefore they had to do their best to collect blood crystal stones during this time depart only now did the human Emperors realize Subi's true Dragon Emperor identity and also put down their faces he was prepared to take the initiative to go down with the Imperial Beast Masters to search for blood crystal stones as a way to the dragon Emperor's cultivation to increase as long as

the cultivation of the Dragon Emperor was raised then they would have enough thighs to hug at night The Starry Sky is brilliantly lit with star speckled meteorites yio and subai just stayed quietly on the deck Outside The Fortress looking at the scenery waiting the human Emperors brought back the blood crystals and as far as they don't even have to go out and look for it even subai and Yia would be criticized if they tried to go out this was because the current Starry Sky 10,000 races had defini

tely received some news a long time time ago and would definitely send some assassination type godair to patrol the vicinity of The Fortress in any way they could as long as they dared to go out and Hunt foreign beasts and take blood crystal stones I'm afraid that they would be targeted by these deities and it was always impossible for all the human Emperors to stay together for several subai and yio surrounded the two of them to search for blood crystal stones it's too slow to take it that way

it is undesirable Behavior subai was lying on the city underneath him was a large bed piled up with the blood crystal stones given by bone sub's face was Ashen as he held his cell phone looking at the temporary no signal on it and sadly said Sending thought there might be Wi-Fi and signals in outer space but it turns out there really aren't any what's their day like upon hearing this y ya nodded slightly a smile appearing on her face after all it can't be helped the predecessors who made The For

tress in the first place were probably busy making buildings as well as resisting the alien beasts so they surely didn't have much time to build signal towers for entertainment the and just like that in the back most of the seniors have children and the children that are born are also presumably used to it because they didn't have access to a cell phone growing up either it's also true that there's really nothing wrong with that if you haven't been exposed to it subai nodded with deep thought it

's also hard on them having grown up without access to a cell phone after subai finished speaking a familiar voice also suddenly sounded yes but that would give them relatively more time to cultivate as well as train the Imperial beasts and strengthen themselves the it's for their their own good subai turned his head and looked it was by phone who had arrived above the Fortress City unnoticed and quietly I've come to bring you blood crystal stones by said with a soft smile chapter 180 the Harves

t is full how much speaking of which subai was anything but sleepy or bored after all after the agony of not having Internet to look at your cell phone subai still decided to end The Strife quickly and go back to the internet even if it's currently in the Stars it can draw on the sun's energy whenever and wherever it wants but super wanted to end The Strife quickly so he also had to find a large amount of blood crystal stones to raise his cultivation level as soon as possible right now he was st

ill very much looking forward to what kind of harvest would be the result of all the Emperors all being out in force preferably in a short period of time to give him a huge amount of lift hph with all the human Emperors out there that's definitely a handful byone grunted and said with pride in his tone how much sub's eyes lit up while his eyes were dead set on by Fang's right hand and the middle finger of his left hand a originally only one middle finger usually had the ring placed on it but thi

s time there were surprisingly two of them with fine rings on them as far as subai knew a ring could hold at least 100,000 blood crystal stones inside then if there were actually two of them this time that meant it was definitely above 200 0000 blood crystal stones 510 0000 blood crystal stones by phone smiled gently spreading his five fingers wide and said smugly holy [ __ ] it's really different when a human Emperor comes out Subi's eyes whiten slightly and he couldn't help but exclaim y ya co

uldn't help but murmur in a slightly shocked manner from the side 510 000000 blood crystal stones that's three times as many as before by virtue of the fact that six more people were deployed can we get such a large amount in half a day don't underestimate the realm of super Gods o not to mention that they all come with the Imperial beasts who can sweep across a large swath of star Fay to draw on the blood crystal stones with a single move Ione gaad of course you mustn't be too envious I believe

that when you reach the Mythic realm and feel that unrivaled power that may be able to rival the super God Realm you will naturally understand aha subai agreed while the blazing fire in his eyes burned fiercer and fiercer yio also clenched her small hand at the side her eyes slightly bright and similarly began to look forward to it byone took off the two rings on his hands and threw them at subai cheer up and cultivate everyone is still waiting for you Dragon Emperor to break through to the myt

h realm faster to go out hunting well that the day I'm looking forward to subai nodded his head resolutely and looking forward to waiting until he reaches Mythic with the most basic self-preservation ability he can go out and crunch and kill by himself and intercept the blood crystal stones I'll be off then the human Emperors are still hunting hard for blood crystals this is just the first batch I'll have to ship you more later byone said with a faint smile and it's not just because I want you t

o break through to the Mythic realm or even the super God Realm but it's more of a repayment for you being able to undo the black Chi within our body IES so that we can all use our full strength well thank the human Emperors for me I will definitely raise my cultivation as soon as possible and solve the disaster so that everyone can return to the blue star to enjoy peace and joy subai nodded grandly I believe in you and at the same time I'm waiting for that day by Fang's tone was tinged with fai

nt Anticipation by then all disasters will be gone and I won't have to run east and west I can find a place where I can retire with my Imperial beasts well well well that day will come as early as possible subai said deep in the Starry Sky standing there were a dozen or so deities in Clan kings that emitted a terrifying Aura and were discussing something with serious Expressions chapter 181 teaching them a lesson that gang of human Emperors is really getting more and more rampant now actually da

ring to pour out their nests and madly Slaughter my followers the king of giant eyes was suspended in the air his voice was magnificent and his huge eyeballs were written with anger and disbelief he couldn't figure out why this group of human Emperors who were originally fearful of death and hiding for fear of letting them find an opportunity chose to take the initiative this time around crazily slaughtering all types of alien beasts it couldn't be because of their time dragging Behavior could i

t it didn't cause any harm and the girl was still alive so why fight to the death upon hearing this the king of angels holy and coldly handsome face remained expressionless as he coldly said by no means will they come to take revenge because of our actions this group of ultra Divine Imperial Beast Masters aren't fools when we acted before their Revenge was just a thunderbolt and it is definitely profitable that this one would even go on a massacre of Believers which is why they risked breaking o

ut of that warm little Fortress to strike down our pack but why have they suddenly become so bold the king of the Giant Eyes said with some doubt in his eyes even if it's a benefit aren't you afraid that will seize the opportunity to make a Counterattack I think it can be countered it's definitely not right for them to slaughter our Believers in such a frenzy the god of black octopus interjected it's not like there's any profit to be gained from killing our Believers it just accumulates more on

the body the black Aura of our Believers hatred the it's impossible to want those blood crystal stones that let them get black Aura on them g g g with that the god of black octopus laughed out loud could it be that the girl has changed in some way at that moment the Shadow Clan King who had been shrouding his entire body in the Gloom of the Starry Sky said hely after all that makato of hers is the only makato in the world that can detect the black Aura of our pack it's not impossible the king of

giant eyes nodded slightly after all we can't even monitor her now so there must be some secret hidden in there so what exactly is the secret it may be originally timid as rats human Emperor Imperial Beast Masters come out in droves the crowd of gods were talking but they could never figure out the reason for this either way we can't just sit back and wait the king of angels said since they don't want to lose their lives and dare to attack on their own initiative we can't show any weakness eith

er we have to organize our forces and Counterattack them the if we can fight to make one or two human Emperors bleed then things are definitely in our favor but could it be some kind of plot or trick they came up with again a deity said worriedly after all they've always been good at these smoke and mirrors tactics impossible no amount of tactics will help in the face of absolute power the king of angels coldly said they have the Restriction of black Chi they absolutely have no way to take us th

is time as long as you all put your best foot forward without the help of the Fortress it will be absolutely difficult for them to fight against us indeed we must all put our best foot forward this time otherwise there's no way we can really let go and let these human Emperors Slaughter our community the king of giant eyes said angrily well they have to be made to pay some small price we can't let them go on like this a deity nodded in agreement all right then letun get ready and get going catch

them off guard the king of angels reminded my tentacles can't wait J chapter 182 beginning of the formation inside the fort although it was said to be in space subai sensed it as if this place was like a city in ancient times the whole place was surrounded by a copper wall dense and Resolute only the overhead remained Starry with a transparent Shield that made it impossible for enemies to invade even from above along the way the streets were filled with crowds of people wearing all kinds of clo

thes selling food and drinks and children running only here people's eyes were kept fixed ahead overflowing with smiles and there were no people with their heads down playing with their cell phones it put subai in a bit of a trance as if he had traveled Yia did the same looking East and West even though she said she didn't have a cell phone but as someone who didn't have many friends she was slightly more acceptable what's more she had white with her all the time to talk to thinking of this Yia

arched her eyebrows and reached out her hand to jerk suai who was still soaring in the air subai who had already been under the day-to-day degradation also had no reaction but to accept it anyway yya was quite comfortable to touch moreover it was mainly because sub's eyes were now captivated by the roadside stalls from last night's vicious battle in the we hours of the morning with the sakurajima anecdote into the morning's purification of the emperor of men and the wait for the thinking about i

t did make him a little hungry even if his stomach wasn't going to be hungry y naturally noticed Shia's expectant gaze and she couldn't help but laugh why are you hungry why don't I go get some lunch well go on remember to buy a little more meat I'll continue home first subai nodded without a care and the world and turned his head to go hey Yia hurriedly grabbed Subi's faithful tail and muttered with a puff of air no go no go if you want to go go together if you go I won't buy it either I didn't

do this in order to go back earlier to lay the blood crystal stones up for cultivation subai knew that he had been forcibly suspended and could only turn his head and laugh now we have to scramble to improve our cultivation we can't fall behind it's fine yio grunted it's only a matter of 2 or 3 minutes no delay no no delay all right then go quickly subai spread his paws and followed the smug e xia to buy up food and what was shocking was that the meals and food eaten here were better than anyth

ing eaten in the Magic City of Jang Chang it can simply be described as the best of the best and perfect subai directly crunches and eats yeel was even eating with her mouth full of oil even after finishing his own food he thought about taking the food that subai hadn't had time to eat from his hand yet AI a i AI want to eat yourself and then go buy it don't rob me subai stared at IO with eyes full of vigilance afraid she would do something wrong okay okay just kidding eat normally Yeo laughed a

fter you've had your fill of food and wine yio and subai managed to return a home world that a group of human Emperors had assigned to them it was a larger yard like a quadrangle at the doorway on the other hand there were two solidly muscled lanky men standing straight in the doorway patrolling the perimeter after identifying the identity cards in yia's and sub's hands the two men also respectfully let subai and yio enter the courtyard and as soon as they entered the room subai and yio began to

set up the blood crystal stone Grand formation chapter 183 oversleeping what would it be like to have a whole 510 0000 blood crystal stones right in front of you not only is the yard stacked but even the rooms are going to be stacked pretty much bursting at the seams yel levitated in the air secretly grateful that she could now float in the air otherwise one would have to enter the arms of these blood crystal stones stained with black gas the human Emperor deserves to be the human Emperor he wa

s able to turn all these blood crystal stones into the same size and he even stacked them for us already tearful subai looked at the mountains of stacked blood crystal stones underneath and couldn't help but be moved if it's really another one of those big and small different blood crystal stones piled up I guess the whole yard plus the room won't be able to pile it up indeed speaking of this yea nodded with palpitating heart before that alone a 100,000 or so blood crystal stones would already b

e able to pile up the room airtight this time the full 510 0000 does seem a little too intimidating but if all of it could be absorbed by shabai how exaggerated would the elevated realm be that way in the blink of an eye 3 days rushed by during these three days subai and yio were cultivating non-stop purify the blood crystal stones that white seal keeps transporting the number of blood crystal stones could be as high as a million for 3 days almost down the line and in this situation subai was ho

lding his breath and wasn't absorbing it slowly instead he directly chose to fire it up even if it was so fast that it would be too full and lose some of the energy that could be absorbed by the blood crystals but subai still did it after all ho Yak some are blood crystals what's more if we don't finish sucking by the time the blood crystals are in the yard they'll all be piled right out and Scattered on the street and after these three days of precipitation Subi's cultivation had successfully a

rrived at the fifth stage of the totem paragod Realm this time it's only necessary to break through the fifth rank again he would be able to step into the realm of myth through and through enter the link to being able to Incarnate as an adult just thinking about that scene subai couldn't help but have some hot tears in his eyes there's a feeling of wanting to cry God knows how he gotten through the last few months it was a little hard not to feel human it's also fortunate that it's a dragon and

has claws that can still look at a cell phone or something otherwise it really becomes a snake and you might have to tap the screen there with a snake's letter to play a cell phone it would be a real tearjerker now at least it won't be so boring thinking of this subai opened his eyes in the courtyard and basked in the sun to his heart's content waiting for the white seal to come what it's time Yia saw shabai open his eyes and immediately understood that bone was coming aha subai nodded these thr

ee days by phone usually came here on time and on point to deliver the blood crystal stones subai had even gotten a little use to it it had even been sensed even without looking at his cell phone that this time white foam was coming only subai looked at the gate outside the courtyard which was slow to move at the moment for some reason a very strange as well as unpleasant feeling suddenly passed through Subi's heart but he couldn't say what it was inside the Fortress nothing should happen right

subai glanced at yio beside him and yio also looked back at subai with a heartfelt feeling her tone somewhat puzzled the time has come it has always been delivered on time before why is there no movement this time I don't think anything will happen to B foam right impossible just get 3 days he shouldn't have acted so quickly right Subi's tone pretended to be relaxed maybe he overslept like Jun Chen chapter 184 something happened hahaha that should not be the case yio said with a smile it's not f

unny then what did they do subai said sitting on the pile of blood crystal stones in boredom now this yesterday's batch of blood crystals were on the verge of being sucked all dry by him if he doesn't come up with a new one I'm afraid he'll go back to absorbing the sun's energy that way the speed of cultivation would still be very fast though but the speed would definitely drop drastically unlike the current boost which is so fast though it's slightly more acceptable to say that subai but then h

e had already seen the light and was still more willing to quickly Ascend to the realm of myth after half a minute subai and yio were white-eyed and the more they did the more silent they became subai couldn't hold it in any longer either after all it was now almost an hour later iong hadn't come over to deliver the blood crystal stones yet this made suai somewhat contemplative knowing that something might have happened on by Fang side otherwise it was impossible that he wouldn't come over for h

alf a day it couldn't really be that he overslept like jungin could it wait oversleep suddenly subai thought of something and immediately levitated in the air his tone somewhat certain it's possible that bong and the human Emperor and the others have met danger they're definitely battling against the star feay beasts right now that's why they're late his yo similarly realized this at this level there's really no need to sleep at all not to mention an old codr like B who likes to work like crazy

it was impossible that one would have to sleep under the agreement of having to distribute blood crystals then what should we do now Yia inquired go right out to them no no it's still too dangerous to go out and look for them directly we're still only at the fifth stage of the totem paragod realm maybe as soon as we leave this Fortress we'll be directly pinched to death by whichever Ultra God Realm Contraption as if they were little subai shook his head in denial even though he had resurrection

and wasn't afraid of being pinched it wasn't built that way he also didn't know how many days later he would be able to resurrect after dying with his current cultivation level if it takes months or even years or even decades wouldn't that be a blood loss and a waste of time so we're just going to wait here after all the fleet is out there so the only way to find it is to go out and look for it hearing this subai fell into deep thought and he realized that it seemed to be really like this over t

here the R Emperors had already sent their Fleet out to kill the foreign beasts to obtain blood crystal stones it's safest to stay inside the Fortress under normal circumstances but was there really no problem with the human Emperors all running out to get blood crystal stones the gods and whatnot would really notice wouldn't they if indeed it was just a gamble to keep him out of the way and then take the opportunity to make a supersized wave of blood crystals in quantity that to extenuating cir

cumstances the human Emperors were probably in a real hurry seeing hope in him and then being ready to just Pike it crazy to get his cultivation resources it does seem a little scary but wherever the god rushes over maybe in trouble so why haven't you come back yet let's just go to the edge and take a look wait for by foam otherwise it's really scary I feel like something is really wrong subai had a feeling of being on edge I don't know why but I'm going to verify it anyway well go to the edge a

nd take a look if it really doesn't work just keep coming back and wait after all it can't help yio said help lessly chapter 185 no need to go the very edge of the Fortress is also the top of the city a man and a dragon stood on top of it without anyone stopping them because yio possessed an exclusive identity token given by the human Emperor no one dared to stop her just like that yio and subai were allowed to walk to the top gazing at the Starry Sky in front of them from a high place there was

still a variety of star fleets patrolling the area and something like a spaceship exists in a world like this where there are imperial beasts and alien invasions it subai a particularly peculiar experience I wonder what it would be like to actually fight a bunch of those nasty alien beasts will it kill a bunch of them with one claw or can you barely fight them off Su white thinks she should be able to pull off a regular one anything bigger probably won't work what to do there really doesn't see

m to be anyone and byong isn't here is something really wrong with them Yia showed a worried expression as she looked at the distant star sky but apart from the bright stars and planets there was only silence and slow moving cratered meteorites covering the surface and these meteorites that tried to get close to the Fortress or in its vicinity were usually broken one by one by a wave of energy fired by a fleet of various types subai was silent for a moment and seemed to see something and suddenl

y opened his mouth I don't know if there's anything wrong with bong but I feel like we're going to have a problem what do you mean Yia blinked and looked at shabai on her right with a puzzled expression subai didn't speak this time but raised his Dragon claw to point forward yio followed the dragonclaws Gaze and her beautiful eyes which were already larger in themselves became larger all of a sudden even his face seemed to stiffen a bit all of a sudden are you kidding about opening again the fee

lings are looking for both ends subai combined some situations and sensed hey hey hey at this time Shia byai your tone doesn't need to be so flat y ya reminded with a slightly anxious face what should we do the fleet is already starting up they're probably going to fight soon should we go up and help honestly if white wasn't there Yia would not hesitate to rush up and fight this bunch of disgusting Starry Sky alien beasts do your best to kill them all it was highly likely that she would be kille

d in action herself but at least she had made a contribution aren't those predecessors still doing the same she was never one of those cowardly lizards but right now then white is here and if he charges himself white will be in the same danger then this is necessarily the time to ask for advice on following white yio was truly treating shabai as a person not a beast one centered on her and one could only follow her advice without any resistance beasts with whom she had first entered life and dea

th even at the cost of her life in her eyes white could have his choice and Subi's Choice naturally is silly datuan run subai reached out his paw and gently tugged on yia's sleeve reminding if we don't run now the big one will come later and give us all seconds at once well run although it was a bit of a Pity y ya nodded in agreement indeed it's still too trashy with their strength I'm afraid that they really met that kind of Starry Heavenly beast of the super good realm she and white would defi

nitely be killed in seconds yio was not willing to do this kind of work that would cost her life for nothing at this time however sub's eyes glazed over and he smiled with an open brow wait it seems we don't have to go chapter 186 back from the dead what do you mean yio was puzzled suddenly she seemed to understand something shifting her eyes to outer space and as an existence of the totem Paragon realm his eyes side was excellent Yia could easily make out a familiar man hovering straight up in

the air stopping in front of the Army Of Monsters And it summoned an immense snow white tiger with a neatly organized black stripe dotting its body subai instantly recognized that this was the white tiger from Earth only he didn't think that blue star actually had one plus the Dragon himself in that case perhaps the other three great beasts are also in Blue Star it just might be hidden away somewhere or it might have been harnessed by someone else at least if it was now these enemies seem to hav

e been blocked by bong through and through it made it impossible for these Starry Sky alien beasts to advance the slightest bit yio who was originally a bit tense on the side her eyebrows also suddenly stretched out at this moment the person also relaxed and smiled iong is here so it's all right it seems like he should really have something going on just now he's stopping the advance of these alien beasts it's just too much and now with the help of these fleets everything should be salv head-on

and these star Fay probably won't be able to move a single step forward aha indeed subai nodded approvingly the heart suspended and his heart similarly relaxed it seems that what was imagined didn't happen and the blood crystals can still continue to be replenished his cultivation progress was still able to proceed normally just as yio and subai were celebrating this in a moment of sighing and gossiping bang a violent crashing sound rang out seemingly hitting the city wall directly the slight vi

bration sound shook the SS of yia's feet not knowing what was happening what is it ye Z blinked Dolly not slowing down subai was also the first to look up at Bang's place but as a result he was nowhere to be seen suddenly Subi's heart had a trace of ominous for boing he gulped slightly and slowly approached the edge of the wall leaning over the stone pillers of the railing to look down sure enough it was someone familiar white seal at that moment white Fawn seemed to sit down in the fleet parkin

g place in front of the city for a long time because he had suffered more than one fatal blow yio also followed subia up and upon seeing that the figure at the bottom was by foam a look of shock filled her face that could be described as disbelief what's going on here wasn't it just a big Tailwind y Ya's mouth muttered while looking up towards the place of the Stars it's also the original place where white foam made his big appearance and where it had been a huge sticky suffocating tentacle appe

ared out of thin air from the darkness unable to be seen at a glance immediately followed by the densely packed sucker with countless tentacles filled with red bloodshot eyeballs looking at yia's dense phobia immediately committed boom boom boom countless fleets sent beamlike laser Rays blasting into the tentacles but the tentacles didn't take any damage it was only behind the giant tentacles that the figure's true form truly emerged slowly the moment yio looked at this figure it was as if she w

as struck by lightning a shudder ran through his body even subai couldn't help but stare in disbelief after all wasn't this the god of the black octopus who had personally died at their hands and turned into a cloud of Ash chapter 187 for some reason the god of the black octopus was now whipping the fleet of these humans with his tentacles to vent his anger the venting of anger was going on Happily all of a sudden he felt a coolness rise up behind him this caused the god of black octopus to tens

e up and look around instantly he locked his Gaze on subai as well as yizo above the Fortress somehow it was clearly a weak body that was only at the totem Paragon realm however the god of black octopus felt that the other party was a great threat to him and he smells so good he wants to eat it wait the god of black octopus suddenly froze the god of the black octopus mimicked his eyes slightly looking at subis overall appearance and his red eyes which were already as large as lanterns grew wider

and Wier and even the sound of his Grand breathing resounded throughout the Starry Sky it gives a sense of total oppression but it was this breathtaking contraption that froze in place at the moment even the other fleets that had some dispersal were holding their breath at this moment frantically besieging firing an assortment of laser cannons not some of the tentacles off successfully the god of the black octopus remained Frozen in place unresponsive and even his entire entire tentacle began t

o tremble involuntarily impossible impossible wasn't he already besieged to death by the Lord Gods thousands of years ago and there should no longer be any trace of him in the world so why can he be seen here the god of the black octopus muttered though it seemed as if he seemed to feel as if the line the station had just spoken seemed familiar but at this moment he was also noticing that Subi's cultivation had only just barely reached the totem Paragon realm it wasn't at all the same existence

that had made all the gods fearful before no even if he recognizes his mistake he must be strangled in the cradle and must not be allowed to reappear in the world again thinking of this the god of the black octopus didn't drag on and instantly took the initiative to make a sneak attack after all the sense of Oppression brought about by the one who was once thousands of years old was just too much even now facing this breath even if it was a 100 times weaker than him by a thousand times seeing th

e tentacles of the god thought of black octopus coming at him like they were at school the sight of such large and suffocating tentacles rapidly approached Subi's face also changed and his mind instantly recalled the tactics used before and he just wanted to use giant dragonizer remely angry Roar tinged with sadness rang out the tentacles that were originally sprayed out by the god of black octopus were seen to be intercepted by a figure this scene caused subai who had originally begun to be agi

tated to be dumbfounded could it be that the human Emperors have returned at this time yio also pulled the injured by foam underneath back into the city after seeing that the black octopus Gods Attack had been stopped her heart which had been somewhat apprehensive quieted down and sensing the threat the tentacles naturally surrounded the figure like a dumpling but to no avail the figure inside seemed to let out another Roar but it still doesn't seem to be able to break free of the tentacles seei

ng this subai decisively punched in an energy of the laws of light instantly it was like a Chain Reaction once again the Imperial beasts inside let out a horrifying gut-wrenching Roar immediately followed by the encircling tentacles a dazzling light gradually emanated from within Bang from the god of the black octopus a deadly Blow from the realm of the super Gods special the tentacle attack was blown apart this also allowed subai to see the true face of this figure it's the white tiger the sacr

ed Beast obviously he had just seen the white Tiger's appearance but now he had completely changed his appearance even the light blossomed on by foam who was leaning against the wall beside him chapter 188 die together it's hyper evolved subai saw the white tiger that was incredibly powerful as if it had a layer of Golden Light surrounding its body and the pressure on its body was as thick as a mountain plus the assistance of the laws of light he gave nowadays the white tiger was not losing the

battle against the god of the black octopus and was even getting stronger bong also awakened at this moment as he looked at the Golden Light emerging from his hands and muttered under his breath finally broken the realm of the super Gods finally awake the realm of the super god subai raised an eyebrow from the side almost thought you were going to mail it but it seems that your Imperial Beast seems to be angry because of you resulting in just the right amount of evolution to break through that l

ayer of shackles and Elevate The Realm by bong murmured raising his head to look at the Imperial Beast white tiger that always kept the god of black octopus in front of him the next Moment In The Gaze of subai and Yia Bon stood up with a determined look in his eyes and a white Flawless sharp Lance filled with a cold Aura appeared in his hand immediately he disappeared Into Thin Air that fast subai blinked this was already a match for him I wonder what law does by F Master should have just tried

to steal it in which case maybe the two go together his speed could go further a thought iong had already arrived at the battlefield that seemed close but was actually extremely far away on the field the fighting has stopped and both sides are facing off looking for each other's weaknesses to to attack effectively the god of the black octopus looked before him and the eyes were aggressive and contained great hatred don't have this lurid white tiger that won't stop until it bites him in the ass a

nd can't help but sweat a little this kind of thing that fights and breaks through directly into the realm of the super Gods the Imperial Beast he really is seeing it for the first time I should have known that I wouldn't have slapped that Mythic realm bug aside as soon as I came up it's better to just pinch them all together why give people a thrill this is great he has nothing to play with when we go back we'll be haunted by the king of angels bunch of turds again the air shakes cold when exac

tly will the average tentacled monster stand P at that moment a figure violently appeared beside the black octopus God aiming a shot at the brain however the god of the black octopus reacted the instant white pH appeared beside him and deflected backwards but it was still stabbed into an important part of the body by bong at that moment a golden blood that was as thick as a mountain and emitted a terrifying pressure fell Ione wasn't idle and immediately subconsciously Ed the blood and the god of

the black octopus let out an angry Roar unfortunately he couldn't raise his realm with anger it only made the wound tear even more painfully watching by foam still have the time to collect his Essence blood made the god of the black octopus even angrier but he can't help it though it was unknown why an imperial Beast that had just been promoted to the realm of the super Gods was able to deal so much damage to him however he was still able to rely on his veteran experience to crush it but now th

at both Contraptions seem to be able to damage him far above the realm of the super Gods it was a bit Sinister it looks like it's not a sure thing that we be able to go back this time but God of the black octopus had understood everything but he still had to let go burn yourself out of everything looking at White F and white tiger who were getting closer and closer to him the black octopus God's eyes instantly turned red I can't believe you want me to die then none of you damn human bugs accompa

ny me to Hell the voice of the god of the black octopus suddenly became grandiose horse and there was a sound in his voice that sent people into a compulsion at the same time his body began to undergo constant expansion becoming larger and larger the eyeballs on the tentacles also became increasingly scarlet and grew bloodshot chapter 189 the heart of Revenge collapses what's going on here this [ __ ] is hyper evolved too subai looked at the black octopus God that was gradually gigantic ising an

d let out a fatal doubt it can't be possible that he still broke through to the realm beyond the realm of the super God can it what's the point of playing chicken then humans Could Just Surrender no he is burning his life raising his cultivation to its peak state in a short period of time and each of the next strikes is using its lifespan to launch an attack by Fang's face was slightly grave but he still calmly explained to subai but his attack is now estimated to have exceeded the original adva

ncement by twoo small steps so now this black octopus God has a blood bar just keep it under control for a short period of time and then it can wear out suai speculated right theoretically he's already been forced into a desperate situation by us we just need to stall and keep him from leaving this place and he'll slowly move towards death Ione nodded slightly he will burn his life in this state even without using his skills so watch out he can start moving now P before Bon could finish his word

s he saw that subai was no longer beside him a turn of the head reveals that this old six had already rushed up and delivered a blow while the black octopus God was still in the middle of expanding and it wasn't just any place that subai attacked not pointless attacking tentacles the kind of limb parts that octopus monsters have in abundance instead it's straight to the point of pain Beware of the eyes subai directly stabbed into one of the eyes of the god of black octopus instantly a heart-rend

ing painful scream rang out the voice was as loud as thunder and lightning roaring resounding through a large portion of the Starry Sky listening to Bong or slightly scalp numb feel some pain he cannot help but a little smacked his lips the suai is really daring launch an attack while people are still huge in fact for a huge amount of time the god of the black octopus still carries out to be able to defend or start an offense but he really didn't even think that he had burned his Essence blood w

hen he squeezed his head it was even if byong and his Imperial beasts who were originally in the same realm as him stayed where they were and didn't run shouldn't the first thing you do someone who was a full two Realms lower be to feel scared and run away straight away or maybe they were shocked in place by his kingly Aura and just watched him become more and more terrifying as a result this Dragon Emperor however did not speak of Marshall virtues and directly poked him in the eye by disappeari

ng in an instant obviously his cultivation was low but his speed was fast and the damage is so high it really is a case of having lived in comfort for so long that he has forgotten how horrible he originally was the god of the black octopus hissed in pain listening closely The Voice still carried a few hints of fear and panic he used a few tentacles to cover the eye of the one that had been used by subis light attack Deluxe large package using the laws of chaos plus laws of light the other eye w

as observing the crowd while the remaining tentacles on his hand were still wriggling watching out for subai the angry heart that he had been prepared to give his life to do a great job and wipe out all of them had collapsed now his mind had begun to calculate again how to find a glimmer of life and Escape quickly quick do it subai transmitted his voice to BYO you're a super god what are you afraid of now they only have a dozen or so tentacles left and it's missing an i scope so I'll give you a

hand on the side while you [ __ ] him and be done with it chapter 190 blood crystal stones of the realm of the super Gods hearing Subi's analysis byong immediately reacted he didn't bother to refute it not even a single word that just coldly looking at the god of black octopus white tiger with a soft call from bone a majestic energy immediately surged out beside him the energy appeared as white Points of Light which continued to converge and eventually formed the huge white tiger the white tiger

had come to his side at the moment the it seemed that it was because the realm had been raised once again at the moment her fur was white and Flawless not stained with a single trace of of blood or dust and she looked very holy likewise in the face of the alien Beast that was just about to kill them the white Tiger's eyes were ferocious and sharp as if it was able to tear its enemies apart with its eyes alone its Limbs and torso are thick to the point of being very exaggerated one has to wonder

if this is a white tiger or an invincible armor Roar the white tiger opened its bloody mouth and roared and all of a sudden the hissing sound of the white tiger filled with murderous intent resounded all around th even the god of the black octopus who was incomparably strong and whose cultivation was much stronger than that of the God who had just evolved into the realm of the super Gods felt a hint of trickiness and by pH didn't hesitate he pressed down and wrapped his arms around his chest an

d in a short moment his Aura kept rising to an appalling level LOL LOL as a sound of growing bones rang out from my Fang's body byong who was originally just a normal body immediately Rose to an inhuman height by Fang's originally slightly thin body continued to flourish and grow replaced by muscles that continued to emerge from his body at the same time his height continued to grow like crazy and in just a few seconds he grew to more than 2 m tall and coupled with the muscles on his body at thi

s moment bong seemed like a sturdy Hill this ton of maneuvering gave subai a Blank Stare byong snapped his fingers and summoned a lance grinning white tiger up Roar the moment the words fell the white Fong and white tiger instantly transformed into two white streams of light stabbing at the god of black octopus with extreme speed the two streams of light slammed heavily into the black octopus got's torso without leaving the slightest Trace byone was not surprised to see this and after he and the

white tiger landed firmly on the ground he I shouted angrily white tiger use the tiger slam killing power Cannon Roar a white dazzling wave of energy immediately converged in the white Tiger's mouth the but in the blink of an eye the waves of energy had converged Boom the white tiger poured out the energy in his mouth and the energy waves immediately shot towards the god of the black octopus like sharp swords the moment the energy wave collided with the black octopus God's torso a gale spread i

n a circular pattern in all directions whipping up a puff of smoke the black octopus God's Vision was clouded by smoke which cleared after a few moments and and what greet him was B Fang's attack the outer side of Bang's arm had the silhouette of a white Tiger's claw and the silhouette heavily grabbed towards the black octopus face with an earpiercing metallic sound scraping by the black octopus God's face was left with two faint blood marks by white Seal's sharp claws the black octopus God was

Furious and his tentacles immediately swung towards B like whips bone dodged with difficulty and swung his spear to block the attack it was followed by the white tiger tangling with the god of the black octopus seeing this subai no longer hesitated and slowly retreated behind the crowd hiding to The Fortress behind him so that this inhuman War would not reach him after all no matter how one put it he was currently only a peak totem paragod realm even with all sorts of awesome skills however if h

e were to face a black octopus God that was two Realms higher than him it would simply be nonsense what's more the god of the black octopus was still in a state of burning life two sneak attacks before would have been enough really going up to do it is just looking for death once the fort is secure subai waved his hands and after aiming it by Fong and the white tiger golden Dharma Rings surged out of both Palms started to increase the Mana the color of the golden Mana ring Shone more and more wh

ile the attacks of bone and B who seem to be enhanced originally their had some attacks against the black octopus the but now subai increased his power over the laws of light at this moment however the attack was already able to cause pain to the black octopus at present all subai needed to do was to quietly support from the back he went up to fight instead of playing a role he would also distract the two and Yi X naturally knew this that's why she also honestly followed behind Shai while channe

ling the laws of light quietly watching this two for one Siege moods are tumbling with it and above the battlefield the three were still doing entanglement with neither side having a clear Advantage at the moment by foam had light and heavy wounds all over his body but he didn't seem to be in any serious trouble and still had a belligerent demeanor the white tiger was a bit tired in this battle it carried the most injuries originally white fur at the moment stained with uncountable whether it wa

s his own or the black octopus God's Flesh and Blood the originally white fur was also dyed dark red by Blood at this moment as if it had just climbed out of a large Dy that f filled with red pigment looking somewhat appalling the god of the black octopus on the other hand was miserable although he was clearly stronger than the duo he could not withstand the successive attacks of the enemy at this moment the black octopus was covered with some not so small deep pits all blasted out by the White

Tiger the blood marks on his face as well as his body were all scraped out by B foam with his Tiger Claws and even his own tentacles were cut off by a few to add to the black octopus Panic the he felt that he himself was the eye that always had a powerful energy in it that was destroying it causing him to be unable to make repairs to himself the same was still sucking the power from his body this strange event also gave him the creeps this kind of strange power couldn't help but make the god of

the black octopus think of the Dragon Emperor's chaotic laws the dragon Emperor's chaotic laws among them had an ability a terrifying offense that was beyond the repair of both foreign beasts and humans and could not be resisted even by a god looking at subai who was hiding at The Fortress the black octopus God's eyes grew more and more frightened The Current Dragon Emperor could possess this Heaven defying skill even at the realm of a totem paragod because its own injuries could not be repaired

the black octopus's offense was getting weaker and weaker after a few moments he couldn't even defend himself and could only keep taking hits after a few more moments the god of the black octopus had long since ceased to be as unbeatable as he had been a moment ago and at this moment he was so weak that he looked like he had already run out of oil die byone leaped High into the air and raised his Lance to slam down heavily on the black octopus with a tiger's Roar and a loud bang the god of the

black octopus ended up falling in dribbling blood this fierce battle was very laborious until the Flesh of the god of the black octopus was reduced to Flying dust only then did bong and by who dare to relax their minds but bong didn't freeze he pocketed some of the golden Essence blood that the black octopus had shed as well as the rest of the cultivation essence of his flesh and the super large blood crystal stones of the realm of the Transcendent God and seeing the end of the battle subaya ste

pped out of the Fortress while putting away the laws of Light by fing by who walked up to subai and handed over all the loot they had just harvested to subai without a single hesitation after all at the moment subai raising his cultivation was the first priority thanks subai laughed uh all right bone nodded while a cute Cub that looked like a kitten appeared in his hand afterwards Bon handed the cat to yio who stayed behind subai yel looked at the cub in her hand and was a bit confused byong the

n explained Don't Panic this is my and buyer's child I want him to follow suai sight from a young age so it's also safer and buyer and I are at ease so I'm going to let you contract chapter 191 crisis yzel looked at the white tiger cub in by Fang's hand and then looked at by Fang's determined expression then she still took it within a short time y ya completed the contract with the Cub while by phone looked relieved after all this is after a big battle he was facing a super God Realm in a state

of burning life and it wasn't easy to defeat him and after subai got the oversized super God Realm blood crystal stone of the god of black octopus he didn't rush to absorb it but asked by phone by the way where are the other human Emperors why are you the only one seen coming back to defend hearing subai question by said with a grim expression this time the star Sky 10,000 races have sent out almost all of the realm of the over goods and in addition to those few we've already fought a few unfami

liar overgod realm powerhouses have also popped up I'm sure they've learned of your recent news so they're going to do everything they can to stop you from reaching the myth realm at this moment the several human Emperors are probably still fighting with them on other planets and I did my best to lure the god of the black octopus here so I don't know the situation after that hearing about the crisis in the battle sup I asked with a slight anxiety by foone can you sense the aura of several human

Emperors white closed his eyes and felt carefully then nodded his head and said I can sense the approximate location of several human Emperors but the human Emperor's current auras are all unstable so I think they must still be in a fierce battle then is there any way we can grab to save those human Emperors the fall of a human Emperor is an unbearable damage to us all yes but you can't go when Bon saw that subai had the idea of wanting to go and rescue the human Emperor he immediately snapped a

nd drank subai down then said currently the most important person in blue star is you and the target of those Starry 10,000 Clans is also you only if your cultivation improves will you be able to resolve this crisis before you and yia's cultivation reaches the the Mythic realm I won't allow you to take half a step away from the Fortress as for rescuing the human Emperor it's fine for me to go so you grab a hold of yourself and head back to the Fortress to absorb the black octopus God's blood Cry

stal nuggets as well as the blood crystals I brought with me for you yio also comforted yes little white with our less than Mythic realm strength even if we head to the battlefield of the human Emperors we can only go over and drag our feet we'd better hurry back to the Fortress to cultivate and reach the Mythic realm before we make any plans subai also know knows that the current battle situation he really cannot help he only had to talk to Bone solemnly said byone after you go over there advis

e the human Emperors not to get attached to the battle and come back as soon as you find a chance to escape bone grinned and said don't worry the strength of the human Emperors is not as unbearable as you think moreover after last time after you eliminated the black chief of the human Emperors the human Emperors have slowly recovered their strength all right you hurry back to the Fortress to cultivate and I'll go help the human Emperor and the others in their battle after saying that bone leapt

up and then turned into a white shocking light and flew towards the battlefield where the human Emperors were fighting yel also knew that there was no more delay at this point the combat of the human Emperors was definitely not as easy as bong said this was just to comfort subai subsequently yel also said to subai with a grave expression little white letun also return to the Fortress to cultivate as soon as possible we are only one step away from the Mythic realm and with the black octopus God's

blood Crystal nuggets I think it will be enough for us to cultivate subai nodded then returned to the Fortress with Yia piece by piece as soon as we get back to our little nest in the quad subai immediately pulled out the black octopus God's blood crystal stone and after skillfully evolving it he coiled the ground and cultivated seeing this yel also did the same as subai and cultivated on the spot and just at this moment byong rushed and finally arrived at the place where the human Emperors wer

e fighting with the Starry Sky 10,000 races just see the Dragon country human Emperor holding a long sword is with the king of angels as well as the king of the Shadow tribe killing looking at the Battle situation the dragon country human Emperor a pair of two does not lose the wind several other human Emperors were also fighting against two enemies of the realm of the super god at the same time and after successfully destroying the black chi in their bodies the human Emperors were even able to

fight one on two the human emperor of the be country slapped his palms together and a strong and domineering Palm wind immediately blew back the two enemies of the realm of the super god in front of him the human emperor of the Bear Country laughed aloud and said good good good old me hasn't felt such a smooth battle in decades you stinkers keep coming the human emperor of the Sakura country flung his giant blade and the sharp giant blade immediately cut a bloody scar on the skin of the two ultr

a God Realm powerhouses bursting into several blood splatters the human emperor of the Sakura Kingdom held a huge blade in his hand and kept swinging it the battlefield only kept resounding with the sound of slashing his tone was filled with anger you foreigners mutilating my children and grandchildren today I will make you fall here the several human Emperors of the blue star had a good fight but the dozen or so super God Realm powerhouses on the opposite side had bitter faces the king of the S

hadow Clan casted his skills to Parry the long sword of the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom while cursing angrily at the king of angels beside him bastard didn't you say that these human Emperors have lost a lot of strength due to the black G infestation look at that mad man across the street he doesn't stop swinging his long sword is this what a black infestation looks like the Holy Light Giant sword in the hands of the king of angels was constantly resisting the sword awnings of the human

emperor of the Dragon Kingdom and The Holy Light giant sword was almost on the verge of being chopped and rolled up on its edges which made the king of angels look at it with an immense amount of Heartache still he didn't forget to take the time to Bellow angrily at the Shadow King saying how would I know if you asked me obviously after so many years of fighting the black gas should have eroded their bodies completely as a result these guys not only didn't get eroded but on the contrary they loo

ked like they had never had black gas before but don't panic these human Emperors are only looking Brave now in terms of physical strength they are flexing their mortal flesh how can they compare to our Noble flesh we just need to keep stalling for time dragging them down to exhaustion and then we can kill them with a single strike I'd like to see if these personal Emperors are invincible or not the other few Clan Kings and divine gurus seem to have realized this tactic as well and they hadn't b

een attacking only continuously fending off the human Emperor's attacks looking at this situ sitation it was bound to make this battle a long-lasting one and as bone looked left and right he realized that among the human Emperors the queen of the calling country seemed to be gradually losing her stamina slowly lowering her attack from the initial Onslaught by now the two super good Realms opposite her had begun to gradually attack byong no longer hesitated as he Dove headlong into the battlefiel

d going forward to help the queen of the calling Kingdom when the queen of the calling Kingdom saw Bon come there was some doubt in her eyes but she didn't say much only taking advantage of the gaps in the engagement to slowly recover her strength the few other people who were fighting also finally noticed by Fu's arrival but they didn't watched too much and just focused on fending off the battle in front of them the king of angels on the other hand was a bit puzzled as to how he had let him Esc

ape when he had clearly sent the god of the black octopus forward to raid byone seeing the dark black blood on B Fang's clothes the king of angels pupils shrank it's hard to believe that the god of the black octopus has chapter 192 death of the Sakura country's human emperor the king of angels was in some disbelief that the entire human Empire of blue star had been held back by there it was hard to believe that a black octopus God couldn't kill a peak myth realm no it can now be said to be the r

ealm of the super Gods it seems to be a clinical breakthrough but even if it's the realm of the super Goods that broke through on the verge the god of the black octopus should be able to handle it with ease don't look at the fact that Bon and the god of the black octopus were both equally in the realm of the super Gods but this realm of the super Gods there was also a difference between the strong and the weak as an alien deity the black octopus God's physical body was originally stronger than m

ost of the strongest people in the same realm add to that the fact that the god of the black octopus has been battling in the realm of the super gods for countless years it could be said to be the best in this realm so how could it be impossible to kill a white seal even if the other side had Imperial beasts that they couldn't beat there was no way that they would be chattering blood the king of angels began to probe up the scent of the god of the black octopus the as expected the aura of the go

d of the black octopus had disappeared and the king of angels did not feel it for a long time of probing [ __ ] you useless bastard it's obviously such a simple task and you actually screwed it all up for me you deserve to die the king of angels kept cursing the god of the black octopus with rage in his mind the but cursing aside the fall of a powerful super God Realm Powerhouse was still very painful to the king of angels after all there weren't many super God Realm powerhouses of the Starry Sk

y 10,000 races combined and the fall of one would be no small blow today if I can't kill you human Emperors here I'm not willing to do it after a long period of non-stop high-intensity battles the physical strength of the several human Emperors had dropped drastically and each of them had begun to lose their strength it couldn't be helped although their realm had already reached the realm of super gods and they were already considered the best amongst the 10,000 races their lineage after all bel

onged to humans because of the limitations of their bloodline several human Emperors were always slightly inferior to others in battles against powerhouses of the same rank although Lord Dragon Emperor had helped them dispel the black G in their bodies a few days ago it hadn't strengthened them it had only brought them back to their Peak strength under these Peak sparring matches the flaws and the physical strength of the several human Emperors gradually unfolded and at the same time subai and Y

ia were only one step away from the myth realm as the blood Crystal nugget of the black octopus got in Subi's hand became smaller and smaller the cultivation of the two of them increased dramatically at an extremely high speed not long after yia's cultivation was just one limit away from the myth realm and after breaking through this limit Yia would be a genuine myth realm Powerhouse Yia continuously operated her Danton absorbing the energy from the blood Crystal block trying her best to break t

hrough that restriction Give me Break as yiel let out a dainty cry with the courtyard they were in as the center of the circle The Fortress suddenly Shook and at the same time the aura of a Powerhouse belonging to the Mythic realm began to spread the people inside the Fortress felt the Fortress shake and instead of panicking they smiled with relief it was because they were able to sense that this familiar Aura belonged to a human Powerhouse this represented that the human race had given birth to

another Mythic realm Imperial Beast Master which already belonged to the main stay of the cosmic Battlefield and belonged to the blue stars First Rate powerhouses Blue Star had given birth to another strong man how could the crowd not be happy I don't know who led the way but suddenly someone excitedly shouted congratulations for the human race congratulations for the human race congratulations for the human race hearing the cheers coming from inside the Fortress yia's face spread a smile she T

wisted her head to look at B who was still making a breakthrough to the side though a little curious as to why she's already broken through sha Bai however didn't break through before her wasn't she supposed to break through when by broke through how come she's breaking through more easily instead watching the energy of the blood Crystal Block in Shai's hand was constantly being absorbed but there was just no sign of a bre through although yo was puzzled she still planned to head to the battlefi

eld first to help the human Emperor fight after Yeo broke through the realm her own perception ability became powerful she was able to clearly sense the auras of several human Emperors as well as by fo and it looked like the battle over there was very intense little white I'll head to the battlefield first to help the human Emperors so remember to come after your breakthrough after saying that yio transformed into a stream of light and after sensing the exact location of the human Emperor sect s

he flew towards the battlefield with extreme speed unbeknownst to her subai was not only able to hear her speak but was also very helpless at the moment nothing else simply because subai seemed to be stuck the absorption of energy in the front was smooth but when it came to the Breakthrough stage the energy had been absorbed all the time and there was just no sign of a breakthrough Subi's Consciousness kept wandering around the Danton like a swimming dragon and said helplessly what's the point o

f just sucking in energy and not breaking through enriching yourself however thinking about the crisis in the battlefield at this moment and that yio had also headed to the battlefield at this moment subai still straightened his expression convinced you're happy to suck it right I'd like to see just how much you can suck subai intended to completely absorb the blood Crystal block and subsequently rely on this tremendous energy to break through the Mythic realm and one Fell Swoop y flew to the ba

ttlefield in a short time only to see that the battle situation was getting more and more intense and the earpiercing sound of Swords colliding kept coming only to see that those gods and Clan Kings had reversed their disheveled State just now and were now constantly fighting with the human Emperors as for the human Emperors after the violent battle just now their physical strength was already not strong enough plus every human Emperor was in a one-on two situation and now on the contrary the hu

man Emperors were losing ground District human Emperor today I'll make you fall on the spot a scyth wielding Fay Clan King shouted angrily then raised the Scythe in his hand high and Was preparing to harvest the life of the Sakura country's human Emperor like a god of death the human emperor of the Sakura kingdom was the oldest of all the Emperors except for the queen of the calling Kingdom although age was already merely en number to a Powerhouse of the realm of the super Gods the older one got

the more one's strength would cause one strength to slip drastically the Empress of the calling country and the human emperor of the Sakura country were different from the other several human Emperors who were all currently still in their Prime and at the peak of their strength the two of them on the other hand were already in their Twilight years and and although they weren't dead yet a drastic decrease in strength was inevitable the queen of the calling Kingdom that at least had B phone to he

lp her and wasn't in that much of a mess but the human emperor of the cherry blossom kingdom was in a miserable State seeing that the Scythe was about to fall and harvest his head the human emperor of the Sakura country had the intention to dodge but in the end he couldn't lift his strength the human emperor of the Sakura Kingdom dropped the huge blade in his hand and murmured in a droopy voice old and decrepit are we going to die after all alas it's just a pity that I couldn't take the stronges

t of the foreign races with me before I died several other human Emperors also noticed the crisis on the Sakura nation's human Emperor side and all of them wanted to draw out their hands to help but they were all helplessly blocked by their enemies ruthlessly iong had the intention to help but the queen of the calling country had also reached her limit at this moment and if he went to rescue her the queen of the calling country was afraid that she would also die tragically under the enemy sword

and at this moment the Imperial beast of the human emperor of the Sakura kingdom is the most urgent after all if the human emperor of the sakur nation died they would die as well but helplessly they were all entangled by all sorts of endless Elite foreigners unable to get away even charging forward without regard for his wounds couldn't help the Sakura nation's human Emperor was half kneeling seemingly waiting for the Scythe of death to descend and the scyth wielding Clan King seeing that this c

elebrity Emperor no longer had the intention to resist excitedly and angrily shouted what a [ __ ] human Emperor after all they are just stronger ants go to hell the Scythe was about to fall and the human emperor of the Sakura country closed his eyes helplessly chapter 193 time chop comprehension time chop with that yea offered up a long sword that she had bought and practiced with earlier she closed her eyes and after a murmur the entire room fell silent all of their expressions their movements

seemed to be frozen in this moment with only yo suspended in the air at the same time within Yo's Long Blade a cream blade shei that was enough to destroy the heavens and the Earth was condensing as Yi wanted to violently open her eyes the long knife in her hand a dazzling All Pure White Blade Chi had already condensed chop yio let out a dainty cry and then with a wave of the long sword in her hand a mighty Unstoppable Force slashed towards the two Realms of ultra Divinity that were preparing t

o kill the human emperor of the sakur country put with the sound of a blade slicing through Flesh and Blood time at that moment began to turn the human emperor of the cherry blossom Kingdom closed his eyes tightly but he didn't feel any injuries and he opened his eyes somewhat daedly to look upwards but he only saw two headless corpses in the battlefield everyone looked at the scene with disbelief and everyone froze only Yia saberi was still streaking across and it was still coalescing after cut

ting off the two super God Realm powerhouses the saber Chi continuously cleav through all sorts of mountains displaying its Supreme Divine might on top of the battlefield every second was instantaneous and the human Emperors only fro for a split second before catching the enemy off guard the enemies only reacted at that moment but there was already a clan King who because of his sloppiness was blown apart by the human emperor of the bare country hard enough to shatter one of his arms the clan Ki

ngs and gods were Furious and the king of angels was in a state of liver failure counting the two that were killed by yea just now he had already fallen a full three super god Realms three of them are in the realm of the Gods even for him it would be unbearable and the strength of his clan would plummet because of the fall of these three the king of angels fought as he shouted no one will be allowed to evacuate today and we will replace these bastards from Blue Star even if we die the alien side

was Furious but the blue star side was happy the enemy lost three super god Realms which could make the pressure on them drastically weakened the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom laughed out loud and said appreciatively to y ya Shia yaa good job worthy of being our blue stars Imperial Beast Master because of his good mood the various human emperors even seemed to have recovered some of their physical strength the human emperor of the Sakura Nation recovered for a moment before picking up the

giant blade and continuing to head to the battlefield to help distract the other Emperors For a Moment The Human Side had a substantial lead yo on the other hand landed on the ground panting slightly this move time slash was something she had comprehended when she had broken through the Mythic realm even more so he had started practicing with this knife that he had bought again right before he mastered the laws of space and time this this move was indeed overbearing Not only was it able to stop

time briefly even the human Emperors and the foreign gods and Clan Kings were unable to move a single bit even the power was Unstoppable causing eia to cut down two super god Realms against the odds with only the strength of the myth realm Not only was it Invincible at the same rank but even if it crossed the ranks no one dared to belittle its might however at the same time while this stance was powerful it also consumed Yia tremendously Yia roughly estimated that just chopping out this blade c

onsumed 40% of the energy in her body the consumption could be considered very huge yio had intended to use it as a master stroke but at that time the situation of the human emperor of the Sakura kingdom was really critical and only then did she have to use this move y ya rested for a few moments before immediately plunging into the battlefield with the extra help of Yi yaa the pressure of the crowd was relieved and they all started to Counterattack unbeknownst to him beyond the battlefield a st

rong Aura was coming this way at great speed a stream of light cut across the sky then crashed down towards the center of the battlefield at extreme speed Boom the shock wave from getting the figure to fall blasted everyone away stopping the otherwise intense battlefield for a moment the human Emperors of the various countries yo and by fo had stood in a row puzzled as to who the original owner of this shock wave actually was and the opposite alien race Kings and gods simultaneously had their pu

pils shrunk as they half knel and bowed their heads in respect saying greetings King of the Apocalypse as the smoke cleared a huge eye was seen floating on the ground exuding a strong Aura all over its body the king of the Apocalypse said lightly get up you can't even get this little thing done and you still need me to come in person King of the Apocalypse yeel obviously didn't know where he came from and said doubtfully while bong on the side explained this king of the Apocalypse who has been b

attling in the universe for thousands of years has made considerable War achievements in the Fay and is also known as the king of the Fay at the same time his strength belong ongs to the halfstep universe realm and among the foreign races he is already the strongest by far the human Emperors of various countries had all felt tricky they didn't expect that the king of the Apocalypse would also make a move this time normally under normal circumstances the king of the Apocalypse would be in Slumber

as well as seclusion and would not strike don't look at the king of the apocalypse's cultivation level as just a half step in the cosmic realm even if it was just a half step he had already thrown off most of the distance with the realm of the super Gods if we were to say that just now the human Emperors were still thinking about whether they could leave behind one or two of the foreign gods and goddesses at this moment then what they were thinking about was whether they could escape from under

him if they were in a period of total Victory even if it was the king of the Apocalypse they would really dare to put up a fight but now it was different now the physical exertion of the crowd was very great and almost all of them were at the end of their strength at this time if one were to confront the king of the Apocalypse it would be purely looking for death the human emperor of the drag Kingdom gripped the long sword in his hand tightly and whispered towards yizo later if you have the cha

nce you should Escape as soon as possible he is targeting you yio was the first to veto how could I possibly leave behind all the human Emperors to escape alone don't fool around the future of blue star rests on you and the Dragon Emperor we will preserve your life even if we die the other Emperors also echoed and yeel was getting more and more anxious at the moment little white when exactly will you finish your breakthrough on the other side subai was still sitting in a coiled position unlike j

ust now the blood crystal stone in his hand had shrunk smaller and smaller the black octopus God's blood crystal stone had turned from the size of a plate just a moment ago to an now small Stone as for the blood Crystal Stone's energy all of it was accumulating in sub's Danton at the moment waiting for subai to break through the Restriction in one go not long after the blood crystal stone in Subi's hand completely disappeared and subai also took control of the energy and angrily shouted break me

as subai angrily shouted the energy of the blood crystal stone rushed towards the Restriction like a flooding beast and instantly it broke through the already fragile restriction with a burst of Air Boom a pillar of Golden Light rose up into the sky and the pillar of light continued to rise until everyone within the universe could feel the shine of the pillar and the crowd inside the Fortress looked at this pillar of light with some Panic if they weren't able to feel the human's breath I'm afra

id that they would have to scatter and run away at this moment although the original owner who could feel the scent was in the Mythic realm the crowd still couldn't help but doubt it this is the aura that the myth realm should have even a universe realm Powerhouse isn't as pushy as you chapter 194 breaking through the chemotype within the golden pillar of light that passed through the sky the aura belonging to a myth realm Powerhouse was constantly being transmitted which caused all those in the

universe who were observing the pillar of light to be even more dismayed the person to whom this Aura belongs to is in the myth realm yes but this Aura was too overbearing not to mention the Mythic realm even some of the outer Race's super God Realm power houses felt an irresistible pressure on a planet 10,000 M away a super God Realm Powerhouse looked at the dazzling pillar of light and murmured in Surprise this kind of Aura is it really just the Breakthrough of a Mythic realm I'm afraid that

the only one who can have this kind of Might is that existence back then at the same time the Light Pillars continued to vibrate and all of a sudden the Fortress kept shaking as if an earthquake had erupted subai on the other hand stood in the light pillar and then he kept levitating upwards within the light pillar his was like that of a god during the ascent the dragon scales on sub's body continued to fall off while what was revealed was a piece of white skin as subai moved further and further

upwards the dragon scales on his body also finished metamorphosing and at this moment subai officially transformed into a human body Boom the Tremors were even more violent and this time it wasn't just the Fortress but the entire planet that kept shaking as everyone watched the scene in amazement Roar with a dragon's Roar that resounded through the heavens and the Earth a giant dragon with a golden Shadow continuously traced over Subi's body the sound of the dragon's Roar resounded through the

heavens and earth and it contained a supreme Majesty causing all those who heard the dragon roar to kneel down almost irresistibly even the human Emperors who were currently fighting the king of giant eyes on the battlefield 10,000 Mi away heard this dragon roar several people stopped fighting and all turned their heads to look at the Golden Light pillar the human Emperor's legs were trembling but their faces couldn't stop their excitement it's Lord Dragon Emperor it's Lord dragon Emperor breaki

ng through to the myth realm the Sakura country human Emperor couldn't stop all the excitement and drank the remaining few human Emperors also showed their smiles after all they had worked so hard for so long it wasn't in vain after all the few super god Realms behind the king of the Apocalypse heard this dragon roar their legs almost trembled and then they involuntarily knelt down it wasn't that Subi's dragon roar was too overbearing and couldn't even be stopped by the realm of the super god ra

ther it was because of the fear of long Ming that existed in the bones of these for races coupled with the fact that he had fought with the human Emperors for so long his bodily functions hadn't been able to fully recover which was why he couldn't stop kneeling the king of the Apocalypse naturally heard the dragon's Roar and he couldn't help but want to submit but as a halfstep universe realm Powerhouse he still resisted the fear in his bloodline and when he saw his Kinsmen behind him kneeling h

e couldn't stop himself from cursing angrily saying you no good guys stand up all of you with the king of the Apocalypse letting out a furious curse it was only after kneeling down for a moment that he finally came back to their senses and only then did they get up one by one in a sorry State and when the several human Emperors saw this scene they all couldn't help but scoff I say some of you guys call yourselves Kings and gods and whatnot how come you still can't help but kneel down in front of

our Lord Dragon Emperor since you guys are so cowardly I don't think you need to fight just put down your weapons and surrender in peace you might even be able to give yourselves a decent death haahaha hearing the opposite human Emperor's constant mock the king of the Apocalypse couldn't bear it anymore and angrily shouted shut the [ __ ] up boom this time the king of the Apocalypse was truly moved to anger and an aura that belongs solely to a powerful person of the realm of the universe burst

out the human Emperors felt the aura and gritted their teeth to block and only when the aura dissipated did the king of the Apocalypse say in a cold voice a mere myth realm is just a mere myth realm what situation can be turned around today I'll tell you mole crickets to recognize reality and show you just how great the gap the realm of the super gods and the realm of the universe is the human Emperors felt the undisguised killing intent in the words of the king of the apocalypse and they all no

longer hesitated to beginning to recall his own Imperial beasts that were still slaughtering the elites he had all the remaining Imperial beasts transient through to their neighborhood the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom waved his big hand and the Imperial beasts belonging to him immediately appeared Roar a tiger whistle that penetrated the soul resounded and a huge redyed Fierce tiger immediately appeared its Aura of the king of all beasts was no less than the dragon roar just now the huma

n emperor of the Bear Country shouted angrily and a giant brown bear immediately appeared behind him and at that moment several other human Emperors also summoned their own Imperial beasts however in a few moments the human Emperors recalled their unique Imperial beasts that were uniquely theirs but they also understood that even if they summoned them they would not be able to defeat the king of the Apocalypse the only thing they could do at the moment was to rely on the Imperial beasts to fend

off the king of the Apocalypse attack for a moment the winner of this battle will still have to be decided by subai although by things white tiger had only just participated in the war it hadn't suffered much damage because of Subi's purification from the laws of light at this moment the white tiger had almost finished recovering and by Fong didn't hesitate immediately summoning the white tiger and preparing to fight alongside the human Emperors and yeel looked up at that pillar of light and pra

yed in her heart by you must come over as soon as possible and at this time subai was suspended and a pillar of light at this time he was no longer in the form of a dragon but had moled his skin to become a human the golden shadowy golden dragon that emitted a dragon's Roar eventually wandered into Subi's palm and then transformed into a dragon-shaped golden blade subai gripped the golden Blade the light pillar slowly disappeared and he officially broke through into the Mythic realm feeling his

hands subai ran his hands over his face ah cozy it's a familiar feeling finally a hand for a while subai had some hot tears in his eyes God knows how he's gotten by these last few months living without his hands it's really so uncomfortable when you can only crawl in the front and barely fly in the back subai took the golden blade and swung it it was a familiar feeling that he had become somewhat unfamiliar with sighing he seemed to be thinking of something that hurriedly descending he pulled ou

t a robe in the courtyard and put it on before breathing a sigh of relief after the Breakthrough was complete subai also did not delay any longer holding the golden blade in his hand he rose up in the air and rushed toward Ward the battlefield there was still a battle waiting for him and on the battlefield at the moment all that could be seen was a dark laser sweeping continuously the the human Emperors were currently all bruised and battered but still did their best to fend off the laser the la

ser of the king of the Apocalypse dissipated and looking at the humans who were almost defeated by this laser beam he coldly grunted and said mayflies are not good enough the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom struggled to stand up he gritted his teeth and with great difficulty he swung his long sword in a single motion and commanded red-eyed tiger use tiger shock the red-eyed tiger that blocked in front of the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom suddenly clapped its front paw then roared out a

heaven shaking tiger whistle which brought all the shock waves to immediately kill the king of the Apocalypse however the king of the Apocalypse merely reached out his tentacles and swung them lightly slapping the shock wave away the human Emperors of the various countries were all a bit desperate at the moment no matter what moves they used they were unable to cause the slightest bit of damage to the king of giant eyes ye iel was pondering something but in the end she still held the long sword

in her hand with firm eyes and made that move again chapter 195 The Shining time chop under yia's silent chanting time was once again briefly Frozen and even the king of the Apocalypse was unable to move but accordingly the consumption of using time chop this time was just too much for Yia to Bear Yia gritted her teeth and sacrificed her long sword the domineering and killing blade Chi was spreading and it was about to be condensed but the king of the Apocalypse made a move his eyes widened in

anger and the time that had been frozen was running at this moment and yia's blade she dissipated like glass shattering the clan Kings Behind the king of the Apocalypse all looked at this scene with some horror after all he had learned this trick from Yia the perversity of this sword was such that even the two super good Realms were unable to resist it and he naturally didn't have the courage to carry it down hard the king of angels was a little thankful at the moment that he was glad that he ha

d sent a message to the king of the Apocalypse earlier otherwise it was estimated that he would have died tragically under yia's sword today Yia stumbled on her feet a trace of blood spilling out from the corner of her mouth and the human emperor of the calling Kingdom on the side hurridly supported her the time chops fixation was already barely enough to fix the king of the apocalypse and now that it was forcibly dispersed the energy of the backlash was extremely terrifying to Yia the king of t

he Apocalypse also looked at yio who had fallen to the ground injured with some scorn he was also not expecting that he a halfstep Universe realm would actually be affected by the myth realm the king of the apocalypse's tone was full of scorn as he slowly said I can't imagine that a tiny mole cricket actually almost caused me to be injured you guys have a lot of these strange and weird moves but next you won't be so lucky go to hell with that the king of the Apocalypse waved his tentacles and a

wave of shadowy light shot towards the crowd but before the wave of light could kill the crowd the devastating wave of light was cut off by a golden blade that descended from the Sky boom after the golden blade sliced through the waves of light it slammed heavily into the ground smashing a deep crater into the ground as if the tiny golden blade was not as small as it indicated the king of the apocalypse's eyes flickered with suspicion and he didn't rush to strike but instead looked at the golden

blade wearily and a few moments after the golden blade fell a one-h handsome man clad in a long robe with flowing white hair fell from the sky the man then picked up the golden blade and the golden blade that had smashed a deep pit in the ground was like a small toy in his hands allowing him to play with it constantly the handsome man gripped the golden blade and smiled slightly and said what am I late hearing this familiar voice yia's eyes flashed with a strange light and said in Surprise litt

le white you're little white you've broken through to the Mythic realm and so handsome of course the latter sentence y ya just mumbled it in her mind and didn't say it out loud the human Emperors also finally recognized subai and their originally gray faces were suddenly shrouded in Hope several people were about to go forward but subai reached out to stop them a golden spell appeared in subai Palm then subai said after so many great battles it's better for you guys to rest for a while the golde

n light from the golden spell formation enveloped the several people behind subai and then the injuries on the several people continued to recover in just a few moments several people's wounds had healed and returned to their Peak the king of the Apocalypse looked at Subi's face a face that made him feel familiar and fearful causing him to recall some Ancient Memories seeing that the king of the Apocalypse had been observing himself and seemed to have fear in his eyes subai levitated in the air

and laughed what you know me hearing Subi's voice the king of the Apocalypse came back to his senses the fear in his eyes was swept away and he drank like a man of Courage a mere Mythic realm I thought it was something else this seat can overthrow it with a single backhand Supai heard the king of the apocalypse's harsh words and teased it's hard to say if you can override me or not besides you're an eyeball where are your hands die for this seat the king of Apocalypse cursed angrily and then a h

uge black tentacle killed subai subai was not in a hurry his eyes were filled with calmness and he was still playing with the golden blade this golden blade was gifted by the system after subai broke through to the Mythic realm at the same time subai could also tell that the predecessor of the golden blade was his own dragon body which gave rise to that dragon sound the moment the black tentacles were about to touch subai subai moved subai stopped playing with it and with just a thought the gold

en blade in his hand immediately transformed into a golden long sword the moment sub gently swung his long sword and slashed at the black tentacle it was like cutting tofu easily slicing the black tentacle in half put with the sound of a Sharp blade cutting through Flesh and Blood the tentacles of the king of the Apocalypse fell to the ground in response while a steady stream of black blood flowed out of the tentacles subai gripped his long sword and looked at the king of Apocalypse who was cons

tantly crying out in pain he laughed and said playing around after saying that subis figure suspended in the air suddenly disappeared and behind the king of the Apocalypse a a golden aura flashed by the king of the Apocalypse is still a halfstep in the cosmos realm no matter what he instantly reacted stretching out his tentacles and subconsciously gripping the golden sword but that golden sword was like a red hot iron to the tentacles of the king of the Apocalypse as soon as the king of the apoc

alypse's tentacles touched the golden sword his tentacles immediately emitted white smoke as if they had been thrown into boiling hot water subai once again chopped off the tentacles of the king of Apocalypse with a sword subai stood his long sword horizontally while in different both said Imperial Authority cannot be insulted this sword it is not for you to touch the king of the Apocalypse looked at subai with rage in his eyes with his Roar a dark wave of light once again shot toward subai and

the crowd shrouded within the Golden Light looked on in horror just based on the intensity of the black Chi of this light wave the crowd could tell that this ray of light was definitely the full force of the king of the apocalypse's strike looking at the incoming light Subi's mind moved once again and the golden sword transformed into a protective round Shield Shield Boom the light Ray shot above the round Shield but the shield was not even slightly damaged instead it was the light that was cons

tantly being weakened by the constant consumption of the round shield in just a moment the light dissipated and the round Shield remained intact subai put away his round shield and looked at the already exhausted King of the apocalypse and raised his eyebrows and said any more moves make them all together the king of the apocalypse's eyes were already covered in blood and he kept murmuring you you you but no movement was seen suddenly the king of the Apocalypse turned into a black stream of ligh

t and escaped under the eyes of the crowd that's right the king of the Apocalypse in front of everyone's eyes running away without any need for shame with none of the Swagger he had a moment ago the crowd couldn't help but laugh a few times and subai snorted after which he turned around and looked at the remaining dozen or so Realms of the super god since your boss is gone you'll stay chapter 196 slaves the round Shield once again transformed into a golden blade a ing subai to play with it in hi

s hands after the Breakthrough he somehow enjoyed playing with small objects especially this golden blade in his hand how could the remaining dozen or so Realms of the super gods have never imagined that the the king of the Apocalypse who was unbeatable just a moment ago was actually fleeing in such a sorry state right now what was even more detestable was that even if he escaped he actually didn't call in together the crowd kept cursing the shamelessness of the king of the Apocalypse in their h

earts and Minds at the same time he thought that if he had the life to go back this time he would definitely denounce that old bastard the king of the Apocalypse the dozen or so Realms of super Gods unanimously glanced at each other seemingly exchanging some kind of information in an instant a dozen or so of the realm of super Gods turned into black streams of light just like the king of the apocalypse and flew towards the Stars the people behind subai were anxious as hell when they saw the scen

e and the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom shouted Lord Dragon Emperor keep these scumbags is it hard to believe that under my subis eyes you guys can come and go as you please subai threw the golden blade in his hand towards the sky and the golden blade at that moment changed its form once again the golden blade transformed into a massive liquid and then once again transformed into a golden shield that enveloped the entire planet blocking the way of all the foreigners seeing that there was n

o longer a way to escape those foreigners in midair rose up and killed towards subai looking at the foreigners who were killing towards him at extreme speed sub's Palm propped up and the golden spell formation once again sprang up in Subi's hand subai aimed the golden faank in his palm at the foreigners who were killing towards him and then the faank kept getting bigger and bigger until it enveloped all the foreigners afterward golden Thorns continued to coales within the spell formation which s

tabbed towards the foreigners at great speed put put put in front of these golden Thorns the fleshly body that the foreigners had been most proud of was like a piece of Plato as the golden Thorns constantly stabbed through it at the same time the golden Thorns would explode one after another as they pierced into the aliens flesh and a black blood Mist constantly exploded in the sky a moment later the blood Mist in the sky disappeared and the golden spell formation in Subi's Palm also disappeared

in the sky some broken chunks of Flesh dripping with black blood fell down and the dozen or so foreigners of the realm of the super Gods all died under the golden Thorns yio walked up at this moment looking at subai who had transformed into human form with a burst of surprise she walked up with an anti smile on her face and started rubbing Subi's white hair subai couldn't help but Grumble what for it's just a head of gray hair Yia rubbed her Smooth hair while looking at the handsome face and sa

id in Surprise little white how come you look so good in human form it made her on the verge of becoming a nyphomaniac looking at the several human Emperors who were walking towards him subai straightened his complexion and said thanks thanks to the several human Emperors without the help of all of them it would be impossible for me to break through to the Mythic realm so quickly the human Emperors hurriedly stopped subai who wanted to Bow their mouths kept saying it's fine it's fine it's all fo

r the sake of the human race for the sake of the human race and just a short distance away from all of them a clan King remained this person was none other than the king of angels and while everyone turned into streams of light and ran away he did not but stayed where he was the king of angels wasn't stupid the reason why the king of Apocalypse was able to escape was because subbi let the water out and the king of Apocalypse was still a halfstep universe realm just because the king of the Apocal

ypse could Escape it didn't mean that he these myth Realms could Escape so the king of angels was smart enough to stay behind and therefore Escape at this moment he looked at the seven people walking over in front of him although there was some fear in his heart but he was going to die anyway it was impossible to escape so he might as well take a gamble after all under normal circumstances there were a total of seven super god Realms on the opposite side one that could kill the super God Realm i

n seconds and one that could kill a halfstep universe realm in seconds such a lineup would be impossible to defeat even with a hundred more of him seeing that there was still one clan King left subai was not in a hurry to kill him but asked in a teasing manner yo king of angels you're smart enough not to run a stiff smile tugged at the corner of the king of angels mouth and he said with a stiff laugh several grills my Lord I still have value to use don't kill me yet byong wrapped his arms around

himself and smiled saying what use can you have your greatest use can only be to contribute your blood crystal stones the king of angels still has the calmness he had before at this moment he just kept begging for mercy saying I I can help you travel to our Clan's base hearing the king of angels say this subai also became interested and nodded his head and said that's a bit interesting keep talking better show me what you can do or I'm going to have to put my golden blade through your head the

king of angels saw that there was something going on and a smile appeared on his face then he hurriedly continued a few Lords are unaware that all of us foreign races are based on on places that have bloodline restrictions so if you're not a member of your own race you can't go in subai thought for a while then turned his head toward the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom and asked Lord human Emperor is that so the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom didn't deny the king of angels but nodded hi

s head and explained that's right these foreigners of his are very cautious and have placed many restrictions on his bases causing us to be unable to break through the barriers every time we try to Counterattack subai continued to ask can't we just break through the hard way before the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom could reply the king of angels said sharply you don't know my Lord but if you forcefully go to break through the barrier the bases within the barrier will pick up the sensation

once the sensing device is triggered the entire base instantly teleports away leaving the Raiders to pounce subai looked to the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom for confirmation and the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom nodded in recognition seeing this subai also believed it but still asked towards the king of Angels so what how are you going to help us the king of angels Eyes glowed and he smiled saying when you are ready to Counterattack you may bring me along with you and I can help you

unlock the bloodline barrier byone couldn't help but sneer at him and say you 41 are a good clan king the king of angels said indignantly it was clearly that old bastard apocalypse who betrayed us first in the first place and I'm only doing this to get back at him subai thought about the feasibility for a while and finally said what if you betray me the king of angels saw that subai had already been moved by his intentions and immediately smiled with joy and said you may set a brand in my soul

and henceforth I shall be your slave if I betray you I myself shall die you've gone to a lot of trouble to stay alive although subai spat on his lips he still agreed after all the more afraid of death and selfish these starf are the better he likes it afterward subai tied up the king of angels and returned to the Fortress along with the crowd of human Emperors chapter 197 the Ancient King at the moment the crowd inside the Fortress was still immersed in the joy of the human race giving birth to

two Mythic Realms in one day the crowd froze at the sight of the human Emperors returning unharmed while dragging a bound alien behind them subai stood out and under the crowd's expectant gaze he drank in this battle 11 alien races realm of super god were killed and one alien race was captured a great Victory the crowd once again overcome with joy cheered and there was seldom such an exciting atmosphere within the Fortress the EMP of the Dragon Kingdom stepped forward and said Lord Dragon Empero

r what should we do for our next Counterattack subai glanced at the king of Angels the king of angels felt Subi's gaze and pulled out a smile from the corner of his mouth and looked at subai with a forced smile bring the king of Angels inside the Fortress and discuss the next step in the Counterattack after saying that subai walked into the interior of the Fortress with yio and the crowd of human Emperors amidst the cheers of all the people bone glanced helplessly at the king of Angels the king

of angels also looked at Bon with a sarcastic smile on his face with a wave of his palm byong summoned the white tiger and he then caught up with sub's Pace while shouting to the white tiger behind him white tiger bring that guy over here Roar the white tiger growled reluctantly but still had no choice but to carry the king of Angels in his mouth like a chicken and then ran towards bong and the others meanwhile the king of the Apocalypse finally rolled and ran back to his base as soon as the kin

g of the Apocalypse returned to the main Planet he first looked back to see if subai had come after him after seeing no movement behind him the king of the Apocalypse breathed a sigh of relief bastard if it wasn't for that punk the king of angels calling me out how could I a halfstep universe realm have been so humiliated it's good that those guys are dead but it's just a dozen or so of the realm of the super god when I step into the realm of the true Universe I will definitely avenge this day a

fter self-compassion the king of the Apocalypse swept away his previous disheveled demeanor and returned to his previous indifferent appearance with some anx the king of the Apocalypse traveled to the depths of the planet this time it was impossible for him to defeat subai with his power alone he needed to look for help the king of the Apocalypse arrived at one of the most remote parts of the planet only to see a deep Canyon which was all dark and dark in its depths not knowing what was hidden t

he king of the Apocalypse was used to this as he walked into the depths of the canyon and was met with an ancient Palace above the palace a dark purple mist-like Mass hovered above seemingly slumbering even the king of the Apocalypse who has been roaming the universe for a long time is still very humble in front of this foggy mass and he cautiously Cried Out Lord ancient god ancient god Sama seemingly awakened by the voice of the king of the Apocalypse the foggy mass that the king of the Apocaly

pse had called the ancient god awakened from its Slumber from its Slumber the ancient god swept a glance at the king of the Apocalypse then said without haste you seem to have had a very tough fight this precisely spoke to the heartache of the king of the Apocalypse who wiped away his tears and cried out saying Lord ancient god I chanii have never been so AG grieved after 10,000 years of traversing the universe the opposite side is just too strong the ancient god remained unhurried seeming to be

sleeping and listening the king of the Apocalypse didn't care if the ancient god was listening or not he just continued to cry out in this battle our clan lost a full dozen of the realm of the super Gods if this matter spreads out I'm afraid that my name as the king of the Fay Clan won't be guaranteed seeing that the ancient god still didn't have any reaction the king of the Apocalypse could only continue to cry out it's not a problem for me to not keep my name but it's just a Pity that I will

no longer be able to help you ancient god with your work okay the ancient god interrupted with some displeasure and then said a mere dozen or so of the realm of the super gods are nothing more than mole crickets so if they die they die what's there to be alarmed about this seat will grant you some more energy later and this energy will be enough for you to mass-produce 20 more Realms of the super Gods seeing that the purpose of this trip had been achieved the king of the Apocalypse finally felt

some Joy but once he thought of subai he still spoke out the doubts in his heart Lord ancient god in fact according to the original plan we should have already wiped out those human Emperors of the human race but halfway through there were two changes after seeing the ancient god nod and allow him to continue the king of the Apocalypse continued the first change was a little girl with a long knife in her hand from the human race although her cultivation level is only at the Mythic realm she has

a law ability that is very tricky and odd when she made that move she was able to freeze the flow of time over a wide area and at the same time she was able to cut out a blade aura that blade Chi is very strong two of my men from the realm of super Gods died so easily under this ability of hers moreover her ability to pause time are also very odd that ability of hers to affect the realm of the super Gods is even if it's not even I was almost affected if I hadn't broken it in time I'm afraid I wo

uld have been seriously injured if that blade Chi hadn't slashed at me after after saying that it was as if the king of the Apocalypse had thought of the scene at that time and he still felt a Pang of fear now the ancient god pondered for a while then lazily returned time chop kind of interesting actually comprehending the laws of time that little girl you mentioned should be the human rac's son of chi and that bizarre chopping strike is the most powerful skill of the law of time power the time

chop the child of human Chi is indeed a bit tricky for you but it's only tricky as long as she's not at the realm of the super Gods she won't be a match for you the king of the Apocalypse recognized for a moment that while that attack did make him feel flustered it was only flustered if one wanted to use that move to mythically cut down a halfstep universe realm in reverse that would be a bit of a man-eating dream for the Mythic realm to behead a half-step universe realm Against All Odds no one

other than subai would be able to do it the king of the Apocalypse had originally had some luck but thinking of subai the fear in his heart that had already been suppressed rose again noticing the strangeness in the heart of the king of the Apocalypse the ancient God's heart came to be interested after all this subordinate of his had rarely been so flustered the ancient god came to be interested and said with a playful undertone it seems that the second change of heart almost caused you to peris

h I've never seen you so afraid tell this God who it is that has you so flustered seeing that the ancient god was interested the king of the Apocalypse busily continued the first turn of events just made me panic the second one could really make me perish just as I was about to strike down a few of the strongest members of the human race a white-haired man with a golden blade descended from the sky listening to those people from the human race that person seems to be called something like subai

chapter 198 the reason the apocalypse became stronger just as the king of the Apocalypse was still recounting the second variation the foggy form of the ancient god suddenly grew almost enveloping the entire Palace the ancient God's pervasive AA nearly crushed the king of the Apocalypse but the ancient god was very excited and pleaded towards the king of the Apocalypse saying what did you say say it again the king of the apocalypse's eyeballs were almost squeezed out by the irresistible Aura of

the though somewhat speechless he could only reply in a broken voice I said the man's name is subai no not this sentence the previous sentence the palace continued to shake with the mood swings of the ancient god and even the outer Canyon had a bit of debris collapsing hands the man with the golden blade in his hand holding a golden blade is it that guy the ancient god was still going on and on in his mind the but the king of the Apocalypse was on the verge of having his eyeballs squeezed out po

sing as if he was going to die if he didn't stop noticing the king of the apocalypse's abnormality the ancient God had no choice but to withdraw his aora which made the king of the Apocalypse feel better the king of the Apocalypse coughed and coughed a few times constantly gasping for air having lived for so long that it was the first time he felt such an amazing power not even subai had given him such a drastic sense of Oppression at the same time it was the first time the king of the Apocalyps

e had ever seen such intense emotions from ancient god that this had never been seen in the 10,000 years he had known the ancient gods the power of an ancient god is it so appalling the gods of the upper realm are just too terrifying the king of the Apocalypse was afraid afterward and when he saw that the ancient god was still thinking continuously he tentatively asked ancient god Sama what happened to you the ancient god stopped thinking that emotional fluctuation just now had caused his energy

to be consumed very drastically and he didn't know how much longer this Alter Ego of his would be able to hold out in this lower realm the ancient god sigh then cly said nothing go on talk about the one called subai and remember make sure you don't miss a word the king of the Apocalypse nodded solemnly and then began to narrate saying that one called subai my strength and his strength aren't even on the same level it wouldn't be too much to say that he's teasing me moreover that golden blade of

his is very odd that golden blade of his can keep changing forms transforming into a long sword at one time and a shield at another right after fled from his men the golden blade in his hand transformed into a shroud that enveloped the entire planet enveloping all of my group of men the ancient god sneered if it's as you say it is there's no way you could have gotten out from under him so let's just say he did it on purpose the king of the Apocalypse took the opportunity to ask Lord ancient god

what exactly is the origin of that subai I've never seen such a powerful person in the universe before obviously just a myth realm yet he possesses a power even more powerful than the universe realm no he's not in the cosmic realm the ancient god immediately denied with that golden blade of his his current strength no longer exists in this side of the world hearing that subai was so tough the king of the Apocalypse immediately cried and said Lord ancient god since that subbi is so powerful what

should I do the ancient God said in a nonchalant manner with me here what are you afraid of even if he's as powerful as he is his realm is only the Mythic realm after all after I raise both of your cultivations to the true universe realm you will be able to carry a bit of my breath and at that time subai won't be a match for you when the king of the Apocalypse heard the ancient god say this he immediately smiled with joy after all having lived to his age the thing he feared most was nothing mor

e than death how could he not be happy to see that there was Hope on subai side he was sitting on a seat along with several human Emperors while in the center there was the king of angels who was bound kneeling the king of angels only felt like he was dancing on steel bars at the moment moment there were several Realms of super Gods surrounding him and as long as he said one word incorrectly he was afraid that his life would fall on the spot subai pointed his finger and the Rope binding the king

of angels immediately disappeared then subai faintly said tell me about your planet the ropes dissipated and the long bound king of angels felt a wave of relief and then busied himself by saying my Clan's high-end Battle Force is out in full force this time and aside from a few sitting guards at the realm of super God and the realm of myth the rest are out on a mission but the battle situation is known to several of you except for me and that bastard the king of the Apocalypse all the rest died

under you you're talking nonsense y ya cursed angrily instantly scaring the king of angels into a stagger it's clear that I killed two of the realm of super Gods so who are you to place all the credit on Shai's head yio proudly invited the credit in response to these unreasonable words the king of angels who had to Bow his head under the roof could only keep on smirking that's right obviously I killed that big octop us if you keep talking nonsense beware I'll chop you to death Bon was also very

dissatisfied at this moment and stood out and said the king of angels only felt a dead weight in his heart these guys is it necessary to be so clear-cut or is it a deliberate attempt to make things difficult for him abominable all right let him go on a smirk appeared under Subi's eyes and with a wave of his hand he signaled the king of angels to continue seeing this the king of angels continued my Clan's high-end Battle Force has almost died out because of this Mission and other than that basta

rd the king of the apocalypse and the few remaining old guys there are no other strong people this is the time when our clan is at its weakest so it's safe to say that if you are willing to go on you can easily take it subai said playfully listening to you speak so much I can hear that you seem to be upset with the king of the Apocalypse the king of angels said indignantly I'm angry at the mention of that guy he obviously cultivated even later than the but because of some chance he got that's ho

w the half stepped into the Universe realm if it wasn't for that chance how could he be the one to take the title of this fake king after subai heard the king of angels indignant speech he came to be interested and asked chance what chance the king of angels thought for a moment then said that guy apocalypse brought back a certain something when he was out on a mission at that time he was very excited and told me that he had gotten a good treasure but when I asked him what it was he wouldn't say

but ever since that day he's always been running towards a valley in the middle of nowhere on on the planet every now and then and every time he came back his cultivation would rise by a large margin and gradually I was surpassed by him subai said playfully could it be that you haven't bothered to find out what the secret really is the king of angels shook his head and said of course I went to that Valley to see it but when I entered that Valley I didn't find anything strange it seemed like it

was really just an ordinary Valley Chapter 199 Realm of the universe the human emperor of the bare Kingdom said with a big grin whatever now that Lord Dragon Emperor has arrived at the Mythic realm then there's no need to be afraid of them at all won't we find out everything when we hit that planet and probe it again subai nodded and then said human Emperors it's best to strike while the iron is hot on this matter of Counterattack lest the foreign races regain their strength and then it'll be an

other tug of war several human Emperors nodded in recognition then the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom asked Lord Dragon Emperor when do you plan to make a Counterattack depart tomorrow it is better to be early than late in this matter the Emperor of Sakura Nation asked and does that require Staffing subai shook his head and said if it is true as the king of angels said that the Fay are so weak now a few of us will be enough if we were to go with the Manpower within the Fortress it might eve

n slow us down so it would be better to stay and serve as a rear defense the king of angels hastened to certify that it's true everything I said is true Lord Dragon Emperor left a brand in my mind how could I still dare to lie and deceive you all everyone nodded then by by took the lead and got up scratching his hair that was covered in broken meat and blood saying since we're departing tomorrow let's all take a good rest today after so many great battles even if your body isn't tired your spiri

t is exhausted what by phone said was not unreasonable and all the human Emperors unloaded their equipment and weapons and went forward to rest as for the king of angels imprisoned of course it was soon to be the next day and the crowd geared up and set off in their warships Guided by the king of angels towards the alien base as for subai he had now become in the realm of myth and was able to soar through the air at a very high speed then he definitely doesn't want to ride in a battleship you ha

ve to fly with a sword however he couldn't survive yia's bitter please he also then transformed into his Dragon form and followed closely behind the battleship yo on the other hand excitedly sat on Subi's body as the group traveled to the alien Race's main planet and not long after the departure of sub's crowd the Valley of the alien main star was discouraged and the strength of the king of the Apocalypse had finally broken through to the cosmic realm feeling the power that was several times str

onger than before the king of the Apocalypse had a deeper grasp on the next battle the ancient god on the other hand nodded in satisfaction and then said your realm has been raised by me to the realm of the universe and at the same time th you're still carrying a portion of my ancient gods Aura now even sub I wouldn't be your opponent having said that the ancient god threw another cloud of breath from his body at the king of the Apocalypse th the king of the Apocalypse hastily caught it and then

the ancient God said these breaths are enough for you to create a few more of the realm of super Gods go I can already sense that their group is getting closer to here hearing the ancient god say that the joy of the king of the Apocalypse who had just broken through the realm of the universe was Swept Away immediately with the breath given by the ancient god he went forward to create the realm of the super Gods looking at the king of the Apocalypse who left beautifully the ancient god shook his

head and murmured I didn't expect that only a mere 10,000 years have passed and you've actually revived again it seems that this time this world won't be able to stop you subai that's an interesting name for this life when you reach the upper realm this seat will play with you again for the next battle let the seat doppelganger try out the strength of today's you a few hours later with the added speed of the battleship the crowd finally arrived at the planet of the alien host looking at the pla

net enveloped in a dark purple Shield the the human emperor of the bear King Chuckles softly and retaliates by giving the king of angels a hard kick in the ass the go on cancel the shields if you make any noise I'll make sure you don't have a good time the king of angels was a little aggravated by the kick but honestly left the battleship in Imperial Air the king of angels flew to the Shroud and pressed his palm down on it as expected the moment the king of angels Palm was pressed up the shield

immediately opened a small hole The Shield that had stopped the crowd countless times before finally dissipated at this moment and a wave of Joy washed over the crowd Crow the opening in the shield was too small though just just enough for a person's body to pass through the crowd had no choice but to abandon the battleships and they all flew through the air into the shield after entering the shield the group landed in the middle of a jungle within the main Alien Planet the crowd immediately sac

rificed their weapons and looked around vigilantly after seeing that there were no abnormalities the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom asked to the king of angels where is this and where is your main city the king of angels looked around and then said this should be the illusional Forest the main city is not far to the east wek be there in a while it won't take a while I'll send you there now A Familiar voice rang out and this time it was even more deafening and full of confidence the crowd ra

ised an eyebrow and to their surprise a dark purple Ray came at them the crowd immediately dodged and the ray shot empty shooting a hole in a high mountain not far away the crowd watched the scene with palpitating hearts and compared to the previous the king of the Apocalypse seemed to have taken his realm to the next level the true king of the universe only to see the king of the Apocalypse step out from the shadows and look at the crowd with a playful expression on his face seeing that the kin

g of angels was among them the king of the Apocalypse was first a bit stunned and then said with an exasperated grin good I said what method did these mole crickets use to enter our planet so it's you guys who defected the king of angels Shrugged his shoulders and said indifferently why didn't you think of defecting yourself when you left me and the other Clan Kings Behind under the previous battle well well well since sub I let you live that day I'll tell you to die today come out as the king o

f the apocalypse's words fell a few super God Realm powerhouses once again emerged from the shadows and the crowds brows jumped the human emperor of the be country was the first to curse angrily good you king of angels how dare you lie after being held down and branded are these the few super god Realms you were talking about the king of angels was also a bit confused he also didn't understand where on Earth did these powerful people come out of nowhere enough as subai words fell the several sup

er good Realms that were battling with the human Emperors were immediately immobilized go to hell subai snaps his fingers again the bodies of those few super God Realm powerhouses immediately became like crumbs dissipating in the wind and eventually disappearing the king of the Apocalypse seemed to be somewhat shocked by Subi's tactics but he didn't panic and said without haste it's just a matter of wiping out a few of the realm of the super Gods such an existence can be created by the ancient g

od Lord at any time ancient gods hearing this familiar word Subi's mind seemed to be about to burst out with a certain memory but under the pressure of the unknown It ultimately did not recall it the king of the Apocalypse continued subai you won yesterday but do you dare to fight with me again I want to see if you can still be as calm as before with the ancient gods Aura subai played with the golden blade and laughed softly saying yeah chapter 200 the SpaceTime I as soon as the king of Apocalyp

se was Furious his thick tentacles flung themselves at subai subai gently leaped to avoid the flinging strike and then flew away from this forest in the air seeing this the king of the Apocalypse followed suit not bothering with the crowd on the ground but similarly rising in the air to kill subai yio said with some anxiety letun go help white iong stopped yio who also wanted to chase after him and shook his head saying stop it even if you're powerful the king of the celestial Enlightenment is t

he realm of the universe your previous killing move time chop wouldn't have been able to control him who is a step into the realm of the universe now that this king of the Apocalypse is even stronger what will you take against him y XA anxiously drank you can't watch by fight alone even if you can't deal with it come on we'll only add to the chaos if we go up there the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom stopped yio who was going to help subai and said with our strength we can't even intervene i

n a battle at this level and if we force our way up we'll only add to Subi's chaos moreover how do you know that subai will definitely not be able to win subai is the Dragon Emperor Lord just based on that I believe him it's impossible for a mere Cosmos realm to defeat the Dragon Emperor besides didn't you see subai subdued appearance don't worry Lord Dragon Emperor has his own plans besides the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom looked up into the sky only to see white and violet light flicker

ing in the sky amidst the clouds and it seemed that subai and the king of the Apocalypse were in the midst of a fierce battle the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom looked at the sky and murmured Lord Dragon Emperor has just made a breakthrough it's exactly the time when he needs a battle to polish it and that King of the Apocalypse who has just broken through to the realm of the universe is just able to serve as a wetstone for Lord Dragon Emperor I believe that after this battle Lord Dragon Em

peror's strength will go up another stage after hearing the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom say this yia's anxious mood finally calmed down but still asked then Lord human Emperor are we just going to watch from here the corner of the Dragon Kingdom's human Emperor's mouth lifted and said of course not old bear it's up to you the Bear Country human Emperor glanced at the dragon country human emperor in dissatisfaction and muttered old man's Imperial beasts Are For Fighting not for defense ha

ving said that the human emperor of the bear Kingdom summoned the Imperial beasts the at the call of the human emperor of the Bear Country a huge grizzly bear appeared beside him Savage giant bear used the defense field Roar the giant bear roared then patted its chest and a huge orange energy Shield instantly enveloped a th M radius the emperor of the bare Kingdom explains this is to prevent other foreign races from coming here to hinder the battle between Lord Dragon Emperor and the king of the

Apocalypse this battle is vital to Lord Dragon Emperor and no one is allowed to disturb it with this shield in place no one below the realm of the super God can break in even if the realm of the super goods were to make a hard breakthrough I would still pick up the sensation after that the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom laughed evily and said after so many years of fighting with the foreign races our human races resources have been constantly depleted and we almost out of ammunition it's n

ot easy to come to the alien Race's main Planet so of course we have to plunder some resources and return to Our Roots iong asked with some confusion the problem is where do we know where the Fay will put their resources the human emperor of the be country also gave a bad smile and said how easy is that we've got a native here saying that the be country human Emperor kicked at the king of angels who was lying on the ground pretending to be dead and said hey king of angels don't play said where w

ould your clan keep all their resources the king of angels scratches his head and cautiously says I I'm in charge of the outer battles I rarely go to the main planet and I'm not quite sure exactly where the resources are kept the bare country human emperor grinned when he heard the king of angels say that and call his fingers and said I can't believe people aren't telling the truth now that they're under the roof I see you're not going to talk until you get a beating looking at the human emperor

of the Bear Country who was about to beat him violently as well as a few people on the side the king of angels y raised his hand and begged for mercy saying I said I'll take you guys don't fight hph that's more like it the human emperor of the bare country coldly grunted and then didn't mean to hit the king of angels again yio pointed at the flickering purple light in the sky and said so we're just going to let subai and the king of the Apocalypse fight it out don't worry with Lord Dragon Emper

or's strength he can crush the king of the Apocalypse it will the reason why the king of the Apocalypse has been able to battle the Lord Dragon Emperor until now is purely because the Lord Dragon Emperor wanted to practice through this battle so he hasn't been using his full strength when Lord Dragon Emperor is almost done fighting the king of the Apocalypse will naturally die and as for us we'll take advantage of this time to get our money back saying that the human emperor of the be country li

fted the king of angels with one hand just like lifting a small chicken and he grinned and said come on King of angels only to see the king of angels crying he could only nod helplessly at the same time in the sky subai and the King of the Apocalypse had fought for a long time and both of them had already had a certain amount of consumption the king of the apocalypse gasped and looked at the barehanded subai and asked why why are you fighting me with your bare hands and where is that golden blad

e you had last time subai state was still quite stable a hint of a smile escaped from the corner of his mouth as he said with you it's not worth it for me to use it with my bare hands I'm able to kill you just the same when the king of the Apocalypse saw this attitude of subai the anger in his heart increased and he cursed since you don't use it you won't be able to use it for the rest of your life the king of apocalypse's tentacles transformed into a blade and swung madly at subai subai didn't

panic but levitated in place and kept dodging the king of the apocalypse's blade swings were dazzling and in ordinary Realm of the super Gods would have long been seen as a pile of mush under these attacks but Subi's figure was like a ghost clearly staying in place but every time he was about to cut subai he would always be dodged by subai in a weird position subai always seemed to know where the king of the apocalypse's blades would slash next as if it was predetermined causing the king of ange

ls to be very annoyed in fact it was really true that subai would be able to prejudge but this skill was only awakened when he broke through to the Mythic realm after subai broke through to the Mythic realm he gained an ability called the SpaceTime eye and his current function was to be able to allow subai to see what was going to happen in the next second it was because of this ability that made subai act like he was open always dodging constantly and because the king of the Apocalypse weapon i

s so fast Subi's temporal ey was progressing very rapidly in this environment the current subai was able to see what happened 3 seconds later chapter 2011 missing of course if subis temporal I continued to improve again the king of the Apocalypse would be even less able to touch him this caused subai to become more and more relaxed and even managed to take the time to yawn in between Dodges seeing the yawning subai the king of the apocalypse only felt anger and the waving of his tentacles became

faster and faster clang clang the king of the Apocalypse was careless and the two tentacles collided into each other and the hardened blades collided and immediately erupted in an earsplitting sound two of the king of the apocalypse's tentacles have snapped off due to the Collision of the subai on the other hand pulled out his ears and said playfully all right need to go to the hospital subai even if I die today I will also drag you along with me after saying that the king of the Apocalypse tra

nsformed into a human form and then blasted his fist towards subai looking at the fist that killed the incoming fist sub's ey stared then snapped open a white color of nothingness spread out in a circular shape just encompassing the king of the Apocalypse as well as subai the two came to another dimension there was only the endless white color within the space as well as subai and the king of the apocalypse and the king of the Apocalypse is here and his movements are forcibly framed within this

space subai on the other hand could step within the space at will he walks over to the king of the apocalypse and then kicks the king of the apoc alypse in the face boom the king of the Apocalypse who had been kicked out of the white space finally recovered his form only to see that the king of the Apocalypse had become a shrimp position and was covering his stomach non-stop as if the power from Subi's kick was too strong and this skill of entering the white space was still the ability of subai

SpaceTime I the it was only then that subai intuitively realized just how overbearing the ability of the temporal I was at the myth realm his strength was already so dominant that even the cosmic Realms King of the the apocalypse was no match for him if he were to break through to the realm of super gods or even the realm of the universe subai didn't even dare to imagine how strong he would be seeing this subai looked at the king of the Apocalypse playfully the king of the Apocalypse also gritte

d his teeth and looked at subbi and for a moment neither of them made a move King of the Apocalypse thank you very much for today's grind and next I will give you a farewell gift hearing sub's unkind words the king of the apocalypse only felt a chill down his spine but by now the king of the Apocalypse also realized that he was not a match for subai at all and instead it was subai who had been teasing him the king of the apocalypse sculped and finally begged for forgiveness suai I'm willing to t

rade a secret for my life this is a secret that will interest you subai raised an eyebrow as the lightning that had accumulated in his palm dissipated and asked the value of this secret had better be in exchange for your life the king of the Apocalypse saw that there was something going on so he hastened to say of course of course this secret of mine is about the upper World afterwards fearing that subai would back out the king of the Apocalypse continued to say a thousand years ago on one of my

missions I once brought back a purple Misty body at first I thought it was just an ordinary thing but who knows this thing actually spoke he he said that he was a bilocation from the god of the upper realm and as a result he was hindered while traveling through a spatial Rift and his physical body dissipated and now only this mass of energy remains he said that he could help me become the strongest in the lower Realms provided that I help him destroy a race suai said with a good deal of surpris

e this race I'm afraid is our human race the king of the Apocalypse nodded then continued yes it's the human race I didn't believe it at first thinking he was just a misty Mass where did he get that much power but just as I was angrily cursing him that foggy Mass suddenly crushed me spiritually and I felt that my soul was about to be crushed by him until it exploded that's all I had to believe but he also kept his word my talent can only be considered mediocre in our clan but because of his ener

gy boost my cultivation has grown by Leaps and Bounds and in just a few short years i' become the strongest among my class it didn't take long again for my cultivation to be raised by him to the halfstep cosmic realm and he said that if I wanted to reach the cosmic realm I would have to destroy the human race subai then said playfully but obviously you didn't manage it so how did your cultivation reach the cosmos realm don't tell me that you cultivated yourself the king of the Apocalypse scratch

es his head and says actually it's still about you yesterday I described you to the king of the apocalypse and as soon as I mentioned that you were holding the golden blade in your hand the ancient god his mood swings were very intense and it was the first time woo had ever seen him like this he then raised wo's cultivation to the realm of the universe and gave me some energy to create some super good Realms to defend against you speaking of the sou I realized that the king of angels really didn

't lie and that there really weren't many strong people left in the main star of the alien race it was only that he didn't realize that there was an ancient god behind the king of the apocalypse which was why he had misjudged subai pondered for a while then said according to you that ancient god you're talking about should know me the king of the Apocalypse nodded approvingly then said the probability is this the reason he asked me to destroy the human race is most likely also to prevent you fro

m appearing take me to him the king of the Apocalypse was shocked and subconsciously refused saying no if the ancient god Lord finds out that instead of killing you I brought you before him he will definitely kill me so you're not afraid I'll kill you the corners of the king of the apocalypse's mouth twitched realizing that he seemed to be stuck in a dilemma he struggled in his mind for a while then sighed and said as if giving up the struggle I can take you to him but I'll only take you as far

as the door the rest of the way you're on your own I'll wait outside subai nodded his head after all if he fought with that so-called ancient god in a single disagreement I'm afraid that this guy the king of the apocalypse would have to be killed by the aftermath the two of them made it all the way down to the ground end it was discovered that apart from the bare country human Emperor's Imperial Beast being present at the original location everyone else was nowhere to be found subai touched the

Savage giant Bear's head and found that the feel was not worse than the cats so he touched it for a while until the Savage giant bear issued a roar of dissatisfaction and only then stopped doing evil bear where's your Summoner and the others The Savage giant bear shook his head signaling that he didn't know subai then looked at the king of the Apocalypse who was healing his wounds on the side and said hey did your people pillage my people the king of the apocalypse only felt a burst of speechles

sness but after seeing subai strength just now and not daring to have a bad attitude he could only smile and say the few super god Realms I just created have all died at your hands where is anyone left besides even if I still have people your several companions are so powerful how could they all be taken away by my people when subai thought about it he could only Mur murmured doubtfully strange where did it all go chapter 202 meeting the ancient gods in the meantime several human Emperors took t

he king of angels with them and under the guidance of the king of angels they finally arrived at the resource storage area of the alien main Planet a few people pushed open the thick gate and found that inside the gate were mountains of huge blocks of blood crystal stones as well as countless other Heavenly materials the human emperor of the bare Kingdom looked dumbfounded and asked the king of angels saying you Fay are so rich in resources these piles of resources of yours just how many other r

aces have you plundered to get them I'm not sure the king of angels muttered in a small voice looking at such a large pile of blood crystals and not to mention other people even he himself was very greedy after all these were the gods they the clan Kings had their minions collect after the war it's been a while since I visited the king of angels was very sorry at the moment if he had known that he might as well have swallowed those blood crystal stones himself the with such a large pile he might

be able to reach the halfstep universe realm after swallowing them all the human emperor of the be country looked dumbfounded only feeling that these blood crystal stones were too ey shattering murmuring grandma if I had these blood crystal stones what foreign races would I be afraid of I could pacify the war myself seeing that the crowd looked like they had never seen the world before iong helplessly said everyone let's hurry up and load up these resources maybe the Dragon Emperor is still wai

ting for us to return iong has a point everyone moved faster after saying that several people all took out their spatial rings and pocketed all the resources they saw in front of them watching this group of Bandits act so boldly the king of angels only felt his heart dripping blood if there is an afterlife I want to be born in the human race as well the king of Angels Cried Out repeating the words over and over again in his head by the time the crowd had filled up the resources and even summoned

the foreign beasts out to load the resources but even so there was still a third of the resources left to be taken way what to do about it the crowd was a bit stumped as to whether they should carry it or not as a result right at this moment Yi ya heatedly laughed and stood out waving her Palm the resources within her gaze immediately disappeared as if they had never been there seeing the crowd looking at her dumbfounded yeel pulled back her Fallen hair and smiled cheekily and said actually aft

er I broke through to the Mythic realm I awakened the storage ability of the laws of space and with these resources I can easily fit them in when they heard Yia say that that the crowd holding a bunch of blood crystal stones then looked at her speechlessly to have these abilities and not say it earlier favoring waiting for them to say it when they were holding a bunch of blood crystals in the East and a bunch of blood crystals in the west like idiots I was just testing the skill and didn't reali

ze it Yia explained then with a gentle wave of his palm the blood crystal stones on everyone's bodies were immediately collected by yya within the storage space by the time we all came back full of people talking and laughing the subai was already bored of waiting with the the king of the Apocalypse seeing two sides that should have been mortal enemies actually doing it together unharmed their eyes were about to burst as they were filled with doubt subai what's going on subai Shrugged he traded

a secret for his life and I thought it was worth it so I let him off the hook say what have you guys been up to again upon hearing this the human emperor of the bare country grinned and said you fought the king of the Apocalypse we can't just wait around let's have this king of angels guy show us around their Planet the people of their planet are old and passionate they kept giving us resources along the way look Lord Dragon Emperor these are the blood crystal stones that the old folks gave us a

fter saying that the human emperor of the Bear Country also poured out all the blood crystal stones in his spatial ring blinding Subi's eyes looking at this huge pile of blood crystal stones the king of the Apocalypse immediately knew what was going on and burst into a rage at the king of angels saying king of angels you Clan trador not only did you bring your enemies to sneak into our planet but you also personally LED them to plunder our planetk resources you're no better than me are you aren'

t you also a clan trador now it's a shame You're Still The King of the Fay if I were you I'd follow Lord Dragon Emperor in a bloody battle to the end not backing down even if I die that's what is considered to be the spirit of a fake king the king of the apocalypse's eyes glared but his tone was still unconsciously weak what do you know I call this according to the words of the human race it's called the one who knows what's right seeing that the two of them were in a posture of scolding non-sto

p subai stopped in time and said all right you too if you want to curse then you can curse at each other afterward t on Chi first take me to see that ancient god you mentioned ancient gods when the crowd heard what subai said they were a bit puzzled for a moment then subai explained to the crowd what had just happened yio said worriedly little white since the ancient God is really as powerful as the king of the Apocalypse said will it be dangerous subai smiled faintly and said don't worry althou

gh I haven't reached the realm of of the universe I've already vaguely touched the peak of the power of this world that ancient God is just as strong as he is at most he's at the peak of this world's power even if W can't beat him HEK be able to escape just the same iong also worriedly asked so do we need to go together subai shook his head and refused there's no need you guys will only cause me trouble if you go I'll just go with apocalypse just wait here and if you notice anything strange or w

rong run away as fast as you can understand the crowd also understood they really couldn't intervene in this situation so they all nodded I I'll just take you to the door the king of the Apocalypse nodded coily while the king of angels snorted and said I knew it how could you guys strength refine so fast sure enough there's someone behind you to help you the kings of the Apocalypse have said in dismay even if someone helps me it's still my luck luck is considered strength haven't you heard subai

was too lazy to listen to the two of them argue so he carried the king of the apocalypse and left under the guidance of the king of the apocal alypse subai finally arrived at the canyon where the ancient god was looking at the Deep Canyon the king of the apocalypse's legs trembled a bit and said in fear Lord Dragon Emperor go inside I'll be right outside guarding you subai glanced at the king of Apocalypse breathlessly and said helplessly do you have to be so alarmed you don't know that Lord an

cient God strength Reigns Supreme in the ancient world and since he was able to raise my cultivation to the realm of the universe he was also able to kill me easily seeing the king of the Apocalypse in this state subai didn't bother to force him so he walked into the canyon alone subai came within a palace and as the king of the Apocalypse had said on top of the palace sat a piece of purple Mist when the ancient god saw subai come in and at the same time saw the golden blade that subai was holdi

ng in his hand he sighed and said you have indeed revived after all Dragon Emperor you do know me the ancient god looked deeply at subbi and said I don't just know you I have a not so small Abyss with you I was going to send the king of the Apocalypse to exterminate the human race before you revived and stop you from Reviving I didn't realize that that punk the king of the Apocalypse couldn't even do something that's simple Perhaps it is truly the will of God chapter 203 Secrets Heavens will can

not be done no matter how much I try to block it I can't stop your Revival a subai frowned and asked stopping me from Reviving do I have some kind of grudge against you or will my recovery hinder your plans the ancient god snorted and said obstructing my plans with you these these words if it were you in your Heyday you would naturally be qualified to say them but if it's the current you you don't have this qualification yet it's true that your strength is already considered very powerful in thi

s small world but if you were to be placed in the great world what would you be considered a mere ant of the myth realm but it's good it's good that you're currently only at the Mythic realm otherwise I really wouldn't have the confidence to kill you listening to the ancient gods gradually chilling Aura Subi's face remained unchanged as he continued you must know a lot about me tell me all the ancient God said in a playful tone it's true that your memories haven't been revived yet want to know d

o you defeat me and I'll tell you after saying that the purple Misty body slowly condensed and eventually took on a human form the man was wearing purple battle armor and still held a long dark sword in his hand his face was cold but playful as he looked at subai it's been a long time since I fought ah although this doppelganger only has 30% of my power but it's enough to kill you as soon as suai f was revealed he also put on a golden battle armor and the golden blade he was playing with in his

hand transformed into a golden long swword as Subi's mind moved yeah I can't wait the king of the Apocalypse waited anxiously and worriedly outside the door and at this moment his feelings could be described as very complicated he wanted the ancient god to win but once the ancient god won he definitely wouldn't spare him as a traitor he was thinking of letting suai win again but if subai won he as the king of the foreigners would be just as unable to get any better I hope these two guys fight to

the death so I can reap the benefits the king of the Apocalypse thought so prettily that a hint of a smile escaped the corners of his mouth but looking at the canyon that hadn't moved for a long time the king of the Apocalypse curiously patted over to have a look or two strange did it take that long for the two to talk it's been half a day and it's still not out boom before the king of the Apocalypse could finish murmuring Subi's figure instantly struck and flew out from within the king of the

Apocalypse obviously did not expect this situation and before he could Dodge he was hardened as a meat cushion for subai subai was forced to strike and fly hundreds of meters but when he felt the soft touch Underneath Him subai looked down and found that the king of the Apocalypse was pressed underneath himself Lord Dragon Emperor what happened how did you fly out the king of the Apocalypse covered his chest and cried out in pain but subai didn't have time to comfort him after pulling the king o

f the Apocalypse up with one hand he commanded apocalypse get out of here immediately and go inform the human Emperors to leave this planet as soon as possible why before subai could explain to the king of the Apocalypse a voice that caused the king of the Apocalypse to feel fear came out apocalypse you disappoint me just see the canyon a man in purple battle armor holding a purple long sword in his right hand and carrying Subi's golden long sword in his left hand slowly walked out of the valley

seeing this the king of the apocalypse's face changed drastically and before subbi could open his mouth to rush him the king of the Apocalypse just made the fastest speed in his life and flew away from the place the the ancient god laughed out loud and said teasingly I knew this guy couldn't do anything good thanks to the fact that I also gave him so much energy and raised his cultivation to the highest realm in this world but it doesn't matter when I kill you then I'll go and kill that punk ch

anii to and by the way those Companions of yours hearing the ancient god talk about killing himself subai face turned cold Subi's Palm was long and his mind was moving the golden long sword held by the ancient God's left hand immediately felt the call and uncontrollably flew back into sub's hand the ancient god looked at the long sword in Subi's hand with some Envy he stared at the long sword in Subi's hand and said I can't imagine that in this life you would actually obtain this Divine weapon s

o quickly it's a waste to put this kind of divine weapon in the hands of the present day you subai teased oh is it since you want it so badly why don't you call out to it and see if it says yes the ancient god shook his head and laughed that won't be necessary when I kill you this long sword will naturally be mine after saying that the ancient god once again raised his long purple blade towards subai to kill him subai put away his smile and gripped his long sword tightly ready to take the fight

on the other side the human Emperors along with yo and Bon were waiting for subai to return the human emperor of the bear country was so bored that he could only summon his own Imperial beasts and physically wrestled with his own Imperial beasts on the sidelines the human emperor of the Dragon kingdom was also as he released the blood crystal stones he had previously obtained from his spatial ring and counted them one by one yia's eyes were dull and seemed to be a bit out of focus not knowing wh

at she was thinking boom right at this moment in the sky a voice fell straight into the ground smashing a deep pit into the ground the giant object fell and splattered a cloud of dust and by foone glanced at the white tiger beside him who instantly understood Roar the white tiger roared dispersing the oncoming dust immediately the crowd went up alertly and walked to the front and back of the deep pit realizing that the man falling from the sky was actually the king of the Apocalypse at this mome

nt the king of the Apocalypse was in a sorry State he climbed up from the deep pit and set anxiously towards the crowd Dragon Emperor the Dragon Emperor tells you to leave this planet quickly immediately when the crowd saw the king of apocalypse's appearance they were a bit confused Yia anxiously asked is it true that shiai fought with that ancient god of whatever before the king of the Apocalypse could reply a sound of trees collapsing resounded within a Mountain Forest in the distance and at t

he same time countless giant trees could be seen collapsing continuously in a straight line that wasn't until after the trees fell a giant purple Ray erupted and the distant mountains and forests were instantly flattened the crowd watched in fear this level of attack I'm afraid that just the aftermath would be able to kill them white y ya subconsciously ran over the human emperor of the bo kingdom was quick to pull EO back and drank stop you can't help much by going over there listen to what Lor

d Dragon Emperor commands let's Retreat and go back to mobilize our forces the king of angels saw the king of the Apocalypse in this sorry State and took this opportunity to laugh and said yo if it isn't the apocalypse when did it pull so much the king of the Apocalypse didn't pay any attention to the malevolent one but followed the crowd's footsteps and prepared to leave the planet looking at the crowd that had already left in the air the king of angels face changed and he shouted hey take me w

ith you I'm not on the bus yet chapter 204 Holy Dragon 3 rise initiation subai was half kneeling on the ground and the golden blade that had been transformed into a shield in front of him was slightly crippled at the moment at this point he doesn't look in good shape the ancient god looked at Subi's wretched appearance and teasingly laughed Dragon Emperor Dragon Emperor I never thought that one day you would be in such a sorry State I was right in arranging for that guy from apocalypse to wipe o

ut the human race although it didn't completely stop your recovery It ultimately hindered you from rising in strength the last life nearly allowed you to succeed in this life how should you of the Mythic realm deal with me fear I am a god yield to me and become a member of the ancient Realm so that I can at least spare you from death and spare you from the pain of reincarnation no kidding subai shouted angrily and then the shield in front of his body transformed into a subtle and small Dart that

flew towards the ancient God put the dart slashed across the ancient God's face leaving a tiny blood stain on his face subai sneered and said God doesn't bleed but you do so get over your [ __ ] dreams subai climbed up from the deep pit he wanted to activate the temporal eye but his eyes stung a little bit at the moment due to the excessive consumption of his b L functions you guys no one has been able to make me bleed for tens of thousands of years good you've pissed me off the ancient god rev

ealed a maniacal smile and wiped away the blood stains on his cheeks before killing towards subai once again subai covered his eyes then gritted his teeth to overdraw his bodily functions and drank SpaceTime I Buzz as sub's temporal eye was Unleashed a mysterious voice came out from sub's eye that white void of space spread out once again the The Killing ancient God didn't seem to anticipate that subai would still hiding this move he tried to dodge but it was too late the speed of the temporal i

ce proliferation was astonishing and in just a few breaths of time the temporal I suspension of time had already encompassed dozens of miles in a radius seeing that the ancient god was successfully fixed subai didn't dare to slack off lifting his golden blade and walking towards the ancient god the ancient God's eyes kept turning and he seemed to be constantly resisting this power as subai quickly stepped forward just as subai raised his golden blade and was about to kill the ancient god the anc

ient god who had broken free from the time and space eyes control ability suddenly let out a furious cry Boom the ancient gods appalling Aura instantly blasted the already weak subai away again at the same time a sound of glass shattering also sounded Subi's temporal eye was broken his eyes became all white and he bled golden blood that this caused subai to immediately cover his eyes in an attempt to alleviate it but it didn't do much good the ancient god gassed for air he really hadn't anticipa

ted that the subai actually still hid this killing move almost letting him who had been as stable as a dog for 10,000 years roll over again for a hallowed ancient god to be killed by a Mythic realm even if the one killed was only a bilocation it was still an extremely humiliating matter breaking subai temperal I was just as very energy consuming for the ancient god after all it was a power that involved time the figure of the ancient god became El ucer and dim seeming to disappear at any moment

the but fortunately eventually the ancient gods fig stabilized and seemed to have slowed down after slowing down the ancient God said as if he had survived bravo bravo worthy of being a Dragon Emperor actually even the Legendary Power the space-time ey has been awakened 10,000 types of Golden Blades SpaceTime eyes Dragon Emperor bloodline the heavens have really shown you Mercy actually giving you so many Supreme Treasures I thought that after killing you obtaining the 10,000 type gold blade wou

ld already be the biggest gain but I didn't realize that you actually have the SpaceTime ey it's lucky that you used it or else I would have missed it although your SpaceTime ey has been damaged a bit it's okay when this ancient god repairs it my strength will definitely rise a great deal by then after saying that the ancient god gripped the purple long sword and swayed toward subai subai couldn't see anything at the moment due to the damage to his temporal eye and could only hold the golden bla

de helplessly the ancient god walked to subai then raised his long sword and said farewell Lord Dragon Emperor we'll see you in the next life oh no no no no no you don't have a next life anymore I'm going to destroy the human race myself later you Undead bed bug there's no chance of Resurrection ever again after saying that the ancient god exuded a smile and then the long knife raised in his hand heavily stabbed into Subi's chest subai coughed and the long knife that Gan Jang had stabbed into Su

bi's chest was pulled out golden blood continued to flow out of his chest sub's gaze gradually laxed more and more blood flowed out of his chest and he eventually lost his breath Dragon Emperor subai dead died under the ancient God's long purple Blade the ancient god looked at this scene with disbelief for a long time before shouting I I killed the Dragon Emperor the ancient god couldn't wait to crouch down and pick up sub's Golden blade but the golden blade that had just been impregnable in Sub

i's hands the moment it was touched by the ancient god it was like a plate of scattered sand Blown Away by the wind and disappeared without a trace the ancient god looked at this scene in dismay and murmured what what's going on before the ancient god could figure out what was going on he realized that Subi's figure was gradually becoming ucer so ucer that it was about to disappear the ancient god hurriedly dug into Subi's eye sockets but through Subi's virtual Shadow he grabbed a plate of dust

and at that moment behind the ancient god there came a voice that he would never forget congratulations ancient god you managed to Kill My Doppelganger as the ancient god listened to the familiar voice he twisted his head around and realized ized that subai who was Immaculate at the moment was looking at him with his arms wrapped around him Subi's eyes were filled with teasing and pity it was as if he was watching a circus clown perform and the ancient god as a clown had undoubtedly given suai o

ne of the best performances just now and Sue White is the manipulator of this show he the ancient god was under su's manipulation walking step by step in the direction he imagined just like a puppet on strings the ancient god trembled with fear and trembled as if he were facing an abyss and said subai you aren't you already dead how can you still be subai clapped his hands and seemed to be very satisfied with the performance the ancient God had brought to him before explaining indeed I have inde

ed died at your hands it's just a Pity that what you killed me was only my doppleganger after all there's no one who says that you're only allowed to use your doppelganger to fight anymore this was the last killer weapon that subai had retained after breaking through to the myth realm the Holy Dragon dual life know that one was a skill acquired a long time ago now I should say it's Holy Dragon sang to put it simply subai could use this skill anytime and anywhere to create a doppelganger that was

identical to him in both looks and breath cultivation moreover this doppelganger had the same mind as subai the difference was that this doppelganger was 100% obedient to subai and subai just now was relying on this doppelganger to fight the ancient God subai himself on the other hand had been hiding in the shadows watching this perfect to the core performance chapter 205 the ancient God dies the ancient God's heart was as if it had died but having seen many things he quickly finished adjusting

his emotions and asked flatly when did you use the diversion subai thought back and then said about the moment you knocked me out of the valley I created a doppelganger to fight for me this is also the first time I've used this skill but I have to say it still works well this skill subai had intended to use it in his previous battle with the king of the Apocalypse but the king of the Apocalypse was too weak to give him the heart to use the skill but it's also fortunate that subai didn't use it

if he had used it at that time the maybe the ancient gods will leave a heartbeat and that won't make for such a good show the ancient god first snorted followed by countless loud laughs the it didn't stop until a few moments later he looked at subai above and said I ancient underworld have traveled across the ancient realm for such a long time how have I ever been so wrong destroying the human race stopping you from recovering these are no longer important they there's only one thing I want to d

o right now is to beat you to death the last few words of the ancient god seemed as if they were squeezed out from between his teeth and then he lifted his long sword and swung it violently and a huge and horrifying purple blade gas killed subai subai let out a light laugh then with a casual wave of his palm the purple blade she instantly dissipated as if it was blown away by the wind he stood above and the ancient gods stood within the deep pit of the subai looked down at the ancient god and sa

id indifferently ancient god you probably can't see the situation clearly until now so it's better for me to tell you now it's my home turf [ __ ] the ancient god gripped his long sword tightly and Rose up in the air gritting his teeth before killing towards subai but before it could touch subai Subi's eyes opened and unleashed the SpaceTime eye the ancient God's figure in midair was instantly stared at and he tried to fight his way out as he did last time but realized that he couldn't muster a

single ounce of strength aren't you coveting the SpaceTime ey then I'll show you the true power of the SpaceTime ey after saying that Subi's finger gently pointed and the ancient God's body that was fixed in the air immediately fell down at extreme speed as if it was being pressed down on the ground heavily by an invisible force you drive faster how come your planet starships are so slow hearing Ying Yao's tyde the king of the Apocalypse who was in the process of starting up his Battleship was i

nstantly speechless and said humans get this straight our race is different from your human race you specialize in technology our race specializes in flesh and on top of that I haven't even started it yet how do you make it go fast Y X grunted in dissatisfaction while the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom said drive on if we don't get there soon the battle might be over the king of the Apocalypse grunted coldly before continuing to activate the battleship that's right the human Emperor group d

idn't leave the alien main Planet but stayed here to the point that it wasn't that they didn't want to go but that they simply couldn't it was only when several people flew out of the planet that they realized with embarrassment that the battleship they had previously driven from within the Fortress was long gone the crowd could fly through the universe but the problem was that by the time they rushed back to the Fortress and came back over in their battleships it was estimated that subis ashes

had been raised the people then thought of flying back in the warships of the alien home planet but the speed of the alien warships was not much faster than them flying back with no other choice the crowd could only plan to take the battleship and head to the place where subai and the ancient god were fighting to see if they could help in any way after half a day of fumbling the king of the Apocalypse finally activated the Battleship and he then piloted it towards the place where the two were fi

ghting during the flight the king of the Apocalypse had taken stock of everything later on if the ancient god wins the king of the Apocalypse will get off the battleship and immediately say that these people are his prisoners as a way to ask for the ancient God's forgiveness if it was subai who won then it was said that he had come to his Aid in his Battleship either way the king of the Apocalypse was infallible and thinking about it the king of the Apocalypse was already kind of admiring his ow

n brain suddenly just as the king of the Apocalypse was still enjoying his subsequent maneuver he suddenly felt a heavy Blow from the back of his head which way are you driving drive over the king of the Apocalypse craned his head in indignation and the human emperor of the be country didn't dare to show weakness and stared at the king of the Apocalypse as well since it was still unclear whether subai or the ancient God would win the king of the Apocalypse could only hold his tongue but still sa

id with displeasure just tell me when you've driven it what's the point of hitting me in the head how can I say that I'm also a fake King the realm of the universe the most powerful person in this world how can you a super God Realm dare Griffins are griffins and when you win you are rampant on your mouths and when you have the chance I will see if you die the king of angels is hiding in the back looking at the king of the Apocalypse who kept murmuring because he was defeated he snickered and al

l he could think was that you had this day the battleship landed and the crowd walked down looking at the shocking and unbelievable terrain that had been destroyed by the battle the crowd ran and towards the center of the battle the hearts of the crowd were all incredibly anxious and they all prayed for subai not to make a sound of course this crowd did not include the king of the Apocalypse however when the crowd saw subai and the ancient god they were dumbfounded and the king of the Apocalypse

was as if he was petrified only to see Sue by standing immaculately at the high point in the middle of a deep pit the ancient god wearing the purple crippled battle armor was currently sprawled out on the ground without any image seeing the crowd coming subai smiled lightly and saidou here before the crowd could speak the king of the Apocalypse stepped forward and righteously said Lord Dragon Emperor we are really too worried about your comfort so we could only come to your rescue without liste

ning to your advice the crowd looked at the king of the Apocalypse speechlessly just now when he said he wanted to come here he was dead set against it but now he knew to show his loyalty the ancient god lying on the ground apparently heard the voice of the king of the apocalypse and angrily cursed apocalypse you traitor and waste have you forgotten your current Realm who brought you your status the ancient god of the dynasty of the Apocalypse nodded then said I naturally remember so I don't dar

e to forget Lord Dragon Emperor's kindness ancient gods the ancient god only felt like spitting out blood compared to the physical injuries he only felt more hurt in his mind raising a foreigner for 10 000000 years resulted in raising a white-eyed wolf subai didn't have the time to consult to the ancient God's heart but instead asked ancient god is there anything else you want to say the ancient God snorted and said with you you're still thinking of regicide even if I'm not your opponent now you

still can't kill me subai only felt speechless he was so rampant even when he was on the verge of death in that case I'll see you around after saying that the golden blade in his palm stood up and then he stabbed straight at the ancient God's heart chapter 206 star Heavenly face submission until subai penetrated the golden blade into the ancient God's chest only to find that the golden blade didn't spew out blood like he thought it would after stabing into the ancient God's chest the instead it

directly pierced through the ancient God's body and stabbed into the ground the ancient god laughed wildly and said you the Mythic real and you still presume to kill a God if you want to kill me ancient underworld do it in your next life subai frowned slightly somewhat disbelievingly maneuvering the golden blade to fly out of the earth then zapping at the ancient god once again but without exception no matter where the golden blade was stabbed at the ancient god it would directly pass through t

he ancient God's body which was truly bizarre and seeing that this body of the ancient god was fixed right there but it just couldn't be killed yio doubtfully said toward subai little white why can't you stab him with your golden blade subai shook his head this was also the first time he had encountered such a situation while the king of the Apocalypse on the side said worriedly hey hey hey hey you guys aren't just going to let him go are you I just got done talking to him the ancient god then s

norted coldly and said to the king of the Apocalypse hph apocalypse after I escape I'll be the first to kill you I've raised you for a thousand years turning you from a nobody to your current status and you actually dare to betray me apocalypse also knew that he was now on the side of the human race and that the various cold and cruel phenomena of the ancient gods that he had also seen it a long time ago and broke down and said he he kill me if you can I'll stay in the human race what are you go

ing to do you the ancient god was instantly a little exasperated by finally GR his teeth he squeezed a few words out of his mouth fine fine you wait the human emperor of the Dragon kingdom was also a bit worried after all if the ancient god was allowed to escape all the people present except subai would probably have to die wait try this move of mine yia's I stared and she instantly unleashed the time chop although Yia didn't freeze anyone this time when she unleashed the time slash it didn't ma

tter she didn't need it in the first place she just needed to slash that slash as that old overwhelmingly powerful blade Chi was condensed y x ya softly shouted and the condensed our blade Chi slashed at the ancient god in a frantic manner looking at this blade Chi that contained the laws of time the ancient God's brows jumped and he instantly felt a great sense of Misfortune Boom the time Slash's blade she slashed into the ancient God's neck instantly separating the ancient God's corpse awesome

however just as someone let out a gasp of surprise but before the crowd could Rejoice they realized that the ancient God's head continued to call out what the use of cutting open this God's head this God is Immortal no one can kill looking at the ancient god whose head and body were separated suai pondered for a moment then laughed lightly and said yeah just don't kill you then subai control over the temporal ey intensified once again then with a wave of his hand subai opened a Time Rift and th

rew the ancient God's head into it subsequently subai opened another time Rift and threw the bodies of the remaining ancient gods into it as well looking at the two operations the crowd was somewhat puzzled by that iong asked suspiciously Lord Dragon Emperor what are you subai then explains I threw his head in a thousand years later in his body and a thousand years before although this method still can't kill him it doesn't matter right now he's no different from Death the crowd was a little ost

u that there was actually such an operation the king of the Apocalypse on the other hand had the corners of his mouth twitch and he was never expecting that the strong and Undead ancient God would be easily resolved by subai just like that luckily I just stood up for myself and succeeded looking at the king of the Apocalypse who was still contemplating subai wrapped his hands around his head and laughed softly and said apocalypse apocalypse when tansi heard subai shout he immediately came back t

o his senses and cautiously asked what's wrong Lord Dragon Emperor subai stopped launching the temporal eye at this moment his eyes had returned to normal and was looking at the king of Apocalypse playfully and said apocalypse your original Master the ancient God has been taken care of by me so what choice should you make now the crowd stared at the king of the Apocalypse staring the king of the Apocalypse down seeing the crowd so the king of angels who had long ago been branded by subai in the

depths of his soul quietly moved his feet and came to subai side seeing that you just performed well I'll give you two choices submit or continue to go to war with the human race how dare the king of the Apocalypse continue to antagonize suai immediately straightened his expression then half kneel down and respectfully said I choose to submit star Fay unconditionally to Lord Dragon Emperor after hearing the king of the Apocalypse spit out these words the faces of all the human Emperors were move

d what they couldn't do with their entire lives seemed to have been easily solved by the Dragon Emperor just like that for a while the crowd looked at subbi with shock in their eyes y ya was also a bit proud that in this life it was indeed a blessing that she had met shiai and Subi's face didn't have any expression of pride and joy as he nodded his head and then said to the crowd come on set sail and head back to the fort apocalypse you star feay really put all your Tech points on the force chan

t your ship is not as good as the old man's music from The Blue Planet the king of the Apocalypse smirked then continued to fire up the battleship but it just wouldn't light up no matter what Sue side and then said okay okay don't force it I'll do it everyone stand close together while I teleport everyone back to the Fortress the crowd was a little puzzled but gathered together subsequently Subi's pupils turned white once again and unleashed the temporal eye a burst of white light wrapped everyo

ne in a flash of light followed and they disappeared in place the moment the white light flashed the people who were wrapped up were all teleported back to the Fortress by subai this made them a little surprised not realizing that subai still had this ability this is just a small ability of the SpaceTime I but it can't be used often teleporting too many people would be a huge drain on me the crowd nodded though still new to this first time they all teleported and other than that the soldiers who

make their normal rounds inside the fort however they were startled by the sudden appearance of subai and the others but after seeing that it was the human Emperor and the others they all put their hearts down subai twisted his head and said Lord human Emperor I have some business to attend to can you help me announce our victory in the war the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom nodded his head and respectfully said if Lord Dragon Emperor has any important matters to attend to I'll take care o

f the next matters subai nodded while yio who was on the side said doubtfully white what else is going on with you subai smiled comfortingly and said don't worry it's not a big deal be good and wait for me it's not safe if you go eh no before Yia could finish speaking subai Unleashed his SpaceTime eye and instantly left Yia saw that subai actually left directly in an instant she grunted angrily and stomped her foot in a school girl manner by foam comforted Lord Dragon Emperor might have somethin

g to deal with so don't be a little grumpy aha yio stifled a grunt then angrily twisted her head and went back to the Nook subsequently after the Declaration of victory in the war by the dragon country's human Emperor the entire Fortress burst into a heaven shattering cheer several human Emperors looked at this scene with relief a scene that the crowd had been waiting for a long long time chapter 207 questioning the ancient god the other side after subai Unleashed his SpaceTime ey transmitting h

imself back to alien Prime once again after all there were still some things he couldn't let others know that he hadn't asked the ancient god about subai came to the place where he had just fought then Unleashed his temporal eye and opened the time Rift seeing that no one had climbed out of the crack for a long time subai felt impatient and as soon as he stepped forward he yanked out the ancient God's head the ancient god was a bit surprised to see subai back again but he sneered and said guess

what I saw in the future subai said indifferently it doesn't matter to me what you saw I ask you and you answer if you can't do it then you can go onto the future and stay there he knew that facing this kind of old man who had lived for for I don't know how many years the only thing that can be done is to be tougher than the opposite side of the fence without a hint of softs spokenness and with these words it was a direct result of Subi's words taking over the dominant position the ancient god g

ritted his teeth and looked at subai and then said in a good-natured manner ask Lord Dragon Emperor the golden blade in Subi's hand transformed into a seat he sat down stoically and looked at the ancient god with cold eyes asking tell me my information everything the ancient god snorted and said it seems that our Dragon Emperor Sama is also confused about his identity so you can look so confused too subai eyes turned cold and opened the time Rift once again as he prepared to kick the ancient God

's head in the ancient god hurridly begged for forgiveness saying I say I say subai stopped moving and after sitting on the seat he quietly listened to the ancient god recounting the past events a long time ago the ancient realm was in turmoil at that time death was a common occurrence in the ancient realm and everywhere there were groups of warriors fighting for Supremacy and there was no place in the entire ancient realm where there was no Bloodshed until one day a human who ascended from the

lower realm who calmed the turmoil in the ancient Realm by virtue of his overwhelming strength as well as his powerful Imperial beasts but mankind is just too weak even at this realm one cannot escape the clutches of time and that human who ascended up died died at the hands of time after he died the strengths of all parties were once again foolish but fortunately that person 's Imperial beasts still existed and as unrivaled as his Imperial beasts were the ancient realm was once again safe for 1

0 million years but as time passed the strength of that Imperial Beast had reached the top but the strength of the others in the ancient realm kept Rising finally one day that Imperial Beast lost its life after all under the siege of tens of thousands of powerful people that Imperial Beast died at the grave of that lower realm human before dying one of the dragon scales on that Imperial Beast fell off and transformed into the 10 Z type golden blade in your hand as well that Imperial Beast left b

ehind a single tear before its death and that tear transformed into an eye that can transcend all time and space which is what you are currently using since then there have been two Divine artifacts in the ancient realm one being the 10,000 type gold blade which can manifest to be any item in the world and is Immortal and eternal one is the space-time eye which possesses the power to transcend time and space allowing one to gain eternal life for the sake of these two artifacts the ancient realm

is once again in turmoil and whoever gets these two artifacts will represent whoever possesses the highest power in the ancient realm and will be able to rule over the ancient realm but it wasn't until one day that both artifacts disappeared at the same time and then a human came from the lower Realms who possessed both the time ey and the 10,000 type gold Blade Two artifacts but right after the crowd from the ancient realm defeated him again it wasn't long before he appeared again and so it goe

s often over and over again and the ancient realm people finally realized something was wrong and sent me down to the lower Realms subai stroked for a while before saying you mean that I am the same Imperial beast from back then but why must I go to the ancient realm to suffer is it bad for me to stay in the lower realm the ancient god looked at subai helplessly for a long time before saying the question of whether I am the Dragon Emperor or you are the Dragon Emperor is that something I can kno

w I am also just a minor character or else I wouldn't have been sent down to the lower Realms subai teasingly looked at the ancient god and said isn't this your doppelganger a doppelganger in the lower Realm is pretty much a non-issue isn't it hph what do you know the ancient God let out a cold snort seemingly mocking sub's ignorance and then continued this doppelganger of mine is the one that possesses 30% of my strength which is hardwired to come off of me even if you don't have to use your ma

in body to travel to the lower Realms it would be hard for anyone to lose three points of strength for no reason subai didn't pay any more attention to the ancient god but began to recall the previous events then silently murmured perhaps it's really as the human Emperor said I'll have to break through to the realm of the super Gods to be able to recall those Dusty memories of mine hello hello the ancient god shouted a few times in dissatisfaction and subai came back to his senses then the ancie

nt god continued I said I've told you everything you want to know when will you be able to let me go big deal I'll go back to the ancient realm and never come back to the lower realm again subai let out a teasing laugh and then said don't you have a specific name or are you ancient realm people called ancient gods the ancient god snorted coldly then said ancient god is an honorific title it shouted for people in the lower Realms of course I have a name seeing is you're so strong I'll tell you th

at my name is ancient meditation okay gloomy subai stood up and left his seat he slowly walked over to the ancient God's head and condescendingly said ancient meditation I don't think you've given out the news of your defeat yet have you gomi felt bad then swallowed and said yes is no what do you want hearing that Goa indeed did not form out a hint of a smile spread across Subi's face then said then do me a favor and tell the ancient realm that I am dead in this life goom's eyes widened and then

without even thinking about it he immediately vetoed no I can never do that subai smile receded then continued to advise why if you spread the news of your defeat I'm afraid you'll be chastised in no small way it wouldn't even be too much to let you die in thanks but as long as you give away the fact that I was killed by you not only will you be commended but your doppelganger won't have to stay in the lower realm anymore isn't that good don't worry I'm not going to expose you think about the t

rade-offs involved guming pondered for a while until subai impatiently said well seeing as you can't think of anything for a while go ahead and think about it in the future after saying that subai then activated his temporal ey to hit the time Rift once again preparing to kick ancient underworld Back to the Future once again gormo shouted in Terror crying out o o oi how can you say that you are also the re incarnation of the Dragon Emperor as for how classless it is didn't you say you'd let me g

o after I answered subai snorted coldly and said joke when did I say I was going to leave you alone subsequently subai had already built up his strength and was ready to kick this rounded head back to the future to suffer chapter 208 stop stop leave me alone stop kicking can't I promise you it was at the last moment that the stubborn head finally gave in subai also stopped his right foot which was ready to shoot vigorously and said regret F it's a shame I was all set to get a good taste of what

it's like to play soccer you really don't want to think about it anymore I'll give you two days and in those two days you'll be a soccer ball for me to juggle for a while ancient hind yells in displeasure enough we ancient realm people also need dignity if you keep teasing me like that big deal I won't help you I'll see how you get to the ancient realm you'll be besieged to death as soon as you go seeing that guming had moved to a real fire subai also stopped playing around and put down his socc

er ball see this goom fainted impatience and said if you want me to help you can you at least show me your sincerity first first get my body back and then straighten out some energy for me this seat has been here in the lower realm for so many years and has almost always been replenished with energy which who can afford to consume it subai said in a cold voice do I still need to give you my temporal eye in the 10 000000 type gold blade gooing gave a sarcastic laugh then said then at least return

my body right without a body it's it's not convenient for me to work for you subai had no choice but to open the time space Rift and pick up ancient meditation body but the space-time Rift had been open for a long time and there was no ancient underworld's body coming out of it subai murmured suspiciously the timing is right your body was supposed to be here why is it gone ancient meditation felt bad and gulped and said hey hey hey hey no you're not going to lose my body are you subai poked his

head into the crack to take a look and he really didn't see anci meditations body sparing Subi's thick skin at this moment he could only touch his nose and say your head doesn't move but your body does walk and I don't know where your body went for a moment guming stared at subai dumbfounded subai was stared numb and said unnaturally all right don't make this face of yours looking at me big deal I'll take more energy to you later so you can mold a virtual flesh body to use first guming didn't p

ay any attention to subai but kept muttering it's over it's all over this 30% power split of mine had a full 20% within the body and now that the body has disappeared my 20% power will never come back suai didn't know how to comfort this guy for a while he could only draw a big cake and said all right the big deal is that if I gain benefits in the ancient realm afterward how much will I share with you ancient meditation pondered for a long time before he gritted his teeth and said I'm out of luc

k working with you subai shrugged helplessly then picked up the head of ancient meditation and returned to the star Fortress at this moment the star for Fortress has been filled with an atmosphere of joy and relief the years of fighting have made it very depressing for everyone on a day when the war was over and a great Victory had been won all the soldiers were shouting continuously releasing the lawn supressed atmosphere through and through even the human Emperor and the others were much more

relaxed than ever at this moment subai brought the head of ancient meditation back inside the Fortress and the human Emperors looked at the ancient God's head in Subi's hand and wondered Lord Dragon Emperor what are you subai smiled faintly and said if it's a long story but I've already entered into a partnership with ancient meditation and from now on he's a member of our human race human Emperor Elders please give me some blood crystal stones to mold a virtual flesh body for this head first hi

s original body can no longer be found due to some accidents the human Emperors Shrugged their shoulders they weren't sure what Lord Dragon Emperor was going to do but whatever Lord Dragon Emperor said they just did it several human Emperors pressed into their spatial rings and a large pile of blood crystal stones fell down glom looked at this large pile of blood crystal stones afterward guming began to swallow the blood crystal stones one bite at a time as for his physical body a very dark shad

ow began to appear which could not be detected without a closer look looking at this large pile of blood crystal stones subai estimated that it was also enough for this guy Guma to recover his flesh so he said to the human Emperors human Emperor Elders keep the rest of the blood crystal stones for your own cultivation it's best to step into the cosmic realm at an early date the human Emperor's eyes lit up they had already stayed in the realm of super gods for a long time why did they stay why di

d they stay it was still because of the lack of resources it wouldn't be a problem if it was the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom and the human emperor of the bear Kingdom after all they were in their Prime however the human emperor of the Sakura country and the human emperor of the bo country were both old and if they didn't break through to the realm of the universe I'm afraid that they would have to completely dissipate in another two or 3 hundred years at first glance two 300 years was a

lot but this was for the human race after all the human Race's lifespan among the 10,000 races of the Stars was considered the least even a foreigner who never cultivate life expectancy is at least 200 years or so a little longer life of 400 years is possible not to mention the cultivation if the human race was like this in the realm of the super Goods but still worried because of their lifespan it was considered unique in the universe just then the king of the Apocalypse on the side pulled by t

o the side th he looked back at ancient meditation who was still crunching and gnawing on the blood crystal stones and said with a wailing face Lord Dragon Emperor do you have to cooperate with him are you still not satisfied with a strong person like me subai shook his head and laughed my goal is no longer in this universe but the world above so I need his help seeing this the king of the Apocalypse continued to cry and said you also know what kind of relationship I used to have with Lord ancie

nt god I betrayed him to join you you have to protect me subai said helplessly don't worry seeing that the king of the Apocalypse still had a look of disbelief on his face there was nothing he could do after all this [ __ ] was his dog too subai could only turn his head and said to the ancient meditation who was gnawing on the blood crystal stone with a face full of righteousness ancient meditation since both you and the king of the Apocalypse have defected to the human race let's just write off

your previous grudges shall we ancient hay who was gnawing on the blood crystal stone violently turned his head to look at the king of the apocalypse and laughed playfully and said don't worry Lord Dragon Emperor as a senior I will definitely do my best to teach Toni well I'm relieved to hear you say that okay I have things to do so you guys get busy after saying that subai broke away from tian's Death grip on him and left the conference room just as subai was planning to go take some rest by p

hone ran out and said subai I have something to find you subai quizzically twisted his head to look at by phone and said something for me well come with me after saying that iong turned around on his own and although subai was a bit puzzled he still followed after waiting for a deserted Place subai asked say what is it chapter 209 chapter 208 breaking through the realm of super Gods Ione said directly you've been a bit cold on that girl sh ya lately sub's eyebrows jumped but when you think about

it yes he's been really busy lately after dealing with the king of angels He had to deal with the king of the apocalypse and after dealing with the king of the Apocalypse he had to deal with the ancient hind because it was too dangerous subai was not willing to bring yo along at all this also led to a period of time where subai was indeed rarely alone with Yia it's something that even he doesn't notice subai stammered a hem it can't be helped I've just been a bit too busy lately Bon shook his h

ead and said after you went to look for ancient meditation that girl xia Yao started sulking not willing to come out no matter how much the human Emperors called it's understandable when you say you're busy now that you're not busy isn't it time to go to her subai froze while by phone patted Subi's shoulder and left when byong returned to the conference room he found that the human Emperors had all gone back to their cultivation leaving only the ancient god who had already finished molding his p

hysical body and the king of the Apocalypse who was pressed down by the ancient god your Great Apocalypse this God has elevated your cultivation to such an extent and this is how you repay me if it wasn't for this God cooperating with the Dragon Emperor I'm afraid you would have gotten away with a lot in your life fortunately luckily I cooperated with the Dragon Emperor otherwise wouldn't I have let you get away with it with every word guming said he punched the king of the Apocalypse under his

head hitting the king of the Apocalypse with constant cries of pain don't look at the fact that gum's current physical body was a cottage industry there was still a body's power inside him now this layer alone was enough to hang the king of the Apocalypse the king of the Apocalypse cried out in pain as he kept begging for mercy saying Lord ancient god I was wrong I wasn't also forced by the situation at that time so please let me go on account of the fact that we're both serving Lord Dragon Empe

ror now and on the other side of the room the king of angels was holding the potato chips he had just passed over from the humans and was eating them with relish as he watched apocalypse take a Beating For the First Time The King of angels realized that this Earth food called chips can smell so good with the image of the king of the Apocalypse being beaten byong silently glanced at the king of the apocalypse who was begging for mercy then he stepped aside and ate chips with the king of angels me

anwhile subai returned to the Courtyard sure enough he saw Yia sulking and practicing in the courtyard while next to her was the little white tiger spinning in circles seeing subai return a flash of surprise flashed across yia's eyes but it was quickly hidden from her yel let out a cold snort and then prepared to walk into the house but suai was prepared subai took out two portions of the roasted meat and rice that he had eaten with yio before from behind his back the scent instantly reached her

causing y ya to immediately stop in her tracks subai said regretfully I was going to eat with someone but I didn't realize someone was sulking then there's nothing I can do about it I can only destroy these two roasted Meals by myself before subai could finish a swift wind-like figure flashed by end the roasted pork and rice in sub's hand was instantly missing a portion which made subai look dumbfounded yo snorted coldly and said who made you ignore me for the past few days you didn't tell me w

hat you were going to do do you know how worried I was subai smiled sarcastically and scratched his head and said I've got too much to deal with and I'm here yoh hummed then arrogantly said then I'll forgive you for this moment but say yes you're not allowed to go about your business for the next few days so hang out with me good good good within the next week subai and y ya kept jumping inside the blue star repeatedly it was only because y ya was going to stroll this way one moment and that way

the next even the Mythic realm subai felt that his physical strength was somewhat overwhelmed but looking at Yia who was still as excited as she was a week ago subai could only helplessly shake his head suai hurry up and keep up coming coming after a few days of rry the human race gradually got on track and returned to their old routine which also made subai feel a sense of Peace what really puzzled subai was why he must go to the upper realm in his previous lives the current subai thought that

even if he didn't go to the upper World there was nothing wrong with staying in this universe for the rest of his life in order to figure out the answer he could only put the matter of breaking through the realm of the super Gods on his agenda earlier subai had just returned to the Courtyard when yio suddenly summoned a large pile of blood crystal stones from her spatial backpack the sky is covered with blood crystal stones instantly piling up the yard sub said in dismay what are you doing so m

any blood crystal stones you emptied the entire universe ah say what you Yia snapped then explained to subai these are all blood crystal stones seized from the main star of the alien race a few days ago just in time to be used for your cultivation looking at this pile of blood crystal stones subai curiously asked is that all there is where is this these blood crystals aren't even a tenth of what they are hearing this terrifying amount subai couldn't help but be staggered but instead of delaying

he purified it instantly and then began to cultivate inside the courtyard these blood crystal stones were small in size and the energy were average in Purity simply not as good as the large blood crystal stone of the black octopus God before but really couldn't resist the outrageous amount of these blood crystal stones Subi's cultivation level was still rising at an extremely fast rate and of course the blood crystal stones in yia's spatial backpack were also being consumed at an extremely fast

rate right after all the blood crystal stones in yia's backpack were consumed by subai Subi's restrictions on the realm of the super Goods had also finally produced a hint of loosening seeing this subai didn't hesitate any longer but charged through the Restriction with a flourish at that moment the universe Shone with a roaring Golden Light and a heaven shaking dragon's Roar continued to ReSound announcing subai breakthrough the human Emperor inside the Fortress watched the scene with surprise

and shock surprisingly their lord Dragon Emperor had broken through again and the strength of the human race had further increased shockingly Subi's breakthrough speed was really outrageous less than a month had passed since he had broken through the Mythic realm until now and as a result he had broken through again is there really no buffer at all the ancient god slouched in his seat chips in hand and and aside the king of the Apocalypse respectfully knelt down and CED the watermelon juice with

both hands guming looked at the appalling scene and shook his head and said worthy of being the ruthless person who unified the ancient realm back then actually breaking through so quickly I don't know if I can still be his opponent in my Heyday chapter 210 ancient blade of the underworld Subi's right hand held a one type gold blade and a weapon emerged from his left hand as well a Simer slowly appeared in his left hand the surface of the cimeter was covered in demonic AA and an ominous Aura in

stantly spread but when this breath came into contact with the golden light emanating from subai it was instantly canceled out and then the Sim's demonic Aura dissipated and seemed to be hidden subai slowly opened his eyes and had already realized that his cultivation had reached the realm of the super God after breaking through to this realm subai didn't gain any new abilities just a new weapon and for once the system didn't introduce what kind of existence the Simer weapon was and what its abi

lities were looking at the hand looks to be an own Simer weapon subai held in his hand speculated for a while and said the weapons gifted by the system shouldn't be bad forget it let's go ask that guying if he recognizes it later after saying that subai stopped cultivating and was about to stand up when he realized that there was a person lying on his lap Yia was tiredly lying on sub's lap it seemed that she was already very tired because she kept having to accompany subai to cultivate in the pa

st few days subai gently pulled up her Fallen hair then picked her up and sent her back to her room after settling EO Down subai Rose up in the air and after sensing the aura of ancient meditation he flew towards ancient meditation the moment subai was gone yel opened her eyes inside helplessly stupid at this moment guming was still lying on the recliner with a face of enjoyment eating chips while watching a TV series from Earth of course the king of the apocalypse's spiteful seed was also servi

ng ancient underworld respectfully at the side watching dramas where the hero and heroin are separated because they mouth off to each other angrily kicked the projector to break it then said indignantly this group of earthlings are really strange it's not enough to just say what they have to say but they have to beat around the bush annoying the hell out of people however this little episode obviously didn't affect ging's mood but Subi's arrival wasn't necessarily the same subai slowly descended

from the sky looking at the ancient meditation that was transparent almost as if it was not there even though it had a physical body subai laughed and said ancient meditation your kid is quite good at enjoying himself seeing subai looking for him after his breakthrough guou Ming who was still lying on the recliner immediately catapulted up and then said fawningly what are your orders Lord Dragon Emperor and when the king of the Apocalypse saw the ancient god who had been unbeatable just a momen

t ago become like this he immediately turned his face away and was then filled with disdain you're still an ancient god don't you also look pleasing in front of Lord Dragon Emperor apocalypse cricked the ancient god in his mind for a while then he turned his head to look at subai subai took out the curved sword from the space and handed it to guming saying this knife do you recognize it when guming saw this curved sword his pupil slightly shook as he slowly took the sword and said in dismay Lord

Dragon Emperor this sword you took from that's something you don't need to know you just need to tell me if you recognize it or not ancient hind grips his cimeter in an instant his originally somewhat shrivel AA began to vibrate and even subai was shocked at the same time the originally Motionless symmet the Demonic Aura on its surface began to spread and the power contained within it caused the entire Fortress to tremble after feeling it for a while guming handed the Simer back to subai then s

lowly said this is the Supreme Treasure of our ancient realm the spectral ancient blade this blade hasn't appeared for millions of years and everyone in the ancient realm thought that it was just a legend but I didn't expect that it would actually be in your hands subai looked at the hand are this Simer really did not think that the knife's origin is so big the system really gave him a big gift subai didn't care he put away the spectral ancient blade and said to guming ancient meditation I need

you to take me to the ancient realm ancient meditation raised an eyebrow and asked cautiously is it hard to believe that you have regained your memory subai shook his head breaking through to the realm of the super Gods didn't have any so-called memory recovery but then a voice appeared in his head the voice seemed to be instructing subai to travel to the ancient realm intentionally or unintentionally and subai had no choice but to choose to make a trip I haven't recovered any memories but I sti

ll have to make a trip to the ancient realm just think of it as me going to the ancient realm to see the sights don't worry I won't make any mess ancient meditation nodded slightly and just at that moment the human Emperors also came through the air from afar when the human emperor of the Dragon country saw subai he immediately fell down and anxiously asked Lord Dragon Emperor just now the entire Fortress was shaken did something happen again seeing the refinement and the cultivation of several

human Emperors subai asked with some surprise human Emperor Elders it seems that all of you have refined your cultivation quite a bit the bare country human Emperor patted his chest and grinned and said thanks to those stocks from apocalypse and their Planet my cultivation is now just one step away from the halfstep universe realm several other human Emperors noded their heads and it looked like the gains were not small apocalypse on the other hand had long since found a place where no one was a

nd secretly wiped away his tears subai nodded and then said you've come just in time I have something to tell you I'm going to go on a long trip with ancient meditation so I'll leave the matters on the human race to you guys for now several human Emperors were a bit puzzled and the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom asked Lord Dragon Emperor you've only just broken through the realm of the super gods and you're leaving is there something you're hiding from us subai thought for a while and final

ly told the matter about his identity as well as the ancient realm that's just the way it is I need to make a trip to the ancient realm with ancient meditation not for anything I just want an answer and when I find it I'll naturally come back several human Emperors nodded their heads after hearing this and then said in a firm voice Lord Dragon Emperor don't worry about going the human race can't afford any chaos subai nodded then wrapped his arms around gum's almost transparent body and said let

un go Lord ancient god show me the scenery of your ancient realm gently gently the ancient medieval was Su by this Embrace to the pain of the scream subai also forgot the ancient medieval now the situation see ancient medieval pain cry before releasing The Hand by bong didn't say anything until after subai and ancient underworld would leave bong said slowly aren't you bringing y x ya along subai froze then shook his head and said this journey I myself am not sure that I can say that it will be s

afe I can't guarantee her safety it's better for me an ancient underworld to just go bong Shrugged his shoulders since subai was so intent that bong also planned to do well absolutely not to see yio in the next few days so as not to touch that girl's mold afterward subai changed from his human form back to his Dragon form and left the Fortress with gooing and Tow gentlemen wait for me to return the several human Emperors looked at suai who had already flown until he was out of sight no subai who

was the shadow of a dragon could only sigh for a while chapter 211 to the ancient realm we are far from Lord Dragon Emperor it's really getting farther and farther away the human emperor of the cherry blossom country nodded his head deeply then exclaimed to think that I only met him not too long ago when Lord Dragon Emperor was only at the Quasi totem realm I didn't realize that he has now reached the super good realm the human emperor of the Dragon Kingdom let out a laugh then said Lord Dragon

Emperor's super God Realm is not the same as ours the several human Emperors all nodded in agreement and then each went back to cultivating after all if they still wanted to follow around Lord Dragon Emperor their current cultivation level was no longer enough subai who was traveling in the universe looked at gumu who was being carried by a claw and said tell me what to do to get to the ancient realm with an air of resignation Gom said it's in the palace where I was originally located and there

's a formation there that I crafted to transport us into the ancient realm not early to say I you Gom spat helplessly come on Dragon Emperor Sama it was clearly you who took me straight up without even asking subai ignored ging's tyde instead he transformed back into his human form and unleashed the eye of time and space to teleport himself in ancient hay back to the alien home planet the two came to the valley where Guma was staying before subai looked at the traces of the battle not far away p

atted gum's shoulder and smiled and said hey go see that that's where you were being furiously abused by me you don't have to remind me to remember go into the valley guming no longer wanted to pay attention to Subi's bad taste and turned around to enter the valley subai Shrugged and said it's so weird how no one gets my humor subai followed close behind and entered the valley only to see that ancient meditation was tinkering under his previous kingk chair he stepped forward and put his arms aro

und him wondering what are you doing gor Muk what are you doing trying to carry this king's chair of yours back to the Fortress to sit by yourself I'm in activating the teleportation device during the time he was speaking guming had already laboriously activated the device and a sound of mechanical operation came out just as subai wanted to say something gooing interrupted subai in a rare moment and said seriously Lord Dragon Emperor before entering the ancient realm there are some things I need

to explain to you clearly your strength is indeed powerful indeed stronger than me but in the ancient realm people stronger than me abound so you definitely shouldn't be so flamboyant when you get there and after you arrive at the ancient realm you must not take out the 10,000 type gold blade or use the timei these are the symbols of the Dragon Emperor and once they are discovered the entire ancient realm will hunt you down wait subai interrupted the words that Guma was still commanding and ask

ed with a face full of incomprehension why do you all hate me so much is there a difference me ruling over you and others in the ancient realm ruling over you guming scratched his head then explained the ancient realm allows people to rule but not by those from the lower Realms that's why everyone is United subai sneered and said disdainfully sooner or later the arrogance of you ancient realm people will be your undoing goomi didn't deny it after all he himself was a living example before facing

subai he was as arrogant as he felt that with his strength no one in the lower realm could beat him but it wasn't until he fought against subai that he realized how ridiculous those so-called arrogance of his was G nodded then said the teleportation location is in a mountain range in the ancient realm I will meet up with you at that time so wait for me at the same place enough is enough I know you talk a lot subai waved his hand impatiently and guming said no more after subai stood with him at

the teleportation device guming activated the switch with one hand boom with a violent boom subai and Guma instantly disappeared and at the same time there was also was Royal chair with a burst of mysterious Aura subai felt a Heavenly rotation before he realized that he had arrived within an unfamiliar Canyon the canyon was so Barren of grass that it was impossible to see the scent of human life the and the sky was gray as well subai couldn't help but spit out the environment of the ancient real

m is the ancient world that harsh space is all gray what did you guys pollute the ancient world too much and ancient meditations doppelganger helplessly explained the ancient realm has been like this since the time of its birth it has never changed everyone is used to it you wait for me my Essence is coming this way subai nodded indifferently then realized that the throne that was within the canyon of the alien main star had also teleported along with them piece by piece subai sat up as soon as

he could he was agonizing over not having a place to sit because he didn't have a way to use the 10,000 type gold blade but it turned out that dozing off brought him a pillow unfortunately seeing the greyness of the sky subai somewhat joyful mood dissipated once again as he muttered how come I never thought of of cleaning up the environment of the ancient realm when I used to rule it well it should be that I wasn't environmentally conscious at the time soon after a person whose looks were consis

tent with the doppelganger beside subai hurriedly ran towards subai looking at the appearance it was probably the original body of ancient meditation ancient meditation in a hurry to run to the site of subai he first left and right to explore a bit subai teased don't be so nervous don't worry no one after seeing that no one was indeed there gooing then put his heart down while saying with some displeasure Lord Dragon Emperor why must you come to the ancient realm it's not too much to say that yo

u're the greatest enemy of the ancient realm and you actually dare to come and the ancient underworld doppelganger beside subai explained I've been trying to persuade him for a long time he just won't listen so I had no choice but to bring him here subai felt the aura of the ancient underworld's main body then nodded in recognition and said your strength is pretty good if it were me in the myth realm I really wouldn't have the certainty to get you killed hearing sub's praise gum mua who was stil

l a bit angry just now instantly changed into a smiling face and said proudly that's for sure right now isn't my full strength I'm only 70% of my strength right now in my full strength that's what's called a terror right at this moment sub's eyes stared and the still complacent ancient meditation also sensed that something was wrong so he followed sub's gaze but GOI didn't notice anything different and could only ask Dragon subai did you find anything subai didn't answer ging's words but shouted

in a cold voice you too you've been following me for half a day time to come out chapter 212 tracker arrives ancient meditation twisted his head to look with some consternation but still did not see the silhouette and said with some suspicion subai is it possible that you have misread it I was careful on my way here I don't think I was followed subai didn't reply to ging's words seeing that the person hiding in the shadows still didn't come out subai was impatient Subi's palem gave birth to a m

ingled and misplaced white lightning and then swung toward a huge Rock not far away Boom the burst of lightning instantly blew that Boulder apart and the Two Silhouettes hiding behind the boulder after seeing that they were really discovered had no choice but to step out as well seeing the duo G's eyes whitened as if he didn't believe that someone was following him but then he said angrily you guys chiong XI Jing what are you two doing following me the duo looked pretty much like G the differenc

e was that they seem to have more human traits in them she sh looked at subai and guming and said coldly you reported to the Lord earlier that this Reincarnation of the Dragon Emperor had been eliminated by you however the 10,000 shaped golden blade and the SpaceTime I did not reappear in the ancient realm so we suspect that you misrepresented yourself as expected once I tracked you down today you did sneak up with humans teleporting from the teleportation device you created guming swallowed his

saliva subai was not alarmed but softly asked guming how strong are these two the ancient realm has a blur line for judging strength but these two are definitely above me Sue byai or let's run my teleportation device can still be used once more my main body is here anyway so the big deal is that I won't return to the ancient realm for the rest of my life subai shook his head and looked towards Chiang and Chi Jing who were not far away with ice getting colder and colder saying no if we run away

now the people of the ancient realm will definitely chase them to the lower Realms and we'll be in trouble then the two of them must be left here forever looking at SU whose words were full of killing intent Goa held his forehead and said if I had known it was going to turn into this situation I might have let you kill me unfortunately it's too late now so you might as well get ready to fight not far away shangi and Shang Jing saw Guma and that human not only did not have the intention of escapi

ng but instead kept whispering to each other and said in an upset manner hey you too what are you talking about there choose to tie your own hands and follow us to the law enforcement division or choose to be defeated by us and dragged to the law enforcement division subai ignored the duo and instead took out his golden blade then threw it upwards the golden blade instantly transformed into a transparent Shield that enveloped the valley while the duo of shangi and Shang Jing were silent at this

moment they had thought that at most they would catch this kid gooa sneaking humans to the upper realm and had thought that they would just report to the law enforcement division in exchange for a small Bounty never in a million years did they expect to catch a big fish no a big dragon subis Palm was once again flickering with white lightning and he was looking at the two of them with a smile on his face gooing swallowed his saliva he felt that this time he was completely unable to wash his hand

s of it subai held the Thunderbolt and walked towards the duo step by step the two were able to detect that Subi's cultivation was only at the super God Realm but they also knew that the person in front of them was the Dragon Emperor who had once traversed the entire ancient realm subai gently threw up the Thunderbolt in his palm and a large violent thunder dragon flew towards the two of them the DU felt this unrivaled and absolutely crushing Aura and a warning instantly Rose in their hearts as

they summoned a shield in an attempt to ward off this thunder dragon Boom the moment the thunder dragon collided with the shield countless intermingled small lightning bolts continued to flash and the cracks on the Duo's Shield became more and more obvious at this moment the two of them were no longer the least bit interested in Subi's Identity or why ancient underworld was colluding with the lower Realms what's on their minds right now is this is the [ __ ] super God Realm what kind of God is i

t but when I think of the identity of the man who fought against them in front of me their feelings of grief and anger also instantly dissipated and what they turned to was Panic looking at Chiang and XI Jing who were still resisting guming asked with some concern Lord Dragon Emperor are you sure you can kill them subai revealed a smile that he didn't know what it meant and asked rhetorically strike them dead why should they be struck down these two are good I have better plans after a while the

thunder dragon finally dissipated and the duo Shields shattered Beyond recog ignition looking at the shield that had almost become debris xishan was distressed and said no way is the enforcement division Shield that easy to break it actually can't even block a human's attack Kai Jing said helplessly is that an ordinary human don't be a fool you don't even think about it this is the Dragon Emperor I think we're this time hanging by a thread suai and guming slowly walked towards them and Xiang an

d XI Jing instantly hugged each other and shivered looking at subai chishan gathered his courage and said in a Broken Voice you you'd better be honest with me I'm a law enforcement officer of the ancient realm Heavenly meteor City's law enforcement Division if you dare to take a shot at me there's no good ending seeing Chi Jing on the sidelines doing so Chi Shang instantly chimed in and said yeah don't mess around once the law enforcement division realizes that two officers are missing they'll d

efinitely conduct a big search by that time you'll have nowhere to hide and you don't want to be discovered by the ancient realm people do you ancient meditation looked at the bluffing appearance of the two of them and snorted don't believe them Lord Dragon Emperor it's pure bluffing it's true that the law enforcement division of the ancient realm will hold law enforcement officers in high regard with the exception of these two fools of theirs the two of them are just the bottom tier law enforce

ment officers of Skyfall City and they're also human hybrids so no one will care about them you're the [ __ ] hybrid Xiang seemed to be very resistant when he heard the word mixed blood and instantly retorted a word to G not noticing his own situation in the slightest while Chi Jing who was beside him silently lowered his head after hearing the word mixed blood the kin subai caught this and already had a plan in his mind and when guming saw the still clamoring Chiang he said what do you dare to

say that your father was not a half breed you enough subai drank them down then did not make a move on the two who had already resigned themselves to their fate but slowly asked it seems as if the two of you are very unpopular tell me about it XI Shang and XI Jing glanced at each other seemingly surprised that subai didn't kill them the two exchanged glances right under subai nose and then XI Jing said with a bit of a squirm I told you will you really not kill us subai wrapped his hands around h

is chest and glanced at Chi Jing before faintly saying I'm not going to kill you but I'm not going to let you talk nonsense either so you might as well organize your words and see if you can arouse my sympathy the two of them looked at each other once again then Kai Jing slowly spoke up chapter 213 collecting two more people my brother and I are both mixed and our father was a human causing us to be discriminated against throughout our lives later our father died because of longevity issues and

our mother died because of a chaotic mess in the ancient realm leaving only me and my brother my brother and I spent our childhoods in discrimination and then my brother and I went through school and became law enforcement officers in the law enforcement division we thought we would be better off after joining the law enforcement division but we are still being discriminated against and even how hard we try to catch the bad guys the credit is still taken away from us by others a few few days ago

ancient meditation said that the Dragon Emperor had already been killed by him in the lower realm but the artifacts didn't show up so we were a bit suspicious we've been following him all the way for the past few days and we didn't expect to just it really did let us meet him after listening to the narration guming snorted and said and stalking me now that's a c will you too subai thought for a while then coldly said the two of you you may not have to die hearing that subai would not kill them

XI Shang and XI Jing looked at each other and a Light Of Hope lit up in their eyes but you will work for me the two originally delighted face suddenly stiffened see the two some hesitation suai continued to persuade what could it be that your feelings for the ancient realm are deep worth repaying with your lives come on you said it yourselves you spent your childhoods in discrimination even the law enforcement division treats you this way even if you really are loyal to the ancient realm then be

realistic and consider your current situation if you don't promise me I'll really kill you guys oh subai said this last sentence with a smile Xiang and XI Jing had bitter faces while Guma quietly watched the two from the side in the bitter faces of the two he saw the person he once was of course this trace of pity was quickly suppressed by G we promise you suai nodded but just a verbal promise subai does not trust the it wasn't until after he had pressed the slave seal in both of their minds th

at he let go XI Shang and XI Jing stood up they patted the dust on their bodies they themselves wanted to come here to see if there was was any credit but they didn't expect to get themselves involved subai looked at the two and said don't worry I won't be able to use you guys to help me with much in a short period of time I have other things to do in the ancient realm this time so you guys can leave the two of them looked at each other and couldn't bother to thank subai immediately leaving the

valley in a hurry guming looked at the backs of the duo as they fled and said with some concern Lord Dragon Emperor could we really just let the two of them leave what if they snitch subai shook his head and said don't worry as I said they don't have that much if any affection for the ancient realm such people are the best to take in as their days in the ancient realm aren't exactly easy and choosing to join me is the best choice for them ancient meditation nodded only to become increasingly wor

ried about the future of the ancient realm although subai said that he came up Not to cause trouble but things to cause him awe guming can only expect subai to be able to lay low guming shook his head choosing not to worry that much and said to subai Lord Dragon Emperor where are we going next I don't know when guming heard subis in different words his eyes widened and he said no so you've come to the ancient realm just to take in two Fringe Personnel subai shook his head and said I don't know t

he voice in my head just told me to come to the ancient realm but after I came the voice disappeared again suai raised an eyebrow and looked at guming and said aren't you a native of the ancient realm do you have any recommendations for a good place for me to go guming helplessly glanced at subai thought for a moment and then helplessly said a rebel Army exists in the ancient realm and they are generally humans from the lower Realms they think that you Lord Dragon Emperor will make a comeback so

oner or later so they have been fighting against the forces of the ancient realm subai nodded with approval and said I didn't realize that I have so many people who support me in the ancient realm not bad do you know the exact location G shook his head and said I'm an ancient real might and not a human how could I possibly know the address of the rebels so you'll have to find it yourself subai had no choice but to say all right then you go I'll just wander around on my own for the rest of the da

y after saying that subai rose up in the air while Guma was somewhat stunned as he looked at subai who flew up into the sky only when subai flew a little farther away did guming come back to his senses and murmured in a dull voice no this is letting me go no the ancient realm doesn't allow humans to fly a Hoy just as subai kept viewing the scenery of the ancient realm in the sky he could only see a gray and dark patch is there no good scenery in the ient realm Sho a sharp Arrow of Light violentl

y shot from the ground towards subai who quickly reacted and then grabbed it feeling the energy on the light Arrow subai only felt a familiar Aura as if it came from a human Subi's eyes lit up this is not sleepy to send a pillow so he quickly descended after subai crashed to the ground he did not find any figure only countless dead trees boom a sharp Tiger Claw grabbed at Subi's arm subai reacted and instantly grabbed the Tiger Claw then threw it out with one hand hand Spirit tiger use the air c

annon a Petula egg filled with killing intent voice came out and the tiger that was thrown out by subai instantly condensed a transparent shock wave in its mouth the shock wave coalesced in an instant and basketball-sized air cannon swept up countless dead branches and leaves and Rush toward subai the air cannon killed subai but was dispersed by subai with a gentle wave of his hand subai also saw that the tiger was an imperial Beast so he shouted out my friend this is your Imperial Beast isn't i

t I'm also a human from the lower realm not from the ancient realm so why don't I come out and meet you the crows were silent after subai finished speaking and a moment later responding to subai was another sharp Arrow of Light subai felt slightly impatient as he radiated his perception then as soon as he walked over to where the man was hiding he grabbed him up the man was wearing a combat suit from Earth and had a dagger CED in his hand and when he saw that he was grabbed out he stabbed at sub

ai on the spot her movements were strangely slow in Subi's eyes and gently pinched the dagger with two fingers then broke it with one hand have you had enough I'm really human subai helplessly said again while the man then looked at subai seeing this white Jade like Frosty face of subai fox said why do you look so white like a little white boy even one like you can come up to the ancient realm chapter 24 subai smiled faintly and said whether I'm white or not doesn't seem to have anything to do w

ith my strength does it on the contrary how did you dare to take a shot at me with this meager strength of your your s the man seemed to have been poked and prodded and cried out through gritted teeth Spirit Tiger bite him the tiger that was confused and couldn't figure out the situation didn't care so much after hearing his master's order and once again foolishly rushed up Roar a second later this imposing Spirit tiger was Sat On by subai who itself didn't dare to let out a single fart right no

w Spirit tiger why are you so unproductive are you I raised you for nothing subai felt the softness under his ass and nodded in satisfaction asked you might as well tell me who you are or you're a tiger I'll have to take back as a cushion you don't say it's quite comfortable to sit on or you don't say I'll take your spirit tiger saying so subai stood up and made a move to leave as soon as he lifted the spirit tiger roar the spirit tiger looked at subai pleadingly and when he saw that it was usel

ess he growled at the young girl again the maiden Cried Out hastily saying stop stop stop I'll say it subai stopped walking then he turned around and held the spirit tiger down on the ground and sat on it saying go ahead I'm listening the woman had no choice but to say my name is Ling jiu a member of the lower World Rebel Army satisfied subai nodded then shook his head and said satisfied but not fully satisfied why did you attack me what you out hunting game and shot me like a bird lingu stammer

ed I thought you were a human disguised as someone from the ancient realm enforcement division which is why I shot you down as soon as I did you should be glad I warned you in time and shot you down or you would have been in trouble just now if you flew over a little bit just now you would have touched our boundary and then it wouldn't have been me who fought against you it would have been the entire human Rebel Army subai was helpless and said again I've already said I'm human the real deal why

don't you believe me Ling xiu observed subai Zora for a while then nodded in agreement and said I didn't believe it just now but now I believe it after all the cultivation level of law enforcement officers in the ancient realm wouldn't be that low only at the realm of the super Gods humans that are illuminated by ancient realm Law Enforcement Officers can have their voices changed their images can be changed but the only thing that can't be changed is their cultivation subai looked at lingu wit

h disdain and said I have a low cultivation level aren't you subdued by me just the same if I have a low cultivation level Ling xiu was instantly unconvinced and said hey hey hey hey it's not like I ascended up from the lower Realms I was born in the ancient realm what's wrong with a lower cultivation level that said how exactly did you ascend to the ancient realm ascending to the ancient realm requires a minimum cultivation level of halfstep universe real a subai pondered for a while then fatly

said I accidentally activated a teleportation device on a remote planet and was somehow transported up here he he that's really counting on your life flying through the air like you did you would have been arrested by the law enforcement division long ago why because the ancient realm doesn't allow humans to fly and those who do so are either part of the Rebel army or a rash individual who has just descended subai only felt a wave of speechlessness all this news that bastard Goa actually didn't

tell him subai nodded and then said can you take me to the rebel headquarters can't hey hey hey obviously I'm a human too right subai said irritably although he could go over there by himself alone but hell knows if he would be attacked if he went in unaccountably lingu snorted coldly and said who made you so rude to me just now say goodbye to your tiger I'm taking him back to the lower World saying that subai once again lifted the tiger as he left and the spirit tiger would merge his hands and

keep begging suai for mercy Roar hey hey hey put down my spirit tiger I'll take you there then why don't you go lingu quickly climbed up and then snatched the spirit tiger from Subi's hand with a face full of displeasure hey what's your name subai what a common name as common as your cultivation Spirit knowing rain the name isn't bad but the cultivation is as bad as it gets [ __ ] lingjiu brought subai to a slightly dilapidated Fortress while Outside The Fortress there were two people who were

guarding it when those two saw Ling jiu return their faces first showed a hint of a smile and when they saw that Ling jiu was still followed by subai their faces immediately became Grim seeing that lingu didn't look like she was being coerced the two of them were slightly relieved but they still didn't let their guard down Stow you this is the man in the special combat suit placed his hands vaguely at his pockets and asked toward Ward lingjiu Ling xiu smiled brightly and said Uncle Wang Uncle Ja

ng this person is a human from the lower realm that I just encountered smuggling up here the middle-aged man called Uncle Wang by lingu frowned and said with some reproachful displeasure Stow you why do you forget it Uncle Wong looked at subai and said since you're from the lower world how about matching the code word with me ah code words suai was a little confused and no one bothered to tell him that there was actually a secret code Uncle Wong nodded and then and said odd change even change wh

en he heard this bad code word subai was speechless but he still replied symbols look at the quadrant several people instantly dropped their guard and Uncle Wang kindly patted subai shoulder and said I'm sorry little brother we've been fighting the Army in yugu Street lately so we're a bit paranoid don't you mind subai laughed and shook his head while spitting at the so-called code word Uncle this code word is too old-fashioned can't we change it eh don't look at him as rotten that's for our hum

an race people from the ancient realm can't necessarily answer all right little brother come with me I'll take you to arrange a place to stay subai nodded and then entered inside the Fortress with Uncle Wang while Ling jiu shouted behind subai hey I'll come and play with you Uncle Wang smiled and said that little girl seu was born in the ancient realm since she was a child so she doesn't have many friends her own age and she looks excited when she sees someone around her age subai remembered the

several light arrows just now and the dagger that burst out at him not nodded his head and whispered exciting indeed Fort discouragement was small at this time perhaps mostly out of town because apart from the few middle-aged people subai saw the rest were basically small children or women although the Fortress was a bit shabby it was all filled with the sounds of children laughing and the smile seemed to be contagious and on Subi's face there was also a hint of a smile chapter 215 introduction

s people inside the Fortress were all these children born in the ancient world Uncle wne nodded his head and looked at the scene smiling and said yes these children are basically the love child of those who have ascended to the ancient realm and are together love crystallization I can't imagine that you're quite subtle with your words Uncle Wang Uncle Wang laughed and patted suai shoulder saying young man let me take you to the leader of our Rebel forces first subai nodded and then traveled with

Uncle Wang to a high tower not far inside the Fortress walking up to the top of the tower's interior Uncle Wang knocked on the thick mahogany door and shouted towards the door brother hang there's another human coming up from the lower Realms inside the Fortress a few moments later a low voice came from the door well Wong Kong let him in come on little brother meet our leader with me subai nodded then as soon as Wong Kong opened the door only the door was monotonously decorated with nothing mor

e than a desk and a chair and some miscellaneous items and the leader of the human Rebels hang jingming was looking at the scene of The Fortress outside the floor to ceiling window with his back to the two men and his hands behind his back little brother you can talk with Hong I still need to go guard The Fortress gate I can't stay much longer so I'll leave first well thank you Uncle Wong you're welcome Wong Kong closed the door before he left while both subai and hang jingming seemed to have no

intention of taking the lead and for a while the office fell into a moment of awkwardness after a long time I don't know whether it was because hang jingming couldn't bear the embarrassment where he had seen enough of the scenery outside the window and took the lead to say what's your name suai hang jingming turned turned around and looked at Subi's appearance his pupils slightly shook as if it was Subi's appearance that made him think of something the shock in hang Jing Ming's eyes flickered b

ut subai still keenly captured this and couldn't help but make subai a little puzzled sitting to the seat picked up a side of the cup of tea slightly sip te and then casually asked subai your cultivation level is only at the realm of the super God how did you break the spatial Rift and teleport to the ancient realm is it hard to believe that you have mastered some spatial law subai was still thinking about what exactly hang jining was shocked about just now when he heard hang jining asking quest

ions subai shook his head and just said in a Hal truth I accidentally activated a teleportation device left behind by who knows who and I was transported to the ancient realm in a blur after teleporting to the ancient realm I accidentally learned about the human Rebel Army again and I had nowhere else to go so I began to look up the location of the Rebel Army on my way to find it I accidentally ran into lingu and after some kind exchanges with her I was led by her to the the location of the Fort

ress hang jingming laughed a hint of essence flashed through his eyes and he teased subai saying subai there are so many accidents that happen to you subai smiled and nodded hang jingming continued you look a lot like my former deceased in the ancient realm probably a few hundred years ago and then he was struck down and I buried him even though he died in front of my eyes I always thought he would show up again do you know who he was it's the Dragon Emperor right Uncle hang hang Jing Ming's cor

ner of the eye crossed two clear tears he gently wiped away the tears as if reminiscing said 300 years I've been waiting for you for three whole hundred years and you finally revived Lord Dragon Emperor subai wrapped his hands around his head and looked at hang jingming with a smile on his face and laughed are you so sure that I must be The Reincarnation of the Dragon Emperor what if it's just a coincidence it's very simple do you have the two Divine artifacts the time I or the 10,000 tight gold

blade I have both Subi's pupils turn white and at the same time the golden blade that hadn't been seen for a long time appeared in his hand subai put away the artifact didn't bother about hang jinings mouth wide open look and said to himself although I have these two Divine artifacts unfortunately I have not awakened any of my past life memories I've come to the ancient realm this time and only because there's a voice in my head that drives me to come here but when I came to the ancient realm t

hat voice disappeared again so I'm currently without a Target so I can only come to the rebel Army hang Jing nodded as he got up took out a dossier from the cabinet behind him and handed it to subai Lord Dragon Emperor this is a manuscript you left behind hundreds of years ago it contains the things you recorded back then I hope it can help you subai was a little surprised not realizing that something that was hundreds of years old hang jining was actually able to preserve it until now not to me

ntion the material of this manuscript Within These few hundred years the rebel Army led by hang jingming had been constantly battling the ancient world during the course of the fights over the years the Fortress had constantly changed locations but even so this vintage volume was still well preserved you have a heart after saying that subai opened the dossier and began to read the notes he had left behind 300 years ago I've come to the ancient realm today I have to say that the sky of the ancien

t realm is really ugly did the previous me not think of going over to change this terrible environment of the ancient realm I've come to the ancient Realms leaving City the people of the ancient realm in here are really enough to ostracize human beings and told me was rolled over three times while walking on the road I've been living in the ancient realm for a month now I'm really fed up with the xenophobia and discrimination here must humans be inferior to them ancient realm people if I had kno

wn that I would have been better off not coming I've heard that there exists a rebel Army in the ancient realm that belongs to the human Camp so it seems like I should find the time to look for it and sooner or later I'll make these ancient realm people eat a lesson I joined the rebels but in such an inexplicable way and with the rebels being so poorly equipped and strong I'm beginning to wonder if it's some kind of pyramid scheme today I went out on a mission with a few friends inside the Fortr

ess and on the way to the mission images flashed in my mind from time to time causing me to be distracted there is a voice in my head who seems to be instructing me to go to a place called The Dragon realm but no matter who I ask inside the Fortress no one knows where it is I'm sick of that tireless voice in my head does the owner of that voice not get tired chanting in my head day after day I've had enough I'm leaving the Fortress I must go and find a place called the dragon realm or I'm going

to go mad with that voice in my head I found it I found it so the dragon realm is here it's right here chapter 26 the dragon Emperor's diary subai finished reading half of the section of the dossier but the whole time he was almost frowning it's only because the first half of the dossier is almost entirely filled with your thoughts such as what you ate today where you went and so on this subai could accept and he was able to distill some necessary information from it but only the last sentence m

ade subai a little confused used even feeling like he was going crazy through the somewhat crazy tone of the last sentence as well as the extremely scribbled and messy handwriting subai couldn't help but wonder if he was crazy hang jingming saw that subai was frowning in thought hang jingming asked suspiciously how's it going Dragon Emperor Sama any useful information subai shook his head and then said Uncle hang since you are from the previous era to the present I wonder if you know where the d

ragon realm is the dragon realm hang jingning shook his head with a bitter smile and said you asked many people within the Fortress at first including me but everyone didn't know then you left The Fortress in search of answers and returned a full 3 years later and when you did you said you had found the dragon realm everyone was so curious that they asked you where the dragon realm really was but every time you always shook your head and laughed and said that it was just around the corner just a

round the corner subai for the previous life of their own already feel helpless how they are so good at playing riddles directly out of it is not good right helpless subai could only continue to pick up the dossier and read on I obtained the timei and the 10,000 type gold blade in the dragon realm and I am clear about my mission and in order to bring that to completion I must rule the ancient realm once again I returned to the Fortress and the people were amazed thinking that I had run out for s

o long that they thought I was dead they didn't know that the strength of the man I am now has been different for a long time later I became the leader of the human Rebellion with my overwhelming strength and during this time little yellow's performance was Al very good so I let him follow me the later records are all trivial matters such as where subai has struck down today summarized in one sentence the rebel Army ruled by subai reversed the trend and continuously counterattacked the ancient r

ealm until it formed a division with the ancient realm it wasn't until subai saw the back that he found some useful information during this battle with the ancient Street I met the ancient Street's most powerful person ancient demon Spectre and he seemed surprised when he saw my eyes so I'm sure he recognized who I was was in my last life I didn't defeat the Ancient demon Spectre and I don't know if I'll be able to do it in this life but in order to rule the ancient realm he's a strong enemy tha

t I must defeat after I took down his City in the ancient realm once more ancient demon Spectre approached me but he didn't strike out at me instead he reminisced with me about some past events the past however good it may be is finally in the past and I told him quite plainly that I must unify the ancient realm this time and that there must be a battle between him and me ancient demon Spectre was silent then he sighed and said that if he could he really didn't want to fight with me and only wan

ted to be friends with me he and I have different goals and different stances and he chose to fight me on the demon Spectre Peak two days later to both split the difference between high and low as well as life and death the diary was finished at this point and subai also understood that he should have died in his previous life at the hands of the ancient demon ghost subai looked at hang jingming and asked suspiciously Uncle hang who exactly is this ancient demon Spectre fellow ancient devil Spec

tre as soon as he heard this name hang Jing Ming long fell into reminiscence and subai was able to see from hang Jing Ming's eyes a deep fear after a few moments hang jingming plucked himself out of his memories and began to slowly talk about the dusty past the ancient demon Spectre is the strongest of the ancient realm having existed since the dawn of the ancient realm his strength is unrivaled even that human who was the first to come to the ancient realm back then was far from being a match f

or him we the rebels have been battling his team as well except that not only is he powerful but the strength of his army is one of the best it wasn't until after you returned from the ancient realm that you let us in counterattacks one at a time winning one at a time forcing ancient demon Spectre to have to appear he's tall his black armor is impenetrable and no matter how our men attack him it's practically painless for him he didn't attack us but was a bit shocked after seeing your appearance

and you know what happened afterward he talked with you for a night then you dueled with him at the demon Spectre Peak subai nodded and then said was anyone there for that fight hang jingming shook his head and said no that battle on the demon Spectre Peak was in no one else but you an ancient underworld Spectre not to mention that you didn't allow us to go we were nearly killed by the aftershocks from the fierce battle between you and the ancient demon Spectre that day when we were merely watc

hing from a short distance away then we knew it wasn't a fight we could get close to and had no choice but to return to the Fort but even after a group of us returned to the Fortress the damage from your battle with the ancient demon Spectre continued to shake the entire ancient realm subai continued to ask how long did that fight last hang Jing ning thought for a moment then replied there was about nearly a month's worth of time and within that month you and the ancient demon Spectre were const

antly fighting causing the entire demon Spectre Peak as well as the vicinity to turn from a high mountain into a plane or a deep pit a month later the sounds of battle no longer came from the devil Spector Peak and we assumed it was because you had already finished fighting Gio hurriedly led the crowd toward the devil Spectre Peak after we arrived at the Devil Spectre Peak Nim had already disappeared an ancient devil Spectre was kneeling on the ground with his hands hanging down and his head bow

ed not knowing whether he was dead or alive later on the ancient demon Spectre stood up one of his arms had disappeared and the armor on his body had shattered and his body was covered in scars he came to us but did not strike at us but said to us that you had been killed by him and told us to withdraw our troops from the cities we had occupied from this day forward if we didn't back off he killed us and then he took one step at a time and we searched the scene for a long time but we couldn't se

e a single trace of you we have no choice but to leave the city with our army without your presence we simply can't defend these cities and a hard defense will only cause us heavy casualties and ever since that battle at demon Spectre Peak ancient demon Spectre has never appeared again the rumor is that he's dead but we think that he should just be hiding to heal his wounds chapter 217 sneak attacked subai asked with some doubt three whole centuries has he not reappeared during that time not a w

ord hearing Subi's question hang jingming just shook his head and said ancient demon Spectre rarely appears but everyone knows of her existence he is someone who when he appears stirs up a bloody storm then have you not fought against his army Within These 300 years even so will he not come out hearing subai asked this question hang Jing Ming's face looked a bit embarrassed and said in a broken Voice Within These 300 years because we don't have you to lead us the rebel Army is getting weaker and

weaker dying and fleeing basically being whisked away by the ancient realm Army moreover ancient demon Spectre isn't the only one he has four other heirs and one of them gusa is in charge of dealing with us and he's so strong that we're no match for him this air of his against us is enough to overwhelm us and I'm sure that's why he's been able to recuperate so peacefully for the past 300 years subai was a little speechless the human Rebels were actually whisked away for 300 years this kind of u

gly thing he did not dare to it back to say uncle hang this Rebel Army has allowed you to lead I really have nothing to say hang jingming sighed and said helplessly after you disappeared I was the strongest and closest to you in the rebel Army so if I didn't come to lead the rebel Army there would really be no one else to lead it I know I haven't done enough to build much in these 300 years but I've done my best to preserve the rebels whenever I want to give up I take out the manuscript you left

and look at it or look through the window at the people who are discouraged at the Fort only at this time can I have the motivation to persevere otherwise I'm afraid I wouldn't be able to support myself subai nodded at a time when the gap between the strength of the ancient realm and the strength of the human race was so huge hang jining was able to ensure that the rebel Army would not be dispersed for 300 years it was already a great success but a smile appeared on hang Jing Ming's face as he

looked at subai and said but now that it's better now that you've returned I believe that this time you'll definitely be able to lead the rebel Army again and take down the ancient Realm subai nodded in fact even if Wang Jing ning didn't say anything he would have gone on his own to lead the rebel Army to fight against the ancient realm in addition to finding that lost and lost Dragon World subai looked through the floor to seiling window at the children running outside the window a piece of cha

tting women in addition to finding the ancient realm he wanted to guard the smiles of these people for no reason other than the fact that the blood in all of them came from One race not good it's not good Wong Kong who had just left a short time ago suddenly ran into the office in a hurry and could not even catch his breath before saying no it's not good Lord hang the ancient Realms Army has somehow found our location and is currently leading a small army towards us most of the people within the

Fortress have already gone to the front Battlefield there are currently not many people within the Fortress who can have a Fighting Chance you see hang jinings face changed again and again but made a decision in an instant and said no if everyone Retreats at this moment the ancient Realms Army will definitely catch up gather together all those currently in the fort who are capable of fighting and go out to meet the battle while the rest of the old the weak the women and the children leave the f

ort as soon as possible those who go out to fight don't need to fight them to the death try to lure them to the front Battlefield and join up with our larger Force yes Wong Kong hurly agreed and then prepared to leave the office Wong Shu wait hearing subai shout Wong Kong stopped and twisted his head to ask suspiciously what's wrong where are those people just it's not far Due West of where the Fortress is and it's coming this way at the moment got it after subai nodded his head to show that he

understood he left the office Wan Kong looked at Subi's back as he left and asked towards hang Jing ning Lord hang subai this is should we go stop him his strength is good but looking at his stance he's trying to go into battle alone isn't he looking at subai departing back a strange light that hadn't appeared for a long time appeared in hang Jing Ming's eyes as he took Wong Kong's hand and said don't bother worrying about him since subai dares to go alone then he sure of himself we'll just trus

t him as for you do as you are told go and gather those who can fight and arrange for the old and weak to leave the fort yes after Wang Kong left hang jingming once again stood in front of the floor to ceiling window looking towards subai who was walking towards the outside of the Fortress Wang jingming murmured Lord Dragon Emperor I hope you lead us to Victory once more as you did 300 years ago Spirit tiger use Spirit wave the spirit tiger that was constantly fighting Roar and after drinking ba

ck all the enemies beside him a violent and Furious blue fluctuation blossomed and all the enemies beside the spirit tiger were instantly vibrated and flew away Roar the spirit tiger roared angrily then continued into the battle lingjiu wasn't Idol either as she kept using the laws of light and light arrows the size of normal arrows kept appearing in her hands throwing them towards the enemies in the distance the light arrows were very sharp constantly piercing into the heads of the ancient real

m people sometimes even killing two birds with one Arrow go to hell an enemy with with a long sword raised his weapon and slashed at lingu who was in no hurry to create light arrows again then crouched down and stabbed a hand into the enemy's throat lingjiu looked at the constant stream of enemies and inevitably felt some anxiety in her heart no there are too many enemies when can we finish killing them like this suddenly lingjiu saw that within the enemy ranks not far away there was an ancient

Rome person who seemed to be at the level of a general who was holding a long Spear and constantly encroaching towards the side tackle the thief first Spirit tiger make way for me roar the spirit tiger took a bite out of the enemy in its mouth and then kept leaping over obstacles but in a moment it arrived in front of the enemy team countless attacks struck the spirit tiger and many wounds appeared on the spirit Tiger's body but it still kept clearing the way for Spirit juu behind it under Spiri

t Tiger's Rampage the enemy team was quickly killed out of a long path and lingu to was getting closer and closer to that General with that General close at hand lingi you shouted Spirit tiger use the spirit Exterminating killing power Cannon Roar a light blue wave of light coalesced out of the spirit Tiger's mouth and then the wave of light was like a pillar of water as it headed towards the general to kill him Spirit Gio's hand was also cued with light arrows and after aiming Spirit guu threw

them out as soon as he could go to hell bastard chapter 218 lift to tell the tale that shock wave from the spirit Tiger shot to the front of the ancient realm General du's chest only to see faint white smoke rising from his chest the shock wave disappeared and the front of the General's chest was intact except for a faint white smoke Ling xiu held a light arrow in her hand then sharply and dryly stabbed the general at his abdomen that General level ancient realm person grabbed the light arrow an

d then broke it with a snap of his fingers this lingu looked at him in dismay only to see the general approaching lingu with a furiously crushing Aura followed by a kick that sent him flying Boom the huge force of this kick made lingu unable to resist it at all and he was instantly kicked out Ong with a good dozen or so ancient realm soldiers when the spirit Tiger Saw its Master being kicked away its mouth roared a few times before it opened its bloody mouth to bite the general the spirit tiger

bit into the General's thigh but it couldn't even break through the opponent's armor only to keep tearing at the surface seeing the spirit tiger below him continuously tearing at him the ancient realm General impatiently lifted the spirit tiger up in one hand followed by a heavy blow the spirit tiger was immobilized by the punch and the ancient realm General threw the spirit tiger aside before towards lingjiu Spirit tiger lingjiu looked at the unmoving Spirit tiger and kept shouting anxiously fr

om her mouth then lingjiu pushed away the ancient realm soldiers who were pressing on her body lingu was trying to stand up but the sharp pain coming from her abdomen made her limp and she kept struggling lingu eventually stood up with great difficulty and looked at the general who was slowly walking towards him she wiped the blood from the corner of her mouth then a lightsaber coalesced in her Palm gripping his lightsaber he then killed the ancient realm General once again and the moment they w

ere close together they both raised their weapons at the same time the ancient realm General's Lance clashed with Ling jiu's lightsaber and a near piercing Collision sound was emitted bang the two weapons collided and the lightsaber in Ling jiu's hand was immediately destroyed in a devastating manner bursting out with a sound of glass shattering the lightsaber in Ling jiu's hand turned into fragments and Scattered while the ancient realm General's Lance was like the SC of the god of death reapin

g towards her she knew she couldn't Dodge and the spirit tiger not far away was also still unconscious looking at the Lance and closing his eyes in despair clang clang a few moments later the imagined death did not descend on Ling jiu as expected but with a sound of clashing swords it fell into an eerie silence Ling xiu slowly opened her eyes and only to see that the ancient realm General's Lance was blocked by a golden long sword and the long sword didn't appear to be damaged but instead the an

cient realm General's Lance had a crack in it I say you you don't go back to join the people of the Fortress when the enemy comes instead you run out to fight on your own have you always been so confident when Ling jiu heard this familiar voice he turned his head to look in Surprise and found Sue by holding a golden long sword and looking at him with a speechless expression ah when that ancient realm General saw that his Unstoppable attack was actually blocked by a human he was a bit stunned for

a moment and then he violently raised his Lance up again subai coldly looked at him then kicked him off the scene long as he had just kicked lingu looking at Ling jiu who was still frothing subai said helplessly why are you still looking looking at me are you surprised I came to save you just run oh oh lingu woke up as if in a dream then she was about to run away but then she remembered the spirit tiger she immediately ran to the spirit tiger and shook its body Spirit Tiger Spirit tiger no matt

er how Ling jiu shook it the spirit tiger did not respond in the slightest and when Ling jiu touched its nostrils she realized that the spirit Tiger's nostrils were already very weak subai was helpless a golden spell formation appeared in his left hand then by activated the laws of light and restored the dying Spirit tiger the spirit Tiger's body lit up with golden dots of Starlight and then the spirit tiger slowly opened its eyes seemingly recovering quickly go and rejoin the men inside the for

t when lingjiu saw that the spirit tiger had recovered the worry on her face finally turned into Joy then she nodded toward subai and left the battlefield with the spirit tiger the remaining ancient realm soldiers on the field were holding weapons all looking at subai with slight fear everyone looked as if they were going to go on but all of them took two steps forward and then backed off none of you are going up the ancient realm General who had been kicked Away by subai finally slowed down he

struggled to stand up from under the tree he had overwhelmed and looked at subai angrily subai teasingly looked at him this ancient realm General's strength was good about as strong as five ancient underworlds but there were only five more Griffin of the human race you have angered me the ancient realm General once again shouted angrily then he picked up his Lance from the ground and he killed subai straight away subai put away his long sword and with a gaze in his eyes he also killed the ancien

t realm General sub's realm breakthrough speed was simply too fast from the totem quasi realm to the current super God Realm the entire process was only a month although Subi's strength was already very powerful subai thought that after a few more hard battles his strength would still be able to go to the next level on the way towards the ancient realm generals running sub's mind moved and then it split into three doppelgangers that were exactly like subai with an aura or demeanor that was no di

fferent from the main body this was the skill that subai had obtained after his breakthrough Holy Dragon dual life but after subai broke through to the Mythic realm Holy Dragon dual life broke through into Holy Dragon triple life sub's fist clashed with the ancient realm General's huge fist an invisible shock instantly spread out and the ancient realm soldiers who stood close were instantly sent flying into the Distance by this shock and the other three subai were not idle either they instantly

encircled the ancient realm General forming an encirclement alarm Bells went off in the ancient realm generals heart the power of this punch nearly broke his entire arm which was trembling slightly at the moment the ancient real General was able to feel that the bones of his fist which had just clashed with subis must be slightly shattered at this moment and at the same time he was somewhat puzzled the strongest members of the human Rebel Army were basically in the front Battlefield at the momen

t and where did this powerful young man come out from Human where did you come from the ancient Rome General asked suspiciously while subai condensed white lightning with his other hand and said with a smile if you can survive this blow I'll tell you looking at the lightning in Subi's Palm that was filled with A Dangerous Aura the ancient realm General felt bad and was about to immediately Dodge away the ancient realm General was about to dodge away when he realized that he was already surrounde

d by three subass moreover they were all condensing white Thunderbolts in their hands and it was as if he was standing in the midst of the thunderbolts at the moment chapter 219 beating back by-bye the for subai sneered and then simultaneously pressed the intermixed and staggered constantly flickering and jumping thunderballs in their palms onto the body of the ancient realm General boom a bursting and shaking sound of explosive Thunder rang out and at the same time in the middle of the battlefi

eld where the ancient realm General stood a dazzling white pillar of Thunder through the sky erupted the Detachment disappeared and subai took a few steps back quietly looking at the Thunder pillar while the ancient Rome General in the midst of the Thunder pillar turned into light the Thunder pillars gradually dissipated and the ancient realm generals had long since turned into ashes subai twisted his head to look at the remaining ancient realm soldiers on the battlefield watching this god-killi

ng man turn his head to look at them the already fragile psychological defenses of the ancient realm soldiers instantly collapsed the ancient realm soldiers put down their weapons at almost the same time then turned their heads and fled the battlefield at the speed of light instantly there was nothing left on the battlefield except for subai and a pile of corpses subai Shrugged his shoulders they ran away subai was too lazy to go after them these miscellaneous fish whether they were killed or no

t they didn't have the slightest effect it's time to go back I wonder if lingu is rejoined the people inside the Fortress after saying that subai rose up in the air and rushed towards the rendevu point within the Fortress Big Brother Lynn we're about to lose support on our side a man with a giant blade kept waving it in his hand cutting a large swath of ancient realm soldiers in half every time but at the same time an endless stream of people would make up for it at the same time beside the man

with the giant blade an imperial Beast that looked like a wild boar was constantly charging around the battlefield discouraging like a meat mounted tank crushing a large s of people every time it charged find a chance to retreat just now Lord hang has brought news there is a small group of ancient realm soldiers heading towards the Fortress we need to hurry back a middle-aged man of the human race who seemed to be a general holding a black double sword kept swinging and slashing and the soldiers

of the ancient realm were all of a sudden ruthlessly cleaved apart as if they were chopping melons and slicing vegetables at the same time beside the man with the twin swords was a huge lme green praying mantis that was constantly waving its arms which were already covered in blood this is the smoke bomb released from their side it's used to siphon off most of our power I think it's going to be hard for us to leave al luming man wearing a mask and holding a dagger kept wandering through the bat

tlefield then he ran to rejoin his companions his face expressionless beneath his feet a black python slowly swam seemingly the man's Imperial Beast you have to leave even if you can die you [ __ ] the man holding the giant blade shouted angrily then he heavily swung out the giant blade in his hand and a blood red blade Chi erupt it out the blade Chi was like a cutting machine constantly harvesting the heads of the ancient realm soldiers in a straight line and immediately a bloody path was kille

d ly Jon's eyebrows jumped and he looked at wuon the man holding the giant Blade with some surprise and said woundless your strength has been progressing quite fast lately wooo CI gave a heo then lifted the giant blade onto a shoulder and placed it there saying I've killed more of these mongrels recently and my laws of Peerless have improved a little more save the compliments and praise for when it's safe now move woo woo Ming the man holding the dagger said coldly then he stood up to the python

at his feet and said to LY Jong come on up ly Jong and his Imperial Beast armor blade mantis stood up to woo whings Imperial Beast toothless hidden snake woan was carrying the giant blade and was about to stand on the python as well when he heard woo woing in immediately stopping him by saying hey big dummy you're not coming up here wooa carried the giant blade and Heard a Voice filled with dislike and said with great dissatisfaction hey hey hey woo woo Ming we're all born from the same mother

right you're not going to abandon me are you wo wuming looked disgustedly at Wan's due grid that was like a small Mountain as well as his huge blade that was resisting on his shoulder and said in disgust with your physique and this giant blade of yours I'm afraid my Imperial beasts are going to be crushed to death the moment you come up here honestly ride your pig with that said Woo wooing shouted towards the venomous tooth hidden snake at his feet tooth swim toward the outside and don't stop un

til I call you hiss the venomous tooth cryptic snake spat out its snake's letter and then it quickly swam towards the blood channel that wua had just chopped out so fast that only a black shadow could be seen I drive the road don't let me in the car what kind of reasoning is it to not let me get in the car helplessly woia patted the red flame Pig demon on the side and said letun go old Pig lead brother to kill a bloody road ho ho ho the red flame Pig demon roared and then wo woing straddled the

pig Demon's torso and then the red flame Pig demon also ran towards the outside of the battlefield at great speed the red flame Pig demon soon caught up with the poison tooth hidden Serpent and the three of them kept waving their weapons on the Imperial beasts and the soldiers of the ancient realm dared not get close and could only watched their figures getting farther and farther away wuu siia looked back at the ancient realm's army which was already far away and was about to let out a sigh of

relief when he realized that a black giant that covered The Sky Had appeared not far ahead of him the red flame Pig demon and the poison tooth cryptic snake stopped one after another while woo woing and ly Jong even the Arrogant wo wo Wong who was so proud just now looked at the giant with dumbfounded eyes wooing touched wuu Ya's body with his elbow and opened his mouth and said Woo Wu Juan you're a giant and he's a giant so see if you can talk to it and let us go I said you the giant looked dow

n at the molik trio then raised his left foot in preparation to crush the three ants to death get out of the way ly Jong instantly pushed away the two of them woo woing and woo woo woo xen and then he also retreated a few steps back which allowed him to dodge the kick if you can't hide then fight red flame Pig demon use the magic dragon fire Cannon ho ho ho the red flame Pig demon roared twice then it snout was like it was breathing fire a dazzling magma like Fireball coalesced in its mouth then

the fireball rushed towards the giant the Fireball touched the Giant's ankle and exploded a brilliant burst of flame lighting up the room a hint of blood flowed from the Giant's ankle after the explosion but it was only a bruise waist wooing said coldly then he turned his head and shouted to the toothless hidden snake at the side tooth use in tangle the python didn't hesitate and immediately swam towards the Giant's ankle like a swimming Dragon subsequently as if it was a thin rope it tightly w

rapped the giant entire calf with the Rope seeing this the giant lowered his body as if to pick up the python woo woing sneered and said just waiting for you to squat chapter 220 newcomer Venom Fong use Venom spit spit in his face looking at the gradually approaching face of the giant tooth spat out his snake's letter and after watching the distance tooth from his mouth spat out a ball of dark green viscous liquid towards the Giant's face Roar the Venom kicked in instantly and a burning sensatio

n in pain caused the giant to howl but the giant still did not stop he narrowed his eyes and continued to grab at the calf all python woo woming face chained Ed immediately shouted tooth get out of the way the venomous fanged hidden snake was trying to leave the Giant's calf but it had already been grabbed by the Giants wide Palm wo whings face changed in and out while ly Jong shouted armor blade mantis used continuous Chop on his hand ly Jong aside all emerald green giant mantis instantly rose

up in the air his arms were like sharp blades precise and Swift all chopping towards the arm of the giant grasping the venomous Fang's hidden snake sh sho Sho Sho with a few consecutive chopping a few bloody marks instantly appeared on the Giant's arm and he let go of his palm in pain and the venomous tooth cryptic serpent fell down in the process toothless cryptic snake returned to woo woing side armor blade mantis landed on the ground and also quickly ran back to LY jong's side the oppressive

feeling of this giant was just too strong no one was able to not be afraid run while you can the three instantly ran towards the other side but the giant had already slowed down and he raised his arm then slammed it heavily towards the ground boo the Giant's fist smashed heavily on the ground and the thick ground was instantly smashed up into a large crater and the bursting shock wave instantly shook the three people and three Imperial beasts nearby the three struggled to get up as the giant clo

sed his fists then took a step towards them need help a voice rang out next to the trio and Lin Jong twisted his head to look just in time to see suai quietly looking at them although Subi's appearance they hadn't seen in the Fortress and felt slightly unfamiliar but looking at the other party who also seemed to be a human lyjon quick said little friend quickly go and hide at The Fortress in the western Direction this is not a battle you can meddle in subai Shrugged his shoulders and said casual

ly don't worry that small group of raiding ancient realm troops has already been taken care of I also just happened to be passing by seeing as you guys are fighting quite a tough fight do you really not need any help ly Jong was overjoyed and said really that small group of raiding Army was wiped out can't it be that Lord hang made a move it's me ly Jong looked at subai speechlessly not very old but telling lies with his mouth open ly Jong waved his hand and said hurry up and get out of here lit

tle friend remember to call Lord hang to save us when you get back we'll still be able to hold out for a little while longer I reckon you'll all die instantly under this giant in less than 3 minutes after I leave so hang in there for a while hey hey hey you kid don't know what's good for you it's for your own good that I told you to run quickly subai looked to the side of the stupid big man who was carrying a huge blade he thought for a moment and then said give me a minute after saying that sub

ai rose up in the air and similarly killed towards the giant woan as well as the other two T's dumbfounded looking at subai wuan dumbfounded looking at the rash subai said to LY Jong wait did I just irritate that kid wooing coldly said to wuen if this kid dies at the hands of this giant you'll definitely take the first responsibility wait to go back and see how Lord hang punishes you that's enough together we need to save that kid lyjon made an immediate decision and then the three of them rushe

d forward wushan gritted his teeth and said wait until I get him down and see what I can do to him subai flew to the Giant's eyes and looked at the giant with a faint smile while the giant looked at subai with cold eyes then waved his huge Palm wanting to slap subai to death as if he was swatting a fly dumbass you're a little too eager Subi's pupils turned white and then a white space instantly enveloped the Giant and the Giants waving Palms stopped in the air go to hell Subi's expression became

cold then subai once again unleashed the time and space I doability and a spatial crack appeared at the Giant's neck king with a wave of subai palm the spatial Rift tightened extremely fast and the Giants neck too was instantly severed Boom the Giants had landed on the ground smashing out another muffled sound while the three people who were not far away gawked at the scene wait wuuf Rose for a while then looked violently at his watch and realized that from the time subai appeared to the time h

e killed the giant it was a total of one minute wuhuan looked at subai dumbfounded for a long time before saying this kid what kind of weird law is it it's actually that strong woing looked at woen with contempt and said the power of the laws can't work against the giant ones don't even know that looking at that stance just now and the crack just now this kid should have some kind of ability related to time or space it's truly Heaven defying when did such a strong person appear within the Fortre

ss and Lin Jong remains silent for a long time as he recalled sub's white pupils just now now and the Giants actions that were framed he seemed to recall a certain person subai slowly landed on the ground and said to wuu Yun well did it take more than a minute wo Wuhan gave subai a thumbs up and praised him without hesitation brother you're my own brother it's so awesome wo Wu Ming was very upset and looked at wo wuan while wo wuan was full of concern and said whoever told you not to let me get

on top of that stinking snake of yours just now I'll still disown you as my brother am I the one who won't let you on you don't even look at what kind of physique you have ly Jong stared at subai for a long time subai also noticed ly Jon's gaze and asked what's wrong ly Jon came back to his senses and said with a smile I thought you were talking big just now when you said you took care of that small group of raiding Army alone but looking at you just now I believe it my name is ly Jan captain of

the human rebel combat Squad are you new to the Fortress subai nodded and then said that's right I only came here recently because basically all the ones who can fight inside the Fortress have already gone to the front Battlefield so I had to deal with that small group of rebels first after killing through I was going to go back to the Fort to meet up with the crowd but I didn't think I would run into you guys so I just happened to go along for the ride and it's good that you guys are okay wuen

patted sub's shoulder with a big grin then hugged subai to his side and said so stron have time to teach my younger brother me just now you made that move looking at the old man is a heartfelt desire chapter 221 Mutual acquaintance senior don't say anything I'm a newcomer I should learn more like you guys subai said seriously wua shook his head and said in a Gruff voice what do you call it the master is the teacher you are better than Lai La Z should learn from you let's not organize those fals

e here old pig say hello to this brother ho ho ho the red flame Pig demon roared twice and seemed to be really greeting subai making subai look at a burst of Joy by the way brother what's your name where's your Imperial Beast why don't I see you summoning it my name is subai my Imperial Beast it's a bit shy and doesn't like to come out much so it's enough for me to deal with it alone Wu Wu Ming mentions Subi's Imperial Beast causing subai to be a bit embarrassed after all strictly speaking he hi

mself was a royal Beast just a bit special wooing looked at ly Jong who was brooding on the side he walked over and asked in a low voice Captain what's wrong I don't usually see you in this pensive mood after seeing this subai you seem to have been dumbfounded without listening is it possible there is something wrong with the subai ly Jong heard Wu wk's voice and came back to his senses he shook his head and looked at Subi's back and said in a somewhat low voice there's nothing wrong with subai

it's just that he all showed up and reminded me of someone you mean that's unlikely isn't it I'm not quite sure which era Lord hang came from let's ask him when we get back ly Jong shook his head then put these things behind him no matter what winning a battle should always be happy how can you be so sad both of you don't talk about it first there will be plenty of time for you to converse when we go back let's go back now after all the ancient Realms Army I guess it won't take long to catch up

with them subai nodded and then returned to the Fortress gate with the trio who on the wall above the Fortress a few people with Firearms alertly poked their heads out at once while aiming their firearms at subai and the others upon seeing that it was Captain ly Jong the man at the head of the group showed surprise and then he held up a hand signal and the soldiers on the wall instantly lowered their guns it's Captain ly Jong and the others open the door the man at the head of the wall shouted a

nd then the doors of the Fortress slowly opened after subai and the others entered the Fortress while the man at the head of the wall just now ran down from the wall and said to LY Jong in Surprise Captain Lynn it's really great that you guys are okay you don't know that your side was just a smoke bomb released by the ancient realm they also sent a small raiding Army to prepare for an attack on the Fortress but fortunately from what that girl lingu said a young man destroyed that small group of

raiding Army otherwise we would be in danger right now ly Jong nodded smilingly then nodded to subai next to him and introduced himself to the Man In Charge saying you mention it just right this young man beside me is subai he didn't just wipe out that raiding Army he ran into us on the way back so he managed to save our lives it can be said that without this youngster I'm afraid that the two brothers of the woo Clan and I would all be dead at this moment it was him who saved the lives of our en

tire Fortress the man in the lead looked at subai his eyes lit up after listening to l L Jones introduction he unloaded his gun took off his gloves first bowed to subai and said Mr subai thank you for saving all of our Lives afterward he extended his palm towards subai and smiled I'm the captain of The Fortress protection Army G just call me old ye and thank you again for saving fortress's life subai stretched out his palm to shake G's hand as he smiled and said there's no such thing as a thank

you I'm a member of The Fortress too these are things I should do right right right it's me who's being outgoing come find me for a drink sometime I loud ye will make amends to you woi twisted his head to look at the somewhat empty Fortress and asked suspiciously old ye where are the people in The Fortress where have they all gone hea puts his gloves back on and equips his gun then explains ah because I heard that a raiding Army was going to raid the fort well Lord hang arranged for those who we

re not fighting inside the fort to leave the fort First and come back when it was safe to do so but when SCU came back just now I've asked her to go and inform so I guess she'll be back soon woo wooa nodded then stretched and yawned and said [ __ ] I'm really tired of fighting this battle those miscellaneous fish can't be killed in any way I feel like my sword is going to rust forget it go take a hot spring bath and then get a good night's sleep brother subai do you want to come to the hot sprin

g subai shook his head and just smiled and politely refused wo wuen could only nod regretfully and then squinted up at wo wuming who was on the side and impatiently said said hey are you going to the hot springs I'm short of a back rub woo woing looked coldly at wo W wuen and then said as long as you don't let that stinking Pig of yours go down to the hot springs then go at that moment wua was very dissatisfied and shouted hey hey hey hey what do you mean by smelly pig old me's Imperial Beast is

called the red flame Pig demon red flame Pig demon whatever you say this pig just isn't allowed in the hot springs anyway the last time it was in the hot springs it made the whole thing looked like a boiling boiler and almost didn't bring me in to make soup and you have the nerve to talk about me you don't need to go down to the hot springs with that dead snake of yours it's so slippery you can't even catch it woing looked at woen with a face full of anger and cursed angrily I call this a venom

ous Fang hidden snake Viper why it won't let you scratch it isn't because you're always using her as a scrubby towel for back rubs this is my old man's Imperial Beast not your bath towel if you dare to grab it for a back rub next time I'll make sure I take your pig and make soup out of it h if you don't need it your stinky snake is hard to use I don't even care to use it wo wuan wrapped his arms around himself and snorted coldly and woo wooing coldly glanced at wo wo Juan end this was followed b

y a cold grunt as he also wrapped his arms around himself ly Jon looked at these two brothers and could only cry and laugh if it was dangerous these two brothers were the most taciturn teammates if they are safe the two become like enemies and once they stay together for more than 3 minutes they absolutely start fighting woia look looked at Lin Jong and asked Captain you've been fighting all day too why don't you come with us for a rub down ly Jong shook his head and laughed never mind you guys

go ahead I have some things to do all right let's go Shady guy use your words stupid big guy the two grunted once more before heading towards the hot springs within the Fortress